1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
\input texinfo @c -*-Texinfo-*-
|
2001-03-08 23:24:26 +00:00
|
|
|
@c Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
|
2005-03-03 01:29:54 +00:00
|
|
|
@c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@c Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
|
|
|
@c UPDATE!! On future updates--
|
|
|
|
@c (1) check for new machine-dep cmdline options in
|
|
|
|
@c md_parse_option definitions in config/tc-*.c
|
|
|
|
@c (2) for platform-specific directives, examine md_pseudo_op
|
|
|
|
@c in config/tc-*.c
|
|
|
|
@c (3) for object-format specific directives, examine obj_pseudo_op
|
|
|
|
@c in config/obj-*.c
|
|
|
|
@c (4) portable directives in potable[] in read.c
|
|
|
|
@c %**start of header
|
|
|
|
@setfilename as.info
|
|
|
|
@c ---config---
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@macro gcctabopt{body}
|
|
|
|
@code{\body\}
|
|
|
|
@end macro
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@c defaults, config file may override:
|
|
|
|
@set have-stabs
|
|
|
|
@c ---
|
2004-01-05 22:19:33 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man begin NAME
|
|
|
|
@c ---
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@include asconfig.texi
|
|
|
|
@include gasver.texi
|
|
|
|
@c ---
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man end
|
2004-01-05 22:19:33 +00:00
|
|
|
@c ---
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@c common OR combinations of conditions
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
@set COFF-ELF
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@set COFF-ELF
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset AOUT
|
|
|
|
@set aout-bout
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset ARM/Thumb
|
|
|
|
@set ARM
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
@set aout-bout
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8/300
|
|
|
|
@set H8
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8/500
|
|
|
|
@set H8
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset SH
|
|
|
|
@set H8
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
@set abnormal-separator
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@c ------------
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@settitle Using @value{AS}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@settitle Using @value{AS} (@value{TARGET})
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@setchapternewpage odd
|
|
|
|
@c %**end of header
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c @smallbook
|
|
|
|
@c @set SMALL
|
|
|
|
@c WARE! Some of the machine-dependent sections contain tables of machine
|
|
|
|
@c instructions. Except in multi-column format, these tables look silly.
|
|
|
|
@c Unfortunately, Texinfo doesn't have a general-purpose multi-col format, so
|
|
|
|
@c the multi-col format is faked within @example sections.
|
|
|
|
@c
|
|
|
|
@c Again unfortunately, the natural size that fits on a page, for these tables,
|
|
|
|
@c is different depending on whether or not smallbook is turned on.
|
|
|
|
@c This matters, because of order: text flow switches columns at each page
|
|
|
|
@c break.
|
|
|
|
@c
|
|
|
|
@c The format faked in this source works reasonably well for smallbook,
|
|
|
|
@c not well for the default large-page format. This manual expects that if you
|
|
|
|
@c turn on @smallbook, you will also uncomment the "@set SMALL" to enable the
|
|
|
|
@c tables in question. You can turn on one without the other at your
|
|
|
|
@c discretion, of course.
|
|
|
|
@ifinfo
|
|
|
|
@set SMALL
|
|
|
|
@c the insn tables look just as silly in info files regardless of smallbook,
|
|
|
|
@c might as well show 'em anyways.
|
|
|
|
@end ifinfo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifinfo
|
|
|
|
@format
|
|
|
|
START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
|
|
|
* As: (as). The GNU assembler.
|
2002-02-15 11:24:30 +00:00
|
|
|
* Gas: (as). The GNU assembler.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
|
|
|
|
@end format
|
|
|
|
@end ifinfo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@finalout
|
|
|
|
@syncodeindex ky cp
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifinfo
|
|
|
|
This file documents the GNU Assembler "@value{AS}".
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man begin COPYRIGHT
|
2002-02-01 08:09:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
|
|
|
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
|
|
|
|
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
|
|
|
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
|
|
|
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c man end
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
|
|
Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
|
|
|
|
results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
|
|
|
|
notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
|
|
|
|
(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
@end ifinfo
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@titlepage
|
|
|
|
@title Using @value{AS}
|
|
|
|
@subtitle The @sc{gnu} Assembler
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@subtitle for the @value{TARGET} family
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
|
|
|
|
@sp 1
|
|
|
|
@sp 13
|
|
|
|
The Free Software Foundation Inc. thanks The Nice Computer
|
|
|
|
Company of Australia for loaning Dean Elsner to write the
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
first (Vax) version of @command{as} for Project @sc{gnu}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
The proprietors, management and staff of TNCCA thank FSF for
|
|
|
|
distracting the boss while they got some work
|
|
|
|
done.
|
|
|
|
@sp 3
|
|
|
|
@author Dean Elsner, Jay Fenlason & friends
|
|
|
|
@page
|
|
|
|
@tex
|
|
|
|
{\parskip=0pt
|
|
|
|
\hfill {\it Using {\tt @value{AS}}}\par
|
|
|
|
\hfill Edited by Cygnus Support\par
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
%"boxit" macro for figures:
|
|
|
|
%Modified from Knuth's ``boxit'' macro from TeXbook (answer to exercise 21.3)
|
|
|
|
\gdef\boxit#1#2{\vbox{\hrule\hbox{\vrule\kern3pt
|
|
|
|
\vbox{\parindent=0pt\parskip=0pt\hsize=#1\kern3pt\strut\hfil
|
|
|
|
#2\hfil\strut\kern3pt}\kern3pt\vrule}\hrule}}%box with visible outline
|
|
|
|
\gdef\ibox#1#2{\hbox to #1{#2\hfil}\kern8pt}% invisible box
|
|
|
|
@end tex
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
|
2002-02-01 08:09:47 +00:00
|
|
|
Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-11-06 20:27:26 +00:00
|
|
|
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
|
|
|
|
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
|
|
|
|
or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
|
|
|
|
with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
|
|
|
|
Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end titlepage
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-08 04:21:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifnottex
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Top
|
|
|
|
@top Using @value{AS}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
This file is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}} version
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@value{VERSION}.
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
This version of the file describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
2000-11-06 20:27:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
|
|
|
|
Documentation License. A copy of the license is included in the
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
|
2000-11-06 20:27:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* Overview:: Overview
|
|
|
|
* Invoking:: Command-Line Options
|
|
|
|
* Syntax:: Syntax
|
|
|
|
* Sections:: Sections and Relocation
|
|
|
|
* Symbols:: Symbols
|
|
|
|
* Expressions:: Expressions
|
|
|
|
* Pseudo Ops:: Assembler Directives
|
|
|
|
* Machine Dependencies:: Machine Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
|
|
|
|
* Acknowledgements:: Who Did What
|
2000-11-06 20:27:26 +00:00
|
|
|
* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Index:: Index
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
2002-03-08 04:21:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifnottex
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Overview
|
|
|
|
@chapter Overview
|
|
|
|
@iftex
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
This manual is a user guide to the @sc{gnu} assembler @command{@value{AS}}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
This version of the manual describes @command{@value{AS}} configured to generate
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
code for @value{TARGET} architectures.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@end iftex
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex invocation summary
|
|
|
|
@cindex option summary
|
|
|
|
@cindex summary of options
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Here is a brief summary of how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}. For details,
|
2002-07-19 11:35:06 +00:00
|
|
|
@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man title AS the portable GNU assembler.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@ignore
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man begin SEEALSO
|
|
|
|
gcc(1), ld(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils} and @file{ld}.
|
|
|
|
@c man end
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ignore
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@c We don't use deffn and friends for the following because they seem
|
|
|
|
@c to be limited to one line for the header.
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man begin SYNOPSIS
|
2004-08-13 19:53:52 +00:00
|
|
|
@value{AS} [@b{-a}[@b{cdhlns}][=@var{file}]] [@b{--alternate}] [@b{-D}]
|
2005-04-12 08:42:41 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{--defsym} @var{sym}=@var{val}] [@b{-f}] [@b{-g}] [@b{--gstabs}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{--gstabs+}] [@b{--gdwarf-2}] [@b{--help}] [@b{-I} @var{dir}] [@b{-J}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-K}] [@b{-L}] [@b{--listing-lhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{--listing-lhs-width2}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--listing-rhs-width}=@var{NUM}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{--listing-cont-lines}=@var{NUM}] [@b{--keep-locals}] [@b{-o}
|
|
|
|
@var{objfile}] [@b{-R}] [@b{--reduce-memory-overheads}] [@b{--statistics}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-v}] [@b{-version}] [@b{--version}] [@b{-W}] [@b{--warn}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{--fatal-warnings}] [@b{-w}] [@b{-x}] [@b{-Z}] [@b{--target-help}]
|
|
|
|
[@var{target-options}] [@b{--}|@var{files} @dots{}]
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@c
|
|
|
|
@c Target dependent options are listed below. Keep the list sorted.
|
|
|
|
@c Add an empty line for separation.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
|
|
@c am29k has no machine-dependent assembler options
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2002-02-10 23:25:17 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ALPHA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target Alpha options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{-m@var{cpu}}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mdebug} | @b{-no-mdebug}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-relax}] [@b{-g}] [@b{-G@var{size}}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-F}] [@b{-32addr}]
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ARC
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target ARC options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{-marc[5|6|7|8]}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset ARM
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target ARM options:}
|
* NEWS: Mention new ARM command-line options and VFP support.
* config/tc-arm.c (ARM_CEXT_XSCALE): Replaces ARM_EXT_XSCALE. All
uses changed.
(ARM_CEXT_MAVERICK): Similarly.
(ARM_ANY): Now means any core instruction.
(CPU_DEFAULT): Default to ARM_ANY.
(uses_apcs_26, atcps, support_interwork, uses_apcs_float)
(pic_code): Declare for all object types. Make type int.
(legacy_cpu, legacy_fpu, mcpu_cpu_opt, mcpu_fpu_opt, march_cpu_opt)
(march_fpu_opt, mfpu_opt): Declare.
(md_longopts): Tidy up conditional definitions.
(arm_opts, arm_cpus, arm_archs, arm_fpus, arm_extensions)
(arm_long_opts): New tables.
(arm_parse_cpu, arm_parse_arch, arm_parse_fpu): New functions.
(arm_parse_extension): New function.
(md_parse_option): Rewrite using new table-driven system.
(md_show_usage): Use new table-driven system.
(md_begin): Calculate cpu_variant from command line option data.
* doc/as.texinfo (ARM ISA options): Docuement new ARM-specific
command-line options.
* doc/c-arm.texi: Likewise.
Testsuite:
* gas/arm/vfp1.d: Use new command-line options.
* gas/arm/vfp1xD.d: Likewise.
* gas/arm/arm.exp (vfp-bad): Likewise.
* gas/arm/maverick.d: Likewise.
2002-01-18 17:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
@c Don't document the deprecated options
|
2002-01-21 00:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-mcpu}=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-march}=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]]
|
2003-12-10 12:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-mfpu}=@var{floating-point-format}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mfloat-abi}=@var{abi}]
|
2004-03-23 23:05:52 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-meabi}=@var{ver}]
|
* NEWS: Mention new ARM command-line options and VFP support.
* config/tc-arm.c (ARM_CEXT_XSCALE): Replaces ARM_EXT_XSCALE. All
uses changed.
(ARM_CEXT_MAVERICK): Similarly.
(ARM_ANY): Now means any core instruction.
(CPU_DEFAULT): Default to ARM_ANY.
(uses_apcs_26, atcps, support_interwork, uses_apcs_float)
(pic_code): Declare for all object types. Make type int.
(legacy_cpu, legacy_fpu, mcpu_cpu_opt, mcpu_fpu_opt, march_cpu_opt)
(march_fpu_opt, mfpu_opt): Declare.
(md_longopts): Tidy up conditional definitions.
(arm_opts, arm_cpus, arm_archs, arm_fpus, arm_extensions)
(arm_long_opts): New tables.
(arm_parse_cpu, arm_parse_arch, arm_parse_fpu): New functions.
(arm_parse_extension): New function.
(md_parse_option): Rewrite using new table-driven system.
(md_show_usage): Use new table-driven system.
(md_begin): Calculate cpu_variant from command line option data.
* doc/as.texinfo (ARM ISA options): Docuement new ARM-specific
command-line options.
* doc/c-arm.texi: Likewise.
Testsuite:
* gas/arm/vfp1.d: Use new command-line options.
* gas/arm/vfp1xD.d: Likewise.
* gas/arm/arm.exp (vfp-bad): Likewise.
* gas/arm/maverick.d: Likewise.
2002-01-18 17:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-mthumb}]
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-EB}|@b{-EL}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mapcs-32}|@b{-mapcs-26}|@b{-mapcs-float}|
|
|
|
|
@b{-mapcs-reentrant}]
|
./
* configure.in (arm-*-oabi*, thumb-*-oabi*): Remove.
* configure: Regenerated.
bfd/
* Makefile.am (BFD32_BACKENDS, BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Replace
elfarm-nabi with elf32-arm. Remove elfarm-oabi.
(elf32-arm.lo): Replace elfarm-nabi.lo rule. Remove elf32-arm.h
dependency.
* config.bfd: Move arm-*-oabi* and thumb-*-oabi* from obsolete list
to a new removed list. Remove normal configuration stanzas.
* configure.in: (bfd_elf32_bigarm_vec, bfd_elf32_bigarm_symbian_vec)
(bfd_elf32_littlearm_symbian_vec, bfd_elf32_littlearm_vec): Replace
elfarm-nabi.lo with elf32-arm.lo.
(bfd_elf32_bigarm_oabi_vec, bfd_elf32_littlearm_oabi_vec): Remove.
* elf32-arm.c: Renamed from elfarm-nabi.c. Inline elf32-arm.h.
* elf32-arm.h: Remove.
* elfarm-oabi.c: Remove.
* targets.c (_bfd_target_vector): Remove bfd_elf32_bigarm_oabi_vec
and bfd_elf32_littlearm_oabi_vec.
* aclocal.m4, Makefile.in, configure, doc/Makefile.in: Regenerated.
gas/
* configure.in: Remove arm-*-oabi and thumb-*-oabi.
* config/tc-arm.c (target_oabi): Delete.
(md_apply_fix3, elf32_arm_target_format): Remove target_oabi checks.
(arm_opts): Remove moabi.
* doc/as.texinfo (Overview): Remove documentation of -moabi.
* doc/c-arm.texi (ARM Options): Likewise.
* configure: Regenerated.
ld/
* Makefile.am (ALL_EMULATIONS): Remove earmelf_oabi.o.
(earmelf_oabi.c): Remove rule.
* configure.tgt: Remove arm-*-oabi and thumb-*-oabi.
* emulparams/armelf_oabi.sh, emultempl/armelf_oabi.em: Delete files.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
2004-11-04 15:54:50 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-mthumb-interwork}] [@b{-k}]
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2002-02-09 03:12:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset CRIS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target CRIS options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{--underscore} | @b{--no-underscore}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{--pic}] [@b{-N}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{--emulation=criself} | @b{--emulation=crisaout}]
|
* configure.in (crisv32): Recognize. AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED
DEFAULT_CRIS_ARCH. Handle crisv32-*-linux-gnu* like
cris-*-linux-gnu* and crisv32-*-* like cris-*-*.
* configure: Regenerate.
* config/tc-cris.c (enum cris_archs): New.
(cris_mach, cris_arch_from_string, s_cris_arch, get_sup_reg)
(cris_insn_ver_valid_for_arch): New functions.
(DEFAULT_CRIS_ARCH): New macro, default to cris_any_v0_v10.
(cris_arch): New variable.
(md_pseudo_table): New pseudo .arch.
(err_for_dangerous_mul_placement): Initialize according to
DEFAULT_CRIS_ARCH.
(STATE_COND_BRANCH): Renamed from STATE_CONDITIONAL_BRANCH.
All users changed.
(STATE_COND_BRANCH_V32, STATE_COND_BRANCH_COMMON)
(STATE_ABS_BRANCH_V32, STATE_LAPC, BRANCH_BF_V32, BRANCH_BB_V32)
(BRANCH_WF_V32, BRANCH_WB_V32): New.
(BRANCH_BF, BRANCH_BB, BRANCH_WF, BRANCH_WB): Don't undef after
use in md_cris_relax_table.
(md_cris_relax_table): Add entries for STATE_COND_BRANCH_V32,
STATE_COND_BRANCH_COMMON, STATE_ABS_BRANCH_V32, STATE_LAPC.
Update and improve head comment.
(OPTION_PIC): Define in terms of previous option, OPTION_US.
(OPTION_MULBUG_ABORT_ON, OPTION_MULBUG_ABORT_OFF): Similar.
(OPTION_ARCH): New.
(md_longopts): New option --march=...
(cris_any_v0_v10_long_jump_size, crisv32_long_jump_size): New
macros.
(md_long_jump_size): Initialize in terms of DEFAULT_CRIS_ARCH.
(HANDLE_RELAXABLE): New macro.
(md_estimate_size_before_relax): Use HANDLE_RELAXABLE for common
cases. Check for weak symbols and assume not relaxable. Handle
STATE_COND_BRANCH_V32, STATE_COND_BRANCH_COMMON,
STATE_ABS_BRANCH_V32, STATE_LAPC. Use new variable symbolP, not
fragP->fr_symbol.
(md_convert_frag): Handle STATE_COND_BRANCH_V32,
STATE_COND_BRANCH_COMMON, STATE_ABS_BRANCH_V32, STATE_LAPC.
(cris_create_short_jump): Adjust for CRISv32.
(md_create_long_jump): Ditto. Emit error for common_v10_v32.
(md_begin): Define symbols "..asm.arch.cris.v32",
"..asm.arch.cris.v10", "..asm.arch.cris.common_v10_v32" and
"..asm.arch.cris.any_v0_v10". Use cris_insn_ver_valid_for_arch
when entering opcode table entry points.
(md_assemble): Adjust branch handling for CRISv32. Handle LAPC
relaxation. In fix_new_exp call for main insn, pass 1 for pcrel
parameter for 8, 16 and 32-bit pc-relative insns and LAPC.
(cris_process_instruction): Initialize out_insnp->insn_type to
CRIS_INSN_NONE, not CRIS_INSN_NORMAL.
<case ']', '[', 'A', 'd', 'Q', 'N', 'n', 'Y', 'U', 'u', 'T'>: New
cases.
<case 'm'>: Check that modified_char == '.'.
<invalid operands>: Consume the rest of the line.
When operands don't match, skip over subsequent insns with
non-matching version specifier but same mnemonic.
<immediate constant, case SIZE_SPEC_REG>: Immediate operands for
special registers in CRISv32 are always 32 bit long.
<immediate constant, case SIZE_FIELD_SIGNED, SIZE_FIELD_UNSIGNED>:
New cases.
(get_gen_reg): Only recognize "PC" when followed by "+]" for v32
and compatible. Recognize "ACR" for v32, unless followed by "+".
(get_spec_reg): Consider cris_arch when looking up register.
(get_autoinc_prefix_or_indir_op): Don't recognize assignment for
v32 or compatible.
(get_3op_or_dip_prefix_op): Check for ']' after seeing '[rN+'.
(cris_get_expression): Restore input_line_pointer if failing "early".
(get_flags): Consider cris_arch and recognize flags accordingly.
(branch_disp): Adjust for CRISv32.
(gen_cond_branch_32): Similar. Emit error for common_v10_v32.
(cris_number_to_imm): Use as_bad_where, not as_bad. Remove
related FIXME. Don't insist on BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL fixup to be
resolved. Don't enter zeros in object file for
BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL.
<case BFD_RELOC_CRIS_LAPCQ_OFFSET, BFD_RELOC_CRIS_SIGNED_16>
<case BFD_RELOC_CRIS_SIGNED_8>: New case.
(md_parse_option): Break out "return 1".
<OPTION_ARCH> New case.
(tc_gen_reloc): <case BFD_RELOC_CRIS_LAPCQ_OFFSET>
<case BFD_RELOC_CRIS_SIGNED_16, BFD_RELOC_CRIS_SIGNED_8>
<case BFD_RELOC_CRIS_UNSIGNED_8, BFD_RELOC_CRIS_UNSIGNED_16>
<case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL>: New cases.
Addends for non-zero fx_pcrel are too in fx_offset.
(md_show_usage): Show --march=<arch>.
(md_apply_fix3): Adjust val for BFD_RELOC_CRIS_LAPCQ_OFFSET.
(md_pcrel_from): BFD_RELOC_CRIS_LAPCQ_OFFSET is PC-relative too.
(s_syntax) <struct syntaxes>: Properly constify member operand.
* config/tc-cris.h (TARGET_MACH): Define.
(cris_mach): Declare.
* doc/as.texinfo (Overview) <CRIS>: Add --march=...
* doc/c-cris.texi (CRIS-Symbols): New node for built-in symbols.
(CRIS-Opts): Document --march=...
(CRIS-Pseudos): Document .arch.
2004-11-04 15:00:37 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{--march=v0_v10} | @b{--march=v10} | @b{--march=v32} | @b{--march=common_v10_v32}]
|
2002-02-09 03:12:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@c Deprecated -- deliberately not documented.
|
|
|
|
@c [@b{-h}] [@b{-H}]
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset D10V
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target D10V options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{-O}]
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset D30V
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target D30V options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{-O}|@b{-n}|@b{-N}]
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8
|
2003-04-15 08:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
@c Renesas family chips have no machine-dependent assembler options
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
@c HPPA has no machine-dependent assembler options (yet).
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset I80386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target i386 options:}
|
2003-06-10 06:46:34 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{--32}|@b{--64}] [@b{-n}]
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset I960
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target i960 options:}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@c see md_parse_option in tc-i960.c
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-ACA}|@b{-ACA_A}|@b{-ACB}|@b{-ACC}|@b{-AKA}|@b{-AKB}|
|
|
|
|
@b{-AKC}|@b{-AMC}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-b}] [@b{-no-relax}]
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2002-02-26 12:04:30 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset IA64
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-02-25 10:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
@emph{Target IA-64 options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mconstant-gp}|@b{-mauto-pic}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-milp32}|@b{-milp64}|@b{-mlp64}|@b{-mp64}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mle}|@b{mbe}]
|
2005-03-28 22:34:20 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-mtune=itanium1}|@b{-mtune=itanium2}]
|
2005-02-11 21:01:19 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-munwind-check=warning}|@b{-munwind-check=error}]
|
2005-02-17 23:22:05 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-mhint.b=ok}|@b{-mhint.b=warning}|@b{-mhint.b=error}]
|
2002-02-25 10:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-x}|@b{-xexplicit}] [@b{-xauto}] [@b{-xdebug}]
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2002-07-19 07:52:40 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset IP2K
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target IP2K options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mip2022}|@b{-mip2022ext}]
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* configure.in: Add cases for Renesas m32c.
* configure: Regenerated.
bfd/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for m32c-*-elf (Renesas m32c and m16c).
* Makefile.am (ALL_MACHINES): Add cpu-m32c.lo.
(ALL_MACHINES_CFILES): Add cpu-m32c.c.
(BFD32_BACKENDS): Add elf32-m32c.lo.
(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add elf32-m32c.c.
(cpu-m32c.lo, elf32-m32c.lo): New rules, generated by 'make dep-am'.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* archures.c (bfd_arch_m32c, bfd_mach_m16c, bfd_mach_m32c): New
arch and mach codes.
(bfd_m32c_arch): New arch info object.
(bfd_archures_list): List bfd_m32c_arch.
* bfd-in2.h: Regenerated.
* config.bfd: Add case for the m32c.
* configure.in: Add case for the m32c.
* configure: Regenerated.
* cpu-m32c.c, elf32-m32c.c: New files.
* libbfd.h: Regenerated.
* targets.c (bfd_elf32_m32c_vec): Declare.
(_bfd_target_vector): List bfd_elf32_m32c_vec.
binutils/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* readelf.c: #include "elf/m32c.h"
(guess_is_rela, dump_relocations, get_machine_name): Add cases for
EM_M32C.
* Makefile.am (readelf.o): Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
cpu/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* m32c.cpu, m32c.opc: Machine description for the Renesas M32C.
gas/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for the Renesas M32C.
* Makefile.am (CPU_TYPES): List m32c.
(TARGET_CPU_CFILES): List config/tc-m32c.c.
(TARGET_CPU_HFILES): List config/tc-m32c.h.
* configure.in: Add case for m32c.
* configure.tgt: Add cases for m32c and m32c-*-elf.
* configure: Regenerated.
* config/tc-m32c.c, config/tc-m32c.h: New files.
* doc/Makefile.am (CPU_DOCS): Add c-m32c.texi.
* doc/Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* doc/all.texi: Set M32C.
* doc/as.texinfo: Add text for the M32C-specific options and line
comment characters, and refer to c-m32c.texi.
* doc/c-m32c.texi: New file.
include/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* dis-asm.h (print_insn_m32c): New declaration.
include/elf/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for Renesas M32C and M16C.
* common.h (EM_M32C): New machine number.
* m32c.h: New file.
ld/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for the Renesas M32C and M16C.
* Makefile.am (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eelf32m32c.o.
(eelf32m32c.c): New target.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* configure.tgt: Add case for m32c-*-elf.
* emulparams/elf32m32c.sh: New file.
opcodes/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for the Renesas M32C and M16C.
* m32c-asm.c, m32c-desc.c, m32c-dis.c, m32c-ibld.c, m32c-opc.c: New.
* m32c-desc.h, m32c-opc.h: New.
* Makefile.am (HFILES): List m32c-desc.h and m32c-opc.h.
(CFILES): List m32c-asm.c, m32c-desc.c, m32c-dis.c, m32c-ibld.c,
m32c-opc.c.
(ALL_MACHINES): List m32c-asm.lo, m32c-desc.lo, m32c-dis.lo,
m32c-ibld.lo, m32c-opc.lo.
(CLEANFILES): List stamp-m32c.
(M32C_DEPS): List stamp-m32c, if CGEN_MAINT.
(CGEN_CPUS): Add m32c.
(m32c-asm.c, m32c-desc.c, m32c-dis.c, m32c-ibld.c, m32c-opc.c)
(m32c-desc.h, m32c-opc.h): Depend on M32C_DEPS.
(m32c_opc_h): New variable.
(stamp-m32c, m32c-asm.lo, m32c-desc.lo, m32c-dis.lo, m32c-ibld.lo)
(m32c-opc.lo): New rules.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* configure.in: Add case for bfd_m32c_arch.
* configure: Regenerated.
* disassemble.c (ARCH_m32c): New.
[ARCH_m32c]: #include "m32c-desc.h".
(disassembler) [ARCH_m32c]: Add case for bfd_arch_m32c.
(disassemble_init_for_target) [ARCH_m32c]: Same.
* cgen-ops.h, cgen-types.h: New files.
* Makefile.am (HFILES): List them.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
2005-07-14 22:52:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M32C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target M32C options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{-m32c}|@b{-m16c}]
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2002-02-26 12:04:30 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M32R
|
2002-02-25 10:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@emph{Target M32R options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{--m32rx}|@b{--[no-]warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts}|
|
2002-02-26 12:04:30 +00:00
|
|
|
@b{--W[n]p}]
|
2000-04-09 20:25:17 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M680X0
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target M680X0 options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{-l}] [@b{-m68000}|@b{-m68010}|@b{-m68020}|@dots{}]
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-06-19 01:22:44 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M68HC11
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target M68HC11 options:}
|
2003-01-17 22:29:54 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-m68hc11}|@b{-m68hc12}|@b{-m68hcs12}]
|
2002-12-01 10:20:06 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-mshort}|@b{-mlong}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mshort-double}|@b{-mlong-double}]
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{--force-long-branchs}] [@b{--short-branchs}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{--strict-direct-mode}] [@b{--print-insn-syntax}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{--print-opcodes}] [@b{--generate-example}]
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset MCORE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target MCORE options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{-jsri2bsr}] [@b{-sifilter}] [@b{-relax}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mcpu=[210|340]}]
|
2000-06-19 01:22:44 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset MIPS
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target MIPS options:}
|
2004-01-09 02:34:04 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-nocpp}] [@b{-EL}] [@b{-EB}] [@b{-O}[@var{optimization level}]]
|
2002-06-07 23:07:19 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-g}[@var{debug level}]] [@b{-G} @var{num}] [@b{-KPIC}] [@b{-call_shared}]
|
2004-04-23 04:50:53 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-non_shared}] [@b{-xgot}]
|
2002-06-07 23:07:19 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-mabi}=@var{ABI}] [@b{-32}] [@b{-n32}] [@b{-64}] [@b{-mfp32}] [@b{-mgp32}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-march}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mtune}=@var{CPU}] [@b{-mips1}] [@b{-mips2}]
|
[ bfd/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,machine_type)): Add bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2 case.
* archures.c (bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2): New define.
* bfd-in2.h: Regenerate.
* cpu-mips.c (I_mipsisa32r2): New enum value.
(arch_info_struct): Add entry for I_mipsisa32r2.
* elfxx-mips.c (elf_mips_isa, _bfd_elf_mips_mach)
(_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data): Handle E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2.
(_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing): Add
bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2 case.
(_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): Handle merging of
binaries marked as using MIPS32 Release 2.
[ binutils/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* doc/binutils.texi (objdump): Note MIPS HWR (Hardware Register)
changes in MIPS -M options.
[ gas/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* configure.in: Recognize mipsisa32r2, mipsisa32r2el, and
CPU variants.
* configure: Regenerate.
* config/tc-mips.c (ISA_HAS_DROR, ISA_HAS_ROR): New defines.
(macro_build): Handle "K" operand.
(macro2): Use ISA_HAS_DROR and ISA_HAS_ROR in the places where
CPU_HAS_DROR and CPU_HAS_ROR are currently used.
(mips_ip): New variable "lastpos", and implement "+A", "+B",
and "+C" operands for MIPS32 Release 2 ins/ext instructions.
Implement "K" operand for MIPS32 Release 2 rdhwr instruction.
(validate_mips_insn): Implement "+" as a way to extend the
allowed operands, and implement "K", "+A", "+B", and "+C"
operands.
(OPTION_MIPS32R2): New define.
(md_longopts): Add entry for OPTION_MIPS32R2.
(OPTION_ELF_BASE): Adjust to accomodate OPTIONS_MIPS32R2.
(md_parse_option): Handle OPTION_MIPS32R2.
(s_mipsset): Reimplement handling of ".set mipsN" options
and add support for ".set mips32r2".
(mips_cpu_info_table): Add entry for "mips32r2" (MIPS32 Release 2).
(md_show_usage): Document "-mips32r2" option.
* doc/as.texinfo: Document "-mips32r2" option.
* doc/c-mips.texi: Likewise.
[ gas/testsuite/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* gas/mips/cp0-names-mips32r2.d: New test.
* gas/mips/hwr-names-mips32r2.d: New test.
* gas/mips/hwr-names-numeric.d: New test.
* gas/mips/hwr-names.s: New test source file.
* gas/mips/mips32r2.d: New test.
* gas/mips/mips32r2.s: New test source file.
* gas/mips/mips32r2-ill.l: New test.
* gas/mips/mips32r2-ill.s: New test source file.
* gas/mips/mips.exp: Add mips32r2 architecture data array
entry. Run new tests mentioned above.
[ include/elf/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h (E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2): New define.
[ include/opcode/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h: Document "+" as the start of two-character operand
type names, and add new "K", "+A", "+B", and "+C" operand types.
(OP_MASK_INSMSB, OP_SH_INSMSB, OP_MASK_EXTMSB)
(OP_SH_EXTMSB, INSN_ISA32R2, ISA_MIPS32R2, CPU_MIPS32R2): New
defines.
[ opcodes/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips-dis.c (mips_cp0_names_mips3264r2, mips_hwr_names_numeric)
(mips_hwr_names_mips3264r2): New arrays.
(mips_arch_choice): New "hwr_names" member.
(mips_arch_choices): Adjust for structure change, and add a new
entry for "mips32r2" ISA.
(mips_hwr_names): New variable.
(set_default_mips_dis_options): Set mips_hwr_names.
(parse_mips_dis_option): New "hwr-names" option which sets
mips_hwr_names, and adjust "reg-names=ARCH" to set mips_hwr_names.
(print_insn_arg): Change return type to "int"
and use that to indicate number of characters consumed.
Add support for "+" operand extension character, "+A", "+B",
"+C", and "K" operands.
(print_insn_mips): Adjust for changes to print_insn_arg.
(print_mips_disassembler_options): Adjust for "hwr-names"
addition and "reg-names" change.
* mips-opc (I33): New define (shorthand for INSN_ISA32R2).
(mips_builtin_opcodes): Note that "nop" and "ssnop" are special
forms of "sll". Add new MIPS32 Release 2 instructions: ehb,
di, ei, ext, ins, jr.hb, jalr.hb, mfhc1, mfhc2, mthc1, mthc2,
rdhwr, rdpgpr, seb, seh, synci, wrpgpr, wsbh.
Note that hardware rotate instructions (ror, rorv) can be
used on MIPS32 Release 2, and add the official mnemonics
for them (rotr, rotrv) and the similar "rotl" mnemonic for
left-rotate.
2002-12-31 07:29:29 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-mips3}] [@b{-mips4}] [@b{-mips5}] [@b{-mips32}] [@b{-mips32r2}]
|
[ bfd/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* archures.c (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2): New define.
* bfd-in2.h: Regenerate.
* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,machine_type)): Handle bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2.
* cpu-mips.c (I_mipsisa64r2): New enum value.
(arch_info_struct): Add entry for I_mipsisa64r2.
* elfxx-mips.c (_bfd_elf_mips_mach)
(_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data): Handle E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2.
(mips_set_isa_flags): Add bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 case.
(mips_mach_extensions): Add entry for bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2.
[ binutils/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* readelf.c (get_machine_flags): Handle E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2.
[ gas/Changelog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* configure.in (mipsisa64r2, mipsisa64r2el, mipsisa64r2*): New CPUs.
* configure: Regenerate.
* config/tc-mips.c (imm2_expr): New variable.
(md_assemble, mips16_ip): Initialize imm2_expr.
(ISA_HAS_64BIT_REGS, ISA_HAS_DROR, ISA_HAS_ROR): Add ISA_MIPS64R2.
(macro_build): Handle +A, +B, +C, +E, +F, +G, and +H format operands.
(macro): Handle M_DEXT and M_DINS.
(validate_mips_insn): Handle +E, +F, +G, +H, and +I format operands.
(mips_ip): Likewise.
(OPTION_MIPS64R2): New define.
(md_longopts): New entry for -mips64r2 (OPTION_MIPS64R2).
OPTION_ASE_BASE): Increase to compensate for OPTION_MIPS64R2.
(md_parse_option): Handle OPTION_MIPS64R2.
(s_mipsset): Handle setting "mips64r2" ISA.
(mips_cpu_info_table): Add mips64r2.
(md_show_usage): Document -mips64r2 option.
* doc/as.texinfo: Docuemnt -mips64r2 option.
* doc/c-mips.texi: Likewise.
[ gas/testsuite/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* gas/mips/cp0-names-mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/cp0sel-names-mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/elf_arch_mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/hwr-names-mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/mips32r2-ill-fp64.l: New file.
* gas/mips/mips32r2-ill-fp64.s: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2-ill.l: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2-ill.s: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2.s: New file.
* gas/mips/mips.exp: Define "mips64r2" arch, and run new tests.
[ include/elf/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h (E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2): New define.
[ include/opcode/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h: Document +E, +F, +G, +H, and +I operand types.
Update documentation of I, +B and +C operand types.
(INSN_ISA64R2, ISA_MIPS64R2, CPU_MIPS64R2): New defines.
(M_DEXT, M_DINS): New enum values.
[ ld/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* ldmain.c (get_emulation): Ignore "-mips64r2".
[ ld/testsuite/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* ld-mips-elf/mips-elf-flags.exp: Add tests for combinations
with MIPS64r2.
[ opcodes/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips-dis.c (mips_arch_choices): Add entry for "mips64r2"
(print_insn_args): Add handing for +E, +F, +G, and +H.
* mips-opc.c (I65): New define for MIPS64r2.
(mips_builtin_opcodes): Add "dext", "dextm", "dextu", "dins",
"dinsm", "dinsu", "drotl", "drotr", "drotr32", "drotrv", "dsbh",
and "dshd" for MIPS64r2. Adjust "dror", "dror32", and "drorv" to
be supported on MIPS64r2.
2003-09-30 16:17:15 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-mips64}] [@b{-mips64r2}]
|
2002-06-07 23:07:19 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-construct-floats}] [@b{-no-construct-floats}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-trap}] [@b{-no-break}] [@b{-break}] [@b{-no-trap}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mfix7000}] [@b{-mno-fix7000}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mips16}] [@b{-no-mips16}]
|
2002-03-16 03:09:19 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-mips3d}] [@b{-no-mips3d}]
|
[ gas/ChangeLog ]
2002-05-30 Chris G. Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
Ed Satterthwaite <ehs@broadcom.com>
* config/tc-mips.c (mips_set_options): New "ase_mdmx" member.
(mips_opts): Initialize "ase_mdmx" member.
(file_ase_mdmx): New variable.
(CPU_HAS_MDMX): New macro.
(md_begin): Initialize mips_opts.ase_mdmx and file_ase_mdmx
based on command line options and configuration defaults.
(macro_build): Note in comment that use of MDMX in macros is
not currently allowed.
(validate_mips_insn): Add support for the "O", "Q", "X", "Y", and
"Z" MDMX operand types.
(mips_ip): Accept MDMX instructions if mips_opts.ase_mdmx is set,
and add support for the "O", "Q", "X", "Y", and "Z" MDMX operand
types.
(OPTION_MDMX, OPTION_NO_MDMX, md_longopts, md_parse_option):
Add support for "-mdmx" and "-no-mdmx" options.
(OPTION_ELF_BASE): Move to accomodate new options.
(s_mipsset): Support ".set mdmx" and ".set nomdmx".
(mips_elf_final_processing): Set MDMX ASE ELF header flag if
file_ase_mdmx was set.
* doc/as.texinfo: Document -mdmx and -no-mdmx options.
* doc/c-mips.texi: Likewise, and document ".set mdmx" and ".set
nomdmx" directives.
[ gas/testsuite/ChangeLog ]
2002-05-30 Chris G. Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* gas/mips/mips64-mdmx.s: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64-mdmx.d: Likewise.
* gas/mips/mips.exp: Run new "mips64-mdmx" test.
[ include/opcode/ChangeLog ]
2002-05-30 Chris G. Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h (OP_SH_ALN, OP_MASK_ALN, OP_SH_VSEL, OP_MASK_VSEL)
(MDMX_FMTSEL_IMM_QH, MDMX_FMTSEL_IMM_OB, MDMX_FMTSEL_VEC_QH)
(MDMX_FMTSEL_VEC_OB, INSN_READ_MDMX_ACC, INSN_WRITE_MDMX_ACC)
(INSN_MDMX): New constants, for MDMX support.
(opcode character list): Add "O", "Q", "X", "Y", and "Z" for MDMX.
[ opcodes/ChangeLog ]
2002-05-30 Chris G. Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
Ed Satterthwaite <ehs@broadcom.com>
* mips-dis.c (print_insn_arg): Add support for 'O', 'Q', 'X', 'Y',
and 'Z' formats, for MDMX.
(mips_isa_type): Add MDMX instructions to the ISA
bit mask for bfd_mach_mipsisa64.
* mips-opc.c: Add support for MDMX instructions.
(MX): New definition.
* mips-dis.c: Update copyright years to include 2002.
2002-05-31 01:17:18 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-mdmx}] [@b{-no-mdmx}]
|
2002-06-14 14:08:54 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-mdebug}] [@b{-no-mdebug}]
|
2003-07-28 20:06:27 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{-mpdr}] [@b{-mno-pdr}]
|
2001-10-30 15:20:14 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset MMIX
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target MMIX options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{--fixed-special-register-names}] [@b{--globalize-symbols}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{--gnu-syntax}] [@b{--relax}] [@b{--no-predefined-symbols}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{--no-expand}] [@b{--no-merge-gregs}] [@b{-x}]
|
2002-02-01 08:09:47 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{--linker-allocated-gregs}]
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset PDP11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target PDP11 options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mpic}|@b{-mno-pic}] [@b{-mall}] [@b{-mno-extensions}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-m}@var{extension}|@b{-mno-}@var{extension}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-m}@var{cpu}] [@b{-m}@var{machine}]
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset PJ
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target picoJava options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mb}|@b{-me}]
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset PPC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target PowerPC options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mpwrx}|@b{-mpwr2}|@b{-mpwr}|@b{-m601}|@b{-mppc}|@b{-mppc32}|@b{-m603}|@b{-m604}|
|
|
|
|
@b{-m403}|@b{-m405}|@b{-mppc64}|@b{-m620}|@b{-mppc64bridge}|@b{-mbooke}|
|
|
|
|
@b{-mbooke32}|@b{-mbooke64}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mcom}|@b{-many}|@b{-maltivec}] [@b{-memb}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mregnames}|@b{-mno-regnames}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mrelocatable}|@b{-mrelocatable-lib}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mlittle}|@b{-mlittle-endian}|@b{-mbig}|@b{-mbig-endian}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-msolaris}|@b{-mno-solaris}]
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset SPARC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target SPARC options:}
|
|
|
|
@c The order here is important. See c-sparc.texi.
|
|
|
|
[@b{-Av6}|@b{-Av7}|@b{-Av8}|@b{-Asparclet}|@b{-Asparclite}
|
|
|
|
@b{-Av8plus}|@b{-Av8plusa}|@b{-Av9}|@b{-Av9a}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-xarch=v8plus}|@b{-xarch=v8plusa}] [@b{-bump}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-32}|@b{-64}]
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset TIC54X
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target TIC54X options:}
|
|
|
|
[@b{-mcpu=54[123589]}|@b{-mcpu=54[56]lp}] [@b{-mfar-mode}|@b{-mf}]
|
|
|
|
[@b{-merrors-to-file} @var{<filename>}|@b{-me} @var{<filename>}]
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset Z8000
|
|
|
|
@c Z8000 has no machine-dependent assembler options
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2003-04-01 15:50:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset XTENSA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@emph{Target Xtensa options:}
|
bfd ChangeLog
* elf32-xtensa.c (elf32xtensa_size_opt): New global variable.
(xtensa_default_isa): Global variable moved here from xtensa-isa.c.
(elf32xtensa_no_literal_movement): New global variable.
(elf_howto_table): Add entries for new relocations.
(elf_xtensa_reloc_type_lookup): Handle new relocations.
(property_table_compare): When addresses are equal, compare sizes and
various property flags.
(property_table_matches): New.
(xtensa_read_table_entries): Extend to read new property tables. Add
output_addr parameter to indicate that output addresses should be used.
Use bfd_get_section_limit.
(elf_xtensa_find_property_entry): New.
(elf_xtensa_in_literal_pool): Use elf_xtensa_find_property_entry.
(elf_xtensa_check_relocs): Handle new relocations.
(elf_xtensa_do_reloc): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Handle new
relocations. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(build_encoding_error_message): Remove encode_result parameter. Add
new target_address parameter used to detect alignment errors.
(elf_xtensa_relocate_section): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Clean up
error handling. Use new is_operand_relocation function.
(elf_xtensa_combine_prop_entries, elf_xtensa_merge_private_bfd_data):
Use underbar macro for error messages. Formatting.
(get_const16_opcode): New.
(get_l32r_opcode): Add a separate flag for initialization.
(get_relocation_opnd): Operand number is no longer explicit in the
relocation. Change to decode the opcode and analyze its operands.
(get_relocation_slot): New.
(get_relocation_opcode): Add bfd parameter. Use bfd_get_section_limit.
Use new xtensa-isa.h functions to handle multislot instructions.
(is_l32r_relocation): Add bfd parameter. Use is_operand_relocation.
(get_asm_simplify_size, is_alt_relocation, is_operand_relocation,
insn_decode_len, insn_decode_opcode, check_branch_target_aligned,
check_loop_aligned, check_branch_target_aligned_address, narrowable,
widenable, narrow_instruction, widen_instruction, op_single_fmt_table,
get_single_format, init_op_single_format_table): New.
(elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify): Add error_message parameter and use it
instead of calling _bfd_error_handler. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(contract_asm_expansion): Add error_message parameter and pass it to
elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify. Replace use of R_XTENSA_OP0 relocation
with R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP.
(get_expanded_call_opcode): Extend to handle either L32R or CONST16
instructions. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(r_reloc struct): Add new virtual_offset field.
(r_reloc_init): Add contents and content_length parameters. Set
virtual_offset field to zero. Add contents to target_offset field for
partial_inplace relocations.
(r_reloc_is_defined): Check for null.
(print_r_reloc): New debug function.
(source_reloc struct): Replace xtensa_operand field with pair of the
opcode and the operand position. Add is_abs_literal field.
(init_source_reloc): Specify operand by opcode/position pair. Set
is_abs_literal field.
(source_reloc_compare): When target_offsets are equal, compare other
fields to make sorting predictable.
(literal_value struct): Add is_abs_literal field.
(value_map_hash_table struct): Add has_last_loc and last_loc fields.
(init_literal_value): New.
(is_same_value): Replace with ...
(literal_value_equal): ... this function. Add comparisons of
virtual_offset and is_abs_literal fields.
(value_map_hash_table_init): Use bfd_zmalloc. Check for allocation
failure. Initialize has_last_loc field.
(value_map_hash_table_delete): New.
(hash_literal_value): Rename to ...
(literal_value_hash): ... this. Include is_abs_literal flag and
virtual_offset field in the hash value.
(get_cached_value): Rename to ...
(value_map_get_cached_value): ... this. Update calls to
literal_value_hash and literal_value_equal.
(add_value_map): Check for allocation failure. Update calls to
value_map_get_cached_value and literal_value_hash.
(text_action, text_action_list, text_action_t): New types.
(find_fill_action, compute_removed_action_diff, adjust_fill_action,
text_action_add, text_action_add_literal, offset_with_removed_text,
offset_with_removed_text_before_fill, find_insn_action,
print_action_list, print_removed_literals): New.
(offset_with_removed_literals): Delete.
(xtensa_relax_info struct): Add is_relaxable_asm_section, action_list,
fix_array, fix_array_count, allocated_relocs, relocs_count, and
allocated_relocs_count fields.
(init_xtensa_relax_info): Initialize new fields.
(reloc_bfd_fix struct): Add new translated field.
(reloc_bfd_fix_init): Add translated parameter and use it to set the
translated field.
(fix_compare, cache_fix_array): New.
(get_bfd_fix): Remove fix_list parameter and get all relax_info for the
section via get_xtensa_relax_info. Use cache_fix_array to set up
sorted fix_array and use bsearch instead of linear search.
(section_cache_t): New struct.
(init_section_cache, section_cache_section, clear_section_cache): New.
(ebb_t, ebb_target_enum, proposed_action, ebb_constraint): New types.
(init_ebb_constraint, free_ebb_constraint, init_ebb, extend_ebb_bounds,
extend_ebb_bounds_forward, extend_ebb_bounds_backward,
insn_block_decodable_len, ebb_propose_action, ebb_add_proposed_action):
New.
(retrieve_contents): Use bfd_get_section_limit.
(elf_xtensa_relax_section): Add relocations_analyzed flag. Update call
to compute_removed_literals. Free value_map_hash_table when no longer
needed.
(analyze_relocations): Check is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Call
compute_text_actions for all sections.
(find_relaxable_sections): Mark sections as relaxable if they contain
ASM_EXPAND relocations that can be optimized. Adjust r_reloc_init
call. Increment relax_info src_count field only for appropriate
relocation types. Remove is_literal_section check.
(collect_source_relocs): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Adjust calls to
r_reloc_init and find_associated_l32r_irel. Check
is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Handle L32R instructions with absolute
literals. Pass is_abs_literal flag to init_source_reloc.
(is_resolvable_asm_expansion): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Check for
CONST16 instructions. Adjust calls to r_reloc_init and
pcrel_reloc_fits. Handle weak symbols conservatively.
(find_associated_l32r_irel): Add bfd parameter and pass it to
is_l32r_relocation.
(compute_text_actions, compute_ebb_proposed_actions,
compute_ebb_actions, check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit,
check_section_ebb_reduces, text_action_add_proposed,
compute_fill_extra_space): New.
(remove_literals): Replace with ...
(compute_removed_literals): ... this function. Call
init_section_cache. Use bfd_get_section_limit. Sort internal_relocs.
Call xtensa_read_table_entries to get the property table. Skip
relocations other than R_XTENSA_32 and R_XTENSA_PLT. Use new
is_removable_literal, remove_dead_literal, and
identify_literal_placement functions.
(get_irel_at_offset): Rewrite to use bsearch on sorted relocations
instead of linear search.
(is_removable_literal, remove_dead_literal,
identify_literal_placement): New.
(relocations_reach): Update check for literal not referenced by any
PC-relative relocations. Adjust call to pcrel_reloc_fits.
(coalesce_shared_literal, move_shared_literal): New.
(relax_section): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Call
translate_section_fixes. Update calls to r_reloc_init and
offset_with_removed_text. Check new is_relaxable_asm_section flag.
Add call to pin_internal_relocs. Add special handling for
R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY and R_XTENSA_DIFF* relocs. Use virtual_offset
info to calculate new addend_displacement variable. Replace code for
deleting literals with more general code to perform the actions
determined by the action_list for the section.
(translate_section_fixes, translate_reloc_bfd_fix): New.
(translate_reloc): Check new is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Call
find_removed_literal only if is_operand_relocation. Update call to
offset_with_removed_text. Use new target_offset and removed_bytes
variables.
(move_literal): New.
(relax_property_section): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Set new
is_full_prop_section flag and handle new property tables. Update calls
to r_reloc_init and offset_with_removed_text. Check
is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Handle expansion of zero-sized
unreachable entries, with use of offset_with_removed_text_before_fill.
For relocatable links, combine entries only for literal tables.
(relax_section_symbols): Check is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Update
calls to offset_with_removed_text. Translate st_size field for
function symbols.
(do_fix_for_relocatable_link): Change to return bfd_boolean to indicate
failure. Add contents parameter. Update call to get_bfd_fix. Update
call to r_reloc_init. Call _bfd_error_handler and return FALSE for
R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND relocs.
(do_fix_for_final_link): Add input_bfd and contents parameters. Update
call to get_bfd_fix. Include offset from contents for partial_inplace
relocations.
(is_reloc_sym_weak): New.
(pcrel_reloc_fits): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(prop_sec_len): New.
(xtensa_is_property_section): Handle new property sections.
(is_literal_section): Delete.
(internal_reloc_compare): When r_offset matches, compare r_info and
r_addend to make sorting predictable.
(internal_reloc_matches): New.
(xtensa_get_property_section_name): Handle new property sections.
(xtensa_get_property_predef_flags): New.
(xtensa_callback_required_dependence): Use bfd_get_section_limit.
Update calls to xtensa_isa_init, is_l32r_relocation, and r_reloc_init.
* xtensa-isa.c (xtensa_default_isa): Moved to elf32-xtensa.c.
(xtisa_errno, xtisa_error_msg): New variables.
(xtensa_isa_errno, xtensa_isa_error_msg): New.
(xtensa_insnbuf_alloc): Add error handling.
(xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars): Add num_chars parameter. Update to
use xtensa_format_decode. Add error handling.
(xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars): Add num_chars parameter. Decode the
instruction length to find the number of bytes to copy.
(xtensa_isa_init): Add error handling. Replace calls to
xtensa_load_isa and xtensa_extend_isa with code to initialize lookup
tables in the xtensa_modules structure.
(xtensa_check_isa_config, xtensa_add_isa, xtensa_load_isa,
xtensa_extend_isa): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_free): Change to only free lookup tables.
(opname_lookup_compare): Replace with ...
(xtensa_isa_name_compare): ... this function. Use strcasecmp.
(xtensa_insn_maxlength): Rename to ...
(xtensa_isa_maxlength): ... this.
(xtensa_insn_length): Delete.
(xtensa_insn_length_from_first_byte): Replace with ...
(xtensa_isa_length_from_chars): ... this function.
(xtensa_num_opcodes): Rename to ...
(xtensa_isa_num_opcodes): ... this.
(xtensa_isa_num_pipe_stages, xtensa_isa_num_formats,
xtensa_isa_num_regfiles, xtensa_isa_num_stages,
xtensa_isa_num_sysregs, xtensa_isa_num_interfaces,
xtensa_isa_num_funcUnits, xtensa_format_name, xtensa_format_lookup,
xtensa_format_decode, xtensa_format_encode, xtensa_format_length,
xtensa_format_num_slots, xtensa_format_slot_nop_opcode,
xtensa_format_get_slot, xtensa_format_set_slot): New functions.
(xtensa_opcode_lookup): Add error handling.
(xtensa_decode_insn): Replace with ...
(xtensa_opcode_decode): ... this function, with new format and
slot parameters. Add error handling.
(xtensa_encode_insn): Replace with ...
(xtensa_opcode_encode): ... this function, which does the encoding via
one of the entries in the "encode_fns" array. Add error handling.
(xtensa_opcode_name): Add error handling.
(xtensa_opcode_is_branch, xtensa_opcode_is_jump, xtensa_opcode_is_loop,
xtensa_opcode_is_call): New.
(xtensa_num_operands): Replace with ...
(xtensa_opcode_num_operands): ... this function. Add error handling.
(xtensa_opcode_num_stateOperands,
xtensa_opcode_num_interfaceOperands, xtensa_opcode_num_funcUnit_uses,
xtensa_opcode_funcUnit_use, xtensa_operand_name,
xtensa_operand_is_visible): New.
(xtensa_get_operand, xtensa_operand_kind): Delete.
(xtensa_operand_inout): Add error handling and special-case for
"sout" operands.
(xtensa_operand_get_field, xtensa_operand_set_field): Rewritten to
operate on one slot of an instruction. Added error handling.
(xtensa_operand_encode): Handle default operands with no encoding
functions. Check for success by comparing against decoded value.
Add error handling.
(xtensa_operand_decode): Handle default operands. Return decoded value
through argument pointer. Add error handling.
(xtensa_operand_is_register, xtensa_operand_regfile,
xtensa_operand_num_regs, xtensa_operand_is_known_reg): New.
(xtensa_operand_isPCRelative): Rename to ...
(xtensa_operand_is_PCrelative): ... this. Add error handling.
(xtensa_operand_do_reloc, xtensa_operand_undo_reloc): Return value
through argument pointer. Add error handling.
(xtensa_stateOperand_state, xtensa_stateOperand_inout,
xtensa_interfaceOperand_interface, xtensa_regfile_lookup,
xtensa_regfile_lookup_shortname, xtensa_regfile_name,
xtensa_regfile_shortname, xtensa_regfile_view_parent,
xtensa_regfile_num_bits, xtensa_regfile_num_entries,
xtensa_state_lookup, xtensa_state_name, xtensa_state_num_bits,
xtensa_state_is_exported, xtensa_sysreg_lookup,
xtensa_sysreg_lookup_name, xtensa_sysreg_name, xtensa_sysreg_number,
xtensa_sysreg_is_user, xtensa_interface_lookup, xtensa_interface_name,
xtensa_interface_num_bits, xtensa_interface_inout,
xtensa_interface_has_side_effect, xtensa_funcUnit_lookup,
xtensa_funcUnit_name, xtensa_funcUnit_num_copies): New.
* xtensa-modules.c: Rewrite to use new data structures.
* reloc.c (BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF8, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF16,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF32, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT1_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT2_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT3_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT4_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT5_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT6_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT7_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT8_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT9_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT10_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT11_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT12_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT13_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT1_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT2_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT3_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT4_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT5_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT6_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT7_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT8_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT9_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT10_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT11_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT12_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT13_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT): Add new relocations.
* Makefile.am (xtensa-isa.lo, xtensa-modules.lo): Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
* bfd-in2.h: Likewise.
* libbfd.h: Likewise.
gas ChangeLog
* config/tc-xtensa.c (absolute_literals_supported): New global flag.
(UNREACHABLE_MAX_WIDTH): Define.
(XTENSA_FETCH_WIDTH): Delete.
(cur_vinsn, xtensa_fetch_width, xt_saved_debug_type, past_xtensa_end,
prefer_const16, prefer_l32r): New global variables.
(LIT4_SECTION_NAME): Define.
(lit4_state struct): Add lit4_seg_name and lit4_seg fields.
(XTENSA_PROP_*, GET_XTENSA_PROP_*, SET_XTENSA_PROP_*): Define.
(frag_flags struct): New.
(xtensa_block_info struct): Move from tc-xtensa.h. Add flags field.
(subseg_map struct): Add cur_total_freq and cur_target_freq fields.
(bitfield, bit_is_set, set_bit, clear_bit): Define.
(MAX_FORMATS): Define.
(op_placement_info struct, op_placement_table): New.
(O_pltrel, O_hi16, O_lo16): Define.
(directiveE enum): Rename directive_generics to directive_transform.
Delete directive_relax. Add directive_schedule,
directive_absolute_literals, and directive_last_directive.
(directive_info): Rename "generics" to "transform". Delete "relax".
Add "schedule" and "absolute-literals".
(directive_state): Adjust entries to match changes in directive_info.
(xtensa_relax_statesE, RELAX_IMMED_MAXSTEPS): Move to tc-xtensa.h.
(xtensa_const16_opcode, xtensa_movi_opcode, xtensa_movi_n_opcode,
xtensa_l32r_opcode, xtensa_nop_opcode, xtensa_rsr_lcount_opcode): New.
(xtensa_j_opcode, xtensa_rsr_opcode): Delete.
(align_only_targets, software_a0_b_retw_interlock,
software_avoid_b_j_loop_end, maybe_has_b_j_loop_end,
software_avoid_short_loop, software_avoid_close_loop_end,
software_avoid_all_short_loops, specific_opcode): Delete.
(warn_unaligned_branch_targets): New.
(workaround_a0_b_retw, workaround_b_j_loop_end, workaround_short_loop,
workaround_close_loop_end, workaround_all_short_loops): Default FALSE.
(option_[no_]link_relax, option_[no_]transform,
option_[no_]absolute_literals, option_warn_unaligned_targets,
option_prefer_l32r, option_prefer_const16, option_target_hardware):
New enum values.
(option_[no_]align_only_targets, option_literal_section_name,
option_text_section_name, option_data_section_name,
option_bss_section_name, option_eb, option_el): Delete.
(md_longopts): Add entries for: [no-]transform, [no-]absolute-literals,
warn-unaligned-targets, prefer-l32r, prefer-const16, [no-]link-relax,
and target-hardware. Delete entries for [no-]target-align-only,
literal-section-name, text-section-name, data-section-name, and
bss-section-name.
(md_parse_option): Handle new options and remove old ones. Accept but
ignore [no-]density options. Warn for [no-]generics and [no-]relax
and treat them as [no-]transform.
(md_show_usage): Add new options and remove old ones.
(xtensa_setup_hw_workarounds): New.
(md_pseudo_table): Change "word" entry to use xtensa_elf_cons. Add
"long", "short", "loc" and "frequency" entries.
(use_generics): Rename to ...
(use_transform): ... this function. Add past_xtensa_end check.
(use_longcalls): Add past_xtensa_end check.
(code_density_available, can_relax): Delete.
(do_align_targets): New.
(get_directive): Accept dashes in directive names. Warn about
[no-]generics and [no-]relax directives and treat them as
[no-]transform.
(xtensa_begin_directive): Call md_flush_pending_output only for some
directives. Check for directives inside instruction bundles. Warn
about deprecated ".begin literal" usage. Warn and ignore [no-]density
directives. Handle new directives. Check generating_literals flag
for literal_prefix.
(xtensa_end_directive): Check for directives inside instruction
bundles. Warn and ignore [no-]density directives. Handle new
directives. Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(xtensa_loc_directive_seen, xtensa_dwarf2_directive_loc,
xtensa_dwarf2_emit_insn): New.
(xtensa_literal_position): Call md_flush_pending_output. Do not check
use_literal_section flag.
(xtensa_literal_pseudo): Call md_flush_pending_output. Handle absolute
literals. Use xtensa_elf_cons to parse the expression.
(xtensa_literal_prefix): Do not check use_literal_section. Support
".lit4" sections for absolute literals. Change prefix convention to
replace ".text" (or ".t" in a linkonce section). No need to call
subseg_set.
(xtensa_frequency_pseudo, xtensa_elf_cons, xtensa_elf_suffix): New.
(expression_end): Handle closing braces and colons.
(PLT_SUFFIX, plt_suffix): Delete.
(expression_maybe_register): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Use
xtensa_elf_suffix instead of checking for plt suffix, and handle O_lo16
and O_hi16 expressions as well.
(tokenize_arguments): Handle closing braces and colons.
(parse_arguments): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Handle "invisible"
operands and paired register syntax.
(get_invisible_operands): New.
(xg_translate_sysreg_op): Handle new Xtensa LX RSR/WSR/XSR syntax. Use
new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xtensa_translate_old_userreg_ops, xtensa_translate_zero_immed): New.
(xg_translate_idioms): Check if inside bundle. Use use_transform.
Handle new Xtensa LX RSR/WSR/XSR syntax. Remove code to widen density
instructions. Use xtensa_translate_zero_immed.
(operand_is_immed, operand_is_pcrel_label): Delete.
(get_relaxable_immed): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(get_opcode_from_buf): Add slot parameter. Use new xtensa-isa.h
functions.
(xtensa_print_insn_table, print_vliw_insn): New.
(is_direct_call_opcode): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(is_call_opcode, is_loop_opcode, is_conditional_branch_opcode,
is_branch_or_jump_opcode): Delete.
(is_movi_opcode, decode_reloc, encode_reloc, encode_alt_reloc): New.
(opnum_to_reloc, reloc_to_opnum): Delete.
(xtensa_insnbuf_set_operand, xtensa_insnbuf_get_operand): Use new
xtensa-isa.h functions. Operate on one slot of an instruction.
(xtensa_insnbuf_set_immediate_field, is_negatable_branch,
xg_get_insn_size): Delete.
(xg_get_build_instr_size): Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_is_narrow_insn, xg_is_single_relaxable_insn): Update calls to
xg_build_widen_table. Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_get_max_narrow_insn_size): Delete.
(xg_get_max_insn_widen_size, xg_get_max_insn_widen_literal_size,
xg_is_relaxable_insn): Update calls to xg_build_widen_table. Use
xg_get_single_size.
(xg_build_to_insn): Record the loc field. Handle OP_OPERAND_HI16U and
OP_OPERAND_LOW16U. Check xg_valid_literal_expression.
(xg_expand_to_stack, xg_expand_narrow): Update calls to
xg_build_widen_table. Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_immeds_fit): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Update call to
xg_check_operand.
(xg_symbolic_immeds_fit): Likewise. Also handle O_lo16 and O_hi16, and
treat weak symbols conservatively.
(xg_check_operand): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(is_dnrange): Delete.
(xg_assembly_relax): Inline previous calls to tinsn_copy.
(xg_finish_frag): Specify separate relax states for the frag and slot0.
(is_branch_jmp_to_next, xg_add_branch_and_loop_targets): Use new
xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xg_instruction_matches_option_term, xg_instruction_matches_or_options,
xg_instruction_matches_options): New.
(xg_instruction_matches_rule): Handle O_register expressions. Call
xg_instruction_matches_options.
(transition_rule_cmp): New.
(xg_instruction_match): Update call to xg_build_simplify_table.
(xg_build_token_insn): Record loc fields.
(xg_simplify_insn): Check is_specific_opcode field and
density_supported flag.
(xg_expand_assembly_insn): Skip checking code_density_available. Use
new xtensa-isa.h functions. Call use_transform instead of can_relax.
(xg_assemble_literal): Add error handling for O_big. Call
record_alignment. Handle O_pltrel.
(xg_valid_literal_expression): New.
(xg_assemble_literal_space): Add slot parameter. Remove call to
set_expr_symbol_offset. Add call to record_alignment. Update call to
xg_finish_frag.
(xg_emit_insn): Delete.
(xg_emit_insn_to_buf): Add format parameter. Update calls to
xg_add_opcode_fix and xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars.
(xg_add_opcode_fix): Change opcode parameter to tinsn and add format
and slot parameters. Handle new "alternate" relocations for absolute
literals and CONST16 instructions. Check for bad uses of O_lo16 and
O_hi16. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xg_assemble_tokens): Delete.
(is_register_writer): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(is_bad_loopend_opcode): Check for xtensa_rsr_lcount_opcode instead of
old-style RSR from LCOUNT.
(next_frag_opcode): Delete.
(next_frag_opcode_is_loop, next_frag_format_size, frag_format_size,
update_next_frag_state): New.
(update_next_frag_nop_state): Delete.
(next_frag_pre_opcode_bytes): Use next_frag_opcode_is_loop.
(xtensa_mark_literal_pool_location): Check use_literal_section flag and
the state of the absolute-literals directive. Add calls to
record_alignment and xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state. Call
xtensa_switch_to_non_abs_literal_fragment instead of
xtensa_switch_to_literal_fragment.
(build_nop): New.
(assemble_nop): Use build_nop. Update call to xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars.
(get_expanded_loop_offset): Change check for undefined opcode to an
assertion.
(xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state, relaxable_section,
xtensa_find_unmarked_state_frags, xtensa_find_unaligned_branch_targets,
xtensa_find_unaligned_loops, xg_apply_tentative_value): New.
(md_begin): Update call to xtensa_isa_init. Initialize linkrelax to 1.
Set lit4_seg_name. Call xg_init_vinsn. Initialize new global opcodes.
Call init_op_placement_info_table and xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(xtensa_init_fix_data): New.
(xtensa_frob_label): Reset label symbol to the current frag. Check
do_align_targets and generating_literals flag. Propagate frequency
info to new alignment frag. Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(xtensa_unrecognized_line): New.
(xtensa_flush_pending_output): Check if inside a bundle. Add a call
to xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(error_reset_cur_vinsn): New.
(md_assemble): Remove check for literal frag. Remove call to
istack_init. Call use_transform instead of use_generics. Parse
explicit instruction format specifiers. Move code for
a0_b_retw_interlock workaround to xg_assemble_vliw_tokens. Call
error_reset_cur_vinsn on errors. Add call to get_invisible_operands.
Add dwarf2_where call. Remote automatic alignment for ENTRY
instructions. Move call to xtensa_clear_insn_labels to the end.
Rearrange to handle bundles.
(xtensa_cons_fix_new): Delete.
(xtensa_handle_align): New.
(xtensa_frag_init): Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state. Remove
assignment to is_no_density field.
(md_pcrel_from): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Use decode_reloc
instead of reloc_to_opnum. Handle "alternate" relocations.
(xtensa_force_relocation, xtensa_check_inside_bundle,
xtensa_elf_section_change_hook): New.
(xtensa_symbol_new_hook): Delete.
(xtensa_fix_adjustable): Check for difference of symbols with an
offset. Check for external and weak symbols.
(md_apply_fix3): Remove cases for XTENSA_OP{0,1,2} relocs.
(md_estimate_size_before_relax): Return expansion for the first slot.
(tc_gen_reloc): Handle difference of symbols by producing
XTENSA_DIFF{8,16,32} relocs and by writing the value of the difference
into the output. Handle new XTENSA_SLOT*_OP relocs by storing the
tentative values into the output when linkrelax is set.
(XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME): Define.
(xtensa_post_relax_hook): Call xtensa_find_unmarked_state_frags.
Create literal tables only if using literal sections. Create new
property tables instead of old instruction tables. Check for unaligned
branch targets and loops.
(finish_vinsn, find_vinsn_conflicts, check_t1_t2_reads_and_writes,
new_resource_table, clear_resource_table, resize_resource_table,
resources_available, reserve_resources, release_resources,
opcode_funcUnit_use_unit, opcode_funcUnit_use_stage,
resources_conflict, xg_find_narrowest_format, relaxation_requirements,
bundle_single_op, emit_single_op, xg_assemble_vliw_tokens): New.
(xtensa_end): Call xtensa_flush_pending_output. Set past_xtensa_end
flag. Update checks for workaround options. Call
xtensa_mark_narrow_branches and xtensa_mark_zcl_first_insns.
(xtensa_cleanup_align_frags): Add special case for branch targets.
Check for and mark unreachable frags.
(xtensa_fix_target_frags): Remove use of align_only_targets flag.
Use RELAX_LOOP_END_BYTES in special case for negatable branch at the
end of a zero-overhead loop body.
(frag_can_negate_branch): Handle instructions with multiple slots.
Use new xtensa-isa.h functions
(xtensa_mark_narrow_branches, is_narrow_branch_guaranteed_in_range,
xtensa_mark_zcl_first_insns): New.
(xtensa_fix_a0_b_retw_frags, xtensa_fix_b_j_loop_end_frags): Error if
transformations are disabled.
(next_instrs_are_b_retw): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Handle
multislot instructions.
(xtensa_fix_close_loop_end_frags, xtensa_fix_short_loop_frags):
Likewise. Also error if transformations are disabled.
(unrelaxed_frag_max_size): New.
(unrelaxed_frag_min_insn_count, unrelax_frag_has_b_j): Use new
xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xtensa_sanity_check, is_empty_loop, is_local_forward_loop): Use
xtensa_opcode_is_loop instead of is_loop_opcode.
(get_text_align_power): Replace as_fatal with assertion.
(get_text_align_fill_size): Iterate instead of using modulus when
use_nops is false.
(get_noop_aligned_address): Assert that this is for a machine-dependent
RELAX_ALIGN_NEXT_OPCODE frag. Use next_frag_opcode_is_loop,
xg_get_single_size, and frag_format_size.
(get_widen_aligned_address): Rename to ...
(get_aligned_diff): ... this function. Add max_diff parameter.
Remove handling of rs_align/rs_align_code frags. Use
next_frag_format_size, get_text_align_power, get_text_align_fill_size,
next_frag_opcode_is_loop, and xg_get_single_size. Compute max_diff
and pass it back to caller.
(xtensa_relax_frag): Use relax_frag_loop_align. Add code for new
RELAX_SLOTS, RELAX_MAYBE_UNREACHABLE, RELAX_MAYBE_DESIRE_ALIGN,
RELAX_FILL_NOP, and RELAX_UNREACHABLE frag types. Check relax_seen.
(relax_frag_text_align): Rename to ...
(relax_frag_loop_align): ... this function. Assume loops can only be
in the first slot of an instruction.
(relax_frag_add_nop): Use assemble_nop instead of constructing an OR
instruction. Remove call to frag_wane.
(relax_frag_narrow): Rename to ...
(relax_frag_for_align): ... this function. Extend to handle
RELAX_FILL_NOP and RELAX_UNREACHABLE, as well as RELAX_SLOTS with
RELAX_NARROW for the first slot.
(find_address_of_next_align_frag, bytes_to_stretch): New.
(future_alignment_required): Use find_address_of_next_align_frag and
bytes_to_stretch. Look ahead to subsequent frags to make smarter
alignment decisions.
(relax_frag_immed): Add format, slot, and estimate_only parameters.
Check if transformations are enabled for b_j_loop_end workaround.
Use new xtensa-isa.h functions and handle multislot instructions.
Update call to xg_assembly_relax.
(md_convert_frag): Handle new RELAX_SLOTS, RELAX_UNREACHABLE,
RELAX_MAYBE_UNREACHABLE, RELAX_MAYBE_DESIRE_ALIGN, and RELAX_FILL_NOP
frag types.
(convert_frag_narrow): Add segP, format and slot parameters. Call
convert_frag_immed for branch instructions. Adjust calls to
tinsn_from_chars, tinsn_immed_from_frag, and xg_emit_insn_to_buf. Use
xg_get_single_size and xg_get_single_format.
(convert_frag_fill_nop): New.
(convert_frag_immed): Add format and slot parameters. Handle multislot
instructions and use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Update calls to
tinsn_immed_from_frag and xg_assembly_relax. Check if transformations
enabled for b_j_loop_end workaround. Use build_nop instead of
assemble_nop. Check is_specific_opcode flag. Check for unreachable
frags. Use xg_get_single_size. Handle O_pltrel.
(fix_new_exp_in_seg): Remove check for old plt flag.
(convert_frag_immed_finish_loop): Update calls to tinsn_from_chars and
xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars. Call tinsn_immed_from_frag. Change check
for loop opcode to an assertion. Mark all frags up to the end of the
loop as not transformable.
(get_last_insn_flags, set_last_insn_flags): Use get_subseg_info.
(get_subseg_info): New.
(xtensa_move_literals): Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state. Add null
check for dest_seg.
(xtensa_switch_to_literal_fragment): Rewrite to handle absolute
literals and use xtensa_switch_to_non_abs_literal_fragment otherwise.
(xtensa_switch_to_non_abs_literal_fragment): New.
(cache_literal_section): Add is_code parameter and pass it through to
retrieve_literal_seg.
(retrieve_literal_seg): Add is_code parameter and use it to set the
flags on the literal section. Handle case where head parameter is 0.
(get_frag_is_no_transform, set_frag_is_specific_opcode,
set_frag_is_no_transform): New.
(xtensa_create_property_segments): Add end_property_function parameter
and pass it through to add_xt_block_frags. Call bfd_get_section_flags
and skip SEC_DEBUGGING and !SEC_ALLOC sections.
(xtensa_create_xproperty_segments, section_has_xproperty): New.
(add_xt_block_frags): Add end_property_function parameter and call it
if it is non-zero. Call xtensa_frag_flags_init.
(xtensa_frag_flags_is_empty, xtensa_frag_flags_init,
get_frag_property_flags, frag_flags_to_number,
xtensa_frag_flags_combinable, xt_block_aligned_size,
xtensa_xt_block_combine, add_xt_prop_frags,
init_op_placement_info_table, opcode_fits_format_slot,
xg_get_single_size, xg_get_single_format): New.
(istack_push): Inline call to tinsn_copy.
(tinsn_copy): Delete.
(tinsn_has_invalid_symbolic_operands): Handle O_hi16 and O_lo16 and
CONST16 opcodes. Handle O_big, O_illegal, and O_absent.
(tinsn_has_complex_operands): Handle O_hi16 and O_lo16.
(tinsn_to_insnbuf): Use xg_get_single_format and new xtensa-isa.h
functions. Handle invisible operands.
(tinsn_to_slotbuf): New.
(tinsn_check_arguments): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(tinsn_from_chars): Add slot parameter. Rewrite using xg_init_vinsn,
vinsn_from_chars, and xg_free_vinsn.
(tinsn_from_insnbuf): New.
(tinsn_immed_from_frag): Add slot parameter and handle multislot
instructions. Handle symbol differences.
(get_num_stack_text_bytes): Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_init_vinsn, xg_clear_vinsn, vinsn_has_specific_opcodes,
xg_free_vinsn, vinsn_to_insnbuf, vinsn_from_chars, expr_is_register,
get_expr_register, set_expr_symbol_offset_diff): New.
* config/tc-xtensa.h (MAX_SLOTS): Define.
(xtensa_relax_statesE): Move from tc-xtensa.c. Add
RELAX_CHECK_ALIGN_NEXT_OPCODE, RELAX_MAYBE_DESIRE_ALIGN, RELAX_SLOTS,
RELAX_FILL_NOP, RELAX_UNREACHABLE, RELAX_MAYBE_UNREACHABLE, and
RELAX_NONE types.
(RELAX_IMMED_MAXSTEPS): Move from tc-xtensa.c.
(xtensa_frag_type struct): Add is_assembly_state_set,
use_absolute_literals, relax_seen, is_unreachable, is_specific_opcode,
is_align, is_text_align, alignment, and is_first_loop_insn fields.
Replace is_generics and is_relax fields by is_no_transform field.
Delete is_text and is_longcalls fields. Change text_expansion and
literal_expansion to arrays of MAX_SLOTS entries. Add arrays of
per-slot information: literal_frags, slot_subtypes, slot_symbols,
slot_sub_symbols, and slot_offsets. Add fr_prev field.
(xtensa_fix_data struct): New.
(xtensa_symfield_type struct): Delete plt field.
(xtensa_block_info struct): Move definition to tc-xtensa.h. Add
forward declaration here.
(xt_section_type enum): Delete xt_insn_sec. Add xt_prop_sec.
(XTENSA_SECTION_RENAME): Undefine.
(TC_FIX_TYPE, TC_INIT_FIX_DATA, TC_FORCE_RELOCATION, NO_PSEUDO_DOT,
tc_unrecognized_line, md_do_align, md_elf_section_change_hook,
HANDLE_ALIGN, TC_LINKRELAX_FIXUP, SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN): Define.
(TC_CONS_FIX_NEW, tc_symbol_new_hook): Delete.
(unit_num_copies_func, opcode_num_units_func,
opcode_funcUnit_use_unit_func, opcode_funcUnit_use_stage_func): New.
(resource_table struct): New.
* config/xtensa-istack.h (MAX_INSN_ARGS): Increase from 6 to 10.
(TInsn struct): Add keep_wide, loc, fixup, record_fix, subtype,
literal_space, symbol, sub_symbol, offset, and literal_frag fields.
(tinsn_copy): Delete prototype.
(vliw_insn struct): New.
* config/xtensa-relax.c (insn_pattern_struct): Add options field.
(widen_spec_list): Add option conditions for density and boolean
instructions. Add expansions using CONST16 and conditions for using
CONST16 vs. L32R. Use new Xtensa LX RSR/WSR syntax. Add entries for
predicted branches.
(simplify_spec_list): Add option conditions for density instructions.
Add entry for NOP instruction.
(append_transition): Add cmp function pointer parameter and use it to
insert the new entry in order.
(operand_function_LOW16U, operand_function_HI16U): New.
(xg_has_userdef_op_fn, xg_apply_userdef_op_fn): Handle
OP_OPERAND_LOW16U and OP_OPERAND_HI16U.
(enter_opname, split_string): Use xstrdup instead of strdup.
(init_insn_pattern): Initialize new options field.
(clear_req_or_option_list, clear_req_option_list,
clone_req_or_option_list, clone_req_option_list, parse_option_cond):
New.
(parse_insn_pattern): Parse option conditions.
(transition_applies): New.
(build_transition): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Fix incorrectly
swapped last arguments in calls to append_constant_value_condition.
Call clone_req_option_list. Add warning about invalid opcode.
Handle LOW16U and HI16U function names.
(build_transition_table): Add cmp parameter and use it in calls to
append_transition. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Check
transition_applies before adding entries.
(xg_build_widen_table, xg_build_simplify_table): Add cmp parameter and
pass it through to build_transition_table.
* config/xtensa-relax.h (ReqOrOptionList, ReqOrOption, ReqOptionList,
ReqOption, transition_cmp_fn): New types.
(OpType enum): Add OP_OPERAND_LOW16U and OP_OPERAND_HI16U.
(transition_rule struct): Add options field.
* doc/as.texinfo (Overview): Update Xtensa options.
* doc/c-xtensa.texi (Xtensa Options): Delete --[no-]density,
--[no-]relax, and --[no-]generics options. Update descriptions of
--text-section-literals and --[no-]longcalls. Add
--[no-]absolute-literals and --[no-]transform.
(Xtensa Syntax): Add description of syntax for FLIX instructions.
Remove use of "generic" and "specific" terminology for opcodes.
(Xtensa Registers): Generalize the syntax description to include
user-defined register files.
(Xtensa Automatic Alignment): Update.
(Xtensa Branch Relaxation): Mention limitation of unconditional jumps.
(Xtensa Call Relaxation): Linker can now remove most of the overhead.
(Xtensa Directives): Remove confusing rules about precedence.
(Density Directive, Relax Directive): Delete.
(Schedule Directive): New.
(Generics Directive): Rename to ...
(Transform Directive): ... this node.
(Literal Directive): Update for absolute literals. Missing
literal_position directive is now an error.
(Literal Position Directive): Update for absolute literals.
(Freeregs Directive): Delete.
(Absolute Literals Directive): New.
(Frame Directive): Minor editing.
* Makefile.am (DEPTC_xtensa_elf, DEPOBJ_xtensa_elf, DEP_xtensa_elf):
Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
gas/testsuite ChangeLog
* gas/xtensa/all.exp: Adjust expected error message for j_too_far.
Change entry_align test to expect an error.
* gas/xtensa/entry_misalign2.s: Use no-transform instead of
no-generics directives.
include ChangeLog
* xtensa-config.h (XSHAL_USE_ABSOLUTE_LITERALS,
XCHAL_HAVE_PREDICTED_BRANCHES, XCHAL_INST_FETCH_WIDTH): New.
(XCHAL_EXTRA_SA_SIZE, XCHAL_EXTRA_SA_ALIGN): Delete.
* xtensa-isa-internal.h (ISA_INTERFACE_VERSION): Delete.
(config_sturct struct): Delete.
(XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_REGISTER, XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_PCRELATIVE,
XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_INVISIBLE, XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_UNKNOWN,
XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_BRANCH, XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_JUMP,
XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_LOOP, XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_CALL,
XTENSA_STATE_IS_EXPORTED, XTENSA_INTERFACE_HAS_SIDE_EFFECT): Define.
(xtensa_format_encode_fn, xtensa_get_slot_fn, xtensa_set_slot_fn): New.
(xtensa_insn_decode_fn): Rename to ...
(xtensa_opcode_decode_fn): ... this.
(xtensa_immed_decode_fn, xtensa_immed_encode_fn, xtensa_do_reloc_fn,
xtensa_undo_reloc_fn): Update.
(xtensa_encoding_template_fn): Delete.
(xtensa_opcode_encode_fn, xtensa_format_decode_fn,
xtensa_length_decode_fn): New.
(xtensa_format_internal, xtensa_slot_internal): New types.
(xtensa_operand_internal): Delete operand_kind, inout, isPCRelative,
get_field, and set_field fields. Add name, field_id, regfile,
num_regs, and flags fields.
(xtensa_arg_internal): New type.
(xtensa_iclass_internal): Change operands field to array of
xtensa_arg_internal. Add num_stateOperands, stateOperands,
num_interfaceOperands, and interfaceOperands fields.
(xtensa_opcode_internal): Delete length, template, and iclass fields.
Add iclass_id, flags, encode_fns, num_funcUnit_uses, and funcUnit_uses.
(opname_lookup_entry): Delete.
(xtensa_regfile_internal, xtensa_interface_internal,
xtensa_funcUnit_internal, xtensa_state_internal,
xtensa_sysreg_internal, xtensa_lookup_entry): New.
(xtensa_isa_internal): Replace opcode_table field with opcodes field.
Change type of opname_lookup_table. Delete num_modules,
module_opcode_base, module_decode_fn, config, and has_density fields.
Add num_formats, formats, format_decode_fn, length_decode_fn,
num_slots, slots, num_fields, num_operands, operands, num_iclasses,
iclasses, num_regfiles, regfiles, num_states, states,
state_lookup_table, num_sysregs, sysregs, sysreg_lookup_table,
max_sysreg_num, sysreg_table, num_interfaces, interfaces,
interface_lookup_table, num_funcUnits, funcUnits and
funcUnit_lookup_table fields.
(xtensa_isa_module, xtensa_isa_modules): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_name_compare): New prototype.
(xtisa_errno, xtisa_error_msg): New.
* xtensa-isa.h (XTENSA_ISA_VERSION): Define.
(xtensa_isa): Change type.
(xtensa_operand): Delete.
(xtensa_format, xtensa_regfile, xtensa_state, xtensa_sysreg,
xtensa_interface, xtensa_funcUnit, xtensa_isa_status,
xtensa_funcUnit_use): New types.
(libisa_module_specifier): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_errno, xtensa_isa_error_msg): New prototypes.
(xtensa_insnbuf_free, xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars,
xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars): Update prototypes.
(xtensa_load_isa, xtensa_extend_isa, xtensa_default_isa,
xtensa_insn_maxlength, xtensa_num_opcodes, xtensa_decode_insn,
xtensa_encode_insn, xtensa_insn_length,
xtensa_insn_length_from_first_byte, xtensa_num_operands,
xtensa_operand_kind, xtensa_encode_result,
xtensa_operand_isPCRelative): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_init, xtensa_operand_inout, xtensa_operand_get_field,
xtensa_operand_set_field, xtensa_operand_encode,
xtensa_operand_decode, xtensa_operand_do_reloc,
xtensa_operand_undo_reloc): Update prototypes.
(xtensa_isa_maxlength, xtensa_isa_length_from_chars,
xtensa_isa_num_pipe_stages, xtensa_isa_num_formats,
xtensa_isa_num_opcodes, xtensa_isa_num_regfiles, xtensa_isa_num_states,
xtensa_isa_num_sysregs, xtensa_isa_num_interfaces,
xtensa_isa_num_funcUnits, xtensa_format_name, xtensa_format_lookup,
xtensa_format_decode, xtensa_format_encode, xtensa_format_length,
xtensa_format_num_slots, xtensa_format_slot_nop_opcode,
xtensa_format_get_slot, xtensa_format_set_slot, xtensa_opcode_decode,
xtensa_opcode_encode, xtensa_opcode_is_branch, xtensa_opcode_is_jump,
xtensa_opcode_is_loop, xtensa_opcode_is_call,
xtensa_opcode_num_operands, xtensa_opcode_num_stateOperands,
xtensa_opcode_num_interfaceOperands, xtensa_opcode_num_funcUnit_uses,
xtensa_opcode_funcUnit_use, xtensa_operand_name,
xtensa_operand_is_visible, xtensa_operand_is_register,
xtensa_operand_regfile, xtensa_operand_num_regs,
xtensa_operand_is_known_reg, xtensa_operand_is_PCrelative,
xtensa_stateOperand_state, xtensa_stateOperand_inout,
xtensa_interfaceOperand_interface, xtensa_regfile_lookup,
xtensa_regfile_lookup_shortname, xtensa_regfile_name,
xtensa_regfile_shortname, xtensa_regfile_view_parent,
xtensa_regfile_num_bits, xtensa_regfile_num_entries,
xtensa_state_lookup, xtensa_state_name, xtensa_state_num_bits,
xtensa_state_is_exported, xtensa_sysreg_lookup,
xtensa_sysreg_lookup_name, xtensa_sysreg_name, xtensa_sysreg_number,
xtensa_sysreg_is_user, xtensa_interface_lookup, xtensa_interface_name,
xtensa_interface_num_bits, xtensa_interface_inout,
xtensa_interface_has_side_effect, xtensa_funcUnit_lookup,
xtensa_funcUnit_name, xtensa_funcUnit_num_copies): New prototypes.
* elf/xtensa.h (R_XTENSA_DIFF8, R_XTENSA_DIFF16, R_XTENSA_DIFF32,
R_XTENSA_SLOT*_OP, R_XTENSA_SLOT*_ALT): New relocations.
(XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME): Define.
(property_table_entry): Add flags field.
(XTENSA_PROP_*, GET_XTENSA_PROP_*, SET_XTENSA_PROP_*): Define.
ld ChangeLog
* ld.texinfo (Xtensa): Describe new linker relaxation to optimize
assembler-generated longcall sequences. Describe new --size-opt
option.
* emulparams/elf32xtensa.sh (OTHER_SECTIONS): Add .xt.prop section.
* emultempl/xtensaelf.em (remove_section,
replace_insn_sec_with_prop_sec, replace_instruction_table_sections,
elf_xtensa_after_open): New.
(OPTION_OPT_SIZEOPT, OPTION_LITERAL_MOVEMENT,
OPTION_NO_LITERAL_MOVEMENT): Define.
(elf32xtensa_size_opt, elf32xtensa_no_literal_movement): New globals.
(PARSE_AND_LIST_LONGOPTS): Add size-opt and [no-]literal-movement.
(PARSE_AND_LIST_OPTIONS): Add --size-opt.
(PARSE_AND_LIST_ARGS_CASES): Handle OPTION_OPT_SIZEOPT,
OPTION_LITERAL_MOVEMENT, and OPTION_NO_LITERAL_MOVEMENT.
(LDEMUL_AFTER_OPEN): Set to elf_xtensa_after_open.
* scripttempl/elfxtensa.sc: Update with changes from elf.sc.
* Makefile.am (eelf32xtensa.c): Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
ld/testsuite ChangeLog
* ld-xtensa/lcall1.s: Use .literal directive.
* ld-xtensa/lcall2.s: Align function entry.
* ld-xtensa/coalesce2.s: Likewise.
opcodes ChangeLog
* xtensa-dis.c (state_names): Delete.
(fetch_data): Use xtensa_isa_maxlength.
(print_xtensa_operand): Replace operand parameter with opcode/operand
pair. Remove print_sr_name parameter. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(print_insn_xtensa): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Handle multislot
instruction bundles. Use xmalloc instead of malloc.
2004-10-08 00:22:15 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{--[no-]text-section-literals}] [@b{--[no-]absolute-literals}]
|
2003-04-01 15:50:31 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{--[no-]target-align}] [@b{--[no-]longcalls}]
|
bfd ChangeLog
* elf32-xtensa.c (elf32xtensa_size_opt): New global variable.
(xtensa_default_isa): Global variable moved here from xtensa-isa.c.
(elf32xtensa_no_literal_movement): New global variable.
(elf_howto_table): Add entries for new relocations.
(elf_xtensa_reloc_type_lookup): Handle new relocations.
(property_table_compare): When addresses are equal, compare sizes and
various property flags.
(property_table_matches): New.
(xtensa_read_table_entries): Extend to read new property tables. Add
output_addr parameter to indicate that output addresses should be used.
Use bfd_get_section_limit.
(elf_xtensa_find_property_entry): New.
(elf_xtensa_in_literal_pool): Use elf_xtensa_find_property_entry.
(elf_xtensa_check_relocs): Handle new relocations.
(elf_xtensa_do_reloc): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Handle new
relocations. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(build_encoding_error_message): Remove encode_result parameter. Add
new target_address parameter used to detect alignment errors.
(elf_xtensa_relocate_section): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Clean up
error handling. Use new is_operand_relocation function.
(elf_xtensa_combine_prop_entries, elf_xtensa_merge_private_bfd_data):
Use underbar macro for error messages. Formatting.
(get_const16_opcode): New.
(get_l32r_opcode): Add a separate flag for initialization.
(get_relocation_opnd): Operand number is no longer explicit in the
relocation. Change to decode the opcode and analyze its operands.
(get_relocation_slot): New.
(get_relocation_opcode): Add bfd parameter. Use bfd_get_section_limit.
Use new xtensa-isa.h functions to handle multislot instructions.
(is_l32r_relocation): Add bfd parameter. Use is_operand_relocation.
(get_asm_simplify_size, is_alt_relocation, is_operand_relocation,
insn_decode_len, insn_decode_opcode, check_branch_target_aligned,
check_loop_aligned, check_branch_target_aligned_address, narrowable,
widenable, narrow_instruction, widen_instruction, op_single_fmt_table,
get_single_format, init_op_single_format_table): New.
(elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify): Add error_message parameter and use it
instead of calling _bfd_error_handler. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(contract_asm_expansion): Add error_message parameter and pass it to
elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify. Replace use of R_XTENSA_OP0 relocation
with R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP.
(get_expanded_call_opcode): Extend to handle either L32R or CONST16
instructions. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(r_reloc struct): Add new virtual_offset field.
(r_reloc_init): Add contents and content_length parameters. Set
virtual_offset field to zero. Add contents to target_offset field for
partial_inplace relocations.
(r_reloc_is_defined): Check for null.
(print_r_reloc): New debug function.
(source_reloc struct): Replace xtensa_operand field with pair of the
opcode and the operand position. Add is_abs_literal field.
(init_source_reloc): Specify operand by opcode/position pair. Set
is_abs_literal field.
(source_reloc_compare): When target_offsets are equal, compare other
fields to make sorting predictable.
(literal_value struct): Add is_abs_literal field.
(value_map_hash_table struct): Add has_last_loc and last_loc fields.
(init_literal_value): New.
(is_same_value): Replace with ...
(literal_value_equal): ... this function. Add comparisons of
virtual_offset and is_abs_literal fields.
(value_map_hash_table_init): Use bfd_zmalloc. Check for allocation
failure. Initialize has_last_loc field.
(value_map_hash_table_delete): New.
(hash_literal_value): Rename to ...
(literal_value_hash): ... this. Include is_abs_literal flag and
virtual_offset field in the hash value.
(get_cached_value): Rename to ...
(value_map_get_cached_value): ... this. Update calls to
literal_value_hash and literal_value_equal.
(add_value_map): Check for allocation failure. Update calls to
value_map_get_cached_value and literal_value_hash.
(text_action, text_action_list, text_action_t): New types.
(find_fill_action, compute_removed_action_diff, adjust_fill_action,
text_action_add, text_action_add_literal, offset_with_removed_text,
offset_with_removed_text_before_fill, find_insn_action,
print_action_list, print_removed_literals): New.
(offset_with_removed_literals): Delete.
(xtensa_relax_info struct): Add is_relaxable_asm_section, action_list,
fix_array, fix_array_count, allocated_relocs, relocs_count, and
allocated_relocs_count fields.
(init_xtensa_relax_info): Initialize new fields.
(reloc_bfd_fix struct): Add new translated field.
(reloc_bfd_fix_init): Add translated parameter and use it to set the
translated field.
(fix_compare, cache_fix_array): New.
(get_bfd_fix): Remove fix_list parameter and get all relax_info for the
section via get_xtensa_relax_info. Use cache_fix_array to set up
sorted fix_array and use bsearch instead of linear search.
(section_cache_t): New struct.
(init_section_cache, section_cache_section, clear_section_cache): New.
(ebb_t, ebb_target_enum, proposed_action, ebb_constraint): New types.
(init_ebb_constraint, free_ebb_constraint, init_ebb, extend_ebb_bounds,
extend_ebb_bounds_forward, extend_ebb_bounds_backward,
insn_block_decodable_len, ebb_propose_action, ebb_add_proposed_action):
New.
(retrieve_contents): Use bfd_get_section_limit.
(elf_xtensa_relax_section): Add relocations_analyzed flag. Update call
to compute_removed_literals. Free value_map_hash_table when no longer
needed.
(analyze_relocations): Check is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Call
compute_text_actions for all sections.
(find_relaxable_sections): Mark sections as relaxable if they contain
ASM_EXPAND relocations that can be optimized. Adjust r_reloc_init
call. Increment relax_info src_count field only for appropriate
relocation types. Remove is_literal_section check.
(collect_source_relocs): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Adjust calls to
r_reloc_init and find_associated_l32r_irel. Check
is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Handle L32R instructions with absolute
literals. Pass is_abs_literal flag to init_source_reloc.
(is_resolvable_asm_expansion): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Check for
CONST16 instructions. Adjust calls to r_reloc_init and
pcrel_reloc_fits. Handle weak symbols conservatively.
(find_associated_l32r_irel): Add bfd parameter and pass it to
is_l32r_relocation.
(compute_text_actions, compute_ebb_proposed_actions,
compute_ebb_actions, check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit,
check_section_ebb_reduces, text_action_add_proposed,
compute_fill_extra_space): New.
(remove_literals): Replace with ...
(compute_removed_literals): ... this function. Call
init_section_cache. Use bfd_get_section_limit. Sort internal_relocs.
Call xtensa_read_table_entries to get the property table. Skip
relocations other than R_XTENSA_32 and R_XTENSA_PLT. Use new
is_removable_literal, remove_dead_literal, and
identify_literal_placement functions.
(get_irel_at_offset): Rewrite to use bsearch on sorted relocations
instead of linear search.
(is_removable_literal, remove_dead_literal,
identify_literal_placement): New.
(relocations_reach): Update check for literal not referenced by any
PC-relative relocations. Adjust call to pcrel_reloc_fits.
(coalesce_shared_literal, move_shared_literal): New.
(relax_section): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Call
translate_section_fixes. Update calls to r_reloc_init and
offset_with_removed_text. Check new is_relaxable_asm_section flag.
Add call to pin_internal_relocs. Add special handling for
R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY and R_XTENSA_DIFF* relocs. Use virtual_offset
info to calculate new addend_displacement variable. Replace code for
deleting literals with more general code to perform the actions
determined by the action_list for the section.
(translate_section_fixes, translate_reloc_bfd_fix): New.
(translate_reloc): Check new is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Call
find_removed_literal only if is_operand_relocation. Update call to
offset_with_removed_text. Use new target_offset and removed_bytes
variables.
(move_literal): New.
(relax_property_section): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Set new
is_full_prop_section flag and handle new property tables. Update calls
to r_reloc_init and offset_with_removed_text. Check
is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Handle expansion of zero-sized
unreachable entries, with use of offset_with_removed_text_before_fill.
For relocatable links, combine entries only for literal tables.
(relax_section_symbols): Check is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Update
calls to offset_with_removed_text. Translate st_size field for
function symbols.
(do_fix_for_relocatable_link): Change to return bfd_boolean to indicate
failure. Add contents parameter. Update call to get_bfd_fix. Update
call to r_reloc_init. Call _bfd_error_handler and return FALSE for
R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND relocs.
(do_fix_for_final_link): Add input_bfd and contents parameters. Update
call to get_bfd_fix. Include offset from contents for partial_inplace
relocations.
(is_reloc_sym_weak): New.
(pcrel_reloc_fits): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(prop_sec_len): New.
(xtensa_is_property_section): Handle new property sections.
(is_literal_section): Delete.
(internal_reloc_compare): When r_offset matches, compare r_info and
r_addend to make sorting predictable.
(internal_reloc_matches): New.
(xtensa_get_property_section_name): Handle new property sections.
(xtensa_get_property_predef_flags): New.
(xtensa_callback_required_dependence): Use bfd_get_section_limit.
Update calls to xtensa_isa_init, is_l32r_relocation, and r_reloc_init.
* xtensa-isa.c (xtensa_default_isa): Moved to elf32-xtensa.c.
(xtisa_errno, xtisa_error_msg): New variables.
(xtensa_isa_errno, xtensa_isa_error_msg): New.
(xtensa_insnbuf_alloc): Add error handling.
(xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars): Add num_chars parameter. Update to
use xtensa_format_decode. Add error handling.
(xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars): Add num_chars parameter. Decode the
instruction length to find the number of bytes to copy.
(xtensa_isa_init): Add error handling. Replace calls to
xtensa_load_isa and xtensa_extend_isa with code to initialize lookup
tables in the xtensa_modules structure.
(xtensa_check_isa_config, xtensa_add_isa, xtensa_load_isa,
xtensa_extend_isa): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_free): Change to only free lookup tables.
(opname_lookup_compare): Replace with ...
(xtensa_isa_name_compare): ... this function. Use strcasecmp.
(xtensa_insn_maxlength): Rename to ...
(xtensa_isa_maxlength): ... this.
(xtensa_insn_length): Delete.
(xtensa_insn_length_from_first_byte): Replace with ...
(xtensa_isa_length_from_chars): ... this function.
(xtensa_num_opcodes): Rename to ...
(xtensa_isa_num_opcodes): ... this.
(xtensa_isa_num_pipe_stages, xtensa_isa_num_formats,
xtensa_isa_num_regfiles, xtensa_isa_num_stages,
xtensa_isa_num_sysregs, xtensa_isa_num_interfaces,
xtensa_isa_num_funcUnits, xtensa_format_name, xtensa_format_lookup,
xtensa_format_decode, xtensa_format_encode, xtensa_format_length,
xtensa_format_num_slots, xtensa_format_slot_nop_opcode,
xtensa_format_get_slot, xtensa_format_set_slot): New functions.
(xtensa_opcode_lookup): Add error handling.
(xtensa_decode_insn): Replace with ...
(xtensa_opcode_decode): ... this function, with new format and
slot parameters. Add error handling.
(xtensa_encode_insn): Replace with ...
(xtensa_opcode_encode): ... this function, which does the encoding via
one of the entries in the "encode_fns" array. Add error handling.
(xtensa_opcode_name): Add error handling.
(xtensa_opcode_is_branch, xtensa_opcode_is_jump, xtensa_opcode_is_loop,
xtensa_opcode_is_call): New.
(xtensa_num_operands): Replace with ...
(xtensa_opcode_num_operands): ... this function. Add error handling.
(xtensa_opcode_num_stateOperands,
xtensa_opcode_num_interfaceOperands, xtensa_opcode_num_funcUnit_uses,
xtensa_opcode_funcUnit_use, xtensa_operand_name,
xtensa_operand_is_visible): New.
(xtensa_get_operand, xtensa_operand_kind): Delete.
(xtensa_operand_inout): Add error handling and special-case for
"sout" operands.
(xtensa_operand_get_field, xtensa_operand_set_field): Rewritten to
operate on one slot of an instruction. Added error handling.
(xtensa_operand_encode): Handle default operands with no encoding
functions. Check for success by comparing against decoded value.
Add error handling.
(xtensa_operand_decode): Handle default operands. Return decoded value
through argument pointer. Add error handling.
(xtensa_operand_is_register, xtensa_operand_regfile,
xtensa_operand_num_regs, xtensa_operand_is_known_reg): New.
(xtensa_operand_isPCRelative): Rename to ...
(xtensa_operand_is_PCrelative): ... this. Add error handling.
(xtensa_operand_do_reloc, xtensa_operand_undo_reloc): Return value
through argument pointer. Add error handling.
(xtensa_stateOperand_state, xtensa_stateOperand_inout,
xtensa_interfaceOperand_interface, xtensa_regfile_lookup,
xtensa_regfile_lookup_shortname, xtensa_regfile_name,
xtensa_regfile_shortname, xtensa_regfile_view_parent,
xtensa_regfile_num_bits, xtensa_regfile_num_entries,
xtensa_state_lookup, xtensa_state_name, xtensa_state_num_bits,
xtensa_state_is_exported, xtensa_sysreg_lookup,
xtensa_sysreg_lookup_name, xtensa_sysreg_name, xtensa_sysreg_number,
xtensa_sysreg_is_user, xtensa_interface_lookup, xtensa_interface_name,
xtensa_interface_num_bits, xtensa_interface_inout,
xtensa_interface_has_side_effect, xtensa_funcUnit_lookup,
xtensa_funcUnit_name, xtensa_funcUnit_num_copies): New.
* xtensa-modules.c: Rewrite to use new data structures.
* reloc.c (BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF8, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF16,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF32, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT1_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT2_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT3_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT4_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT5_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT6_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT7_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT8_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT9_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT10_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT11_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT12_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT13_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT1_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT2_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT3_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT4_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT5_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT6_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT7_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT8_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT9_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT10_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT11_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT12_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT13_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT): Add new relocations.
* Makefile.am (xtensa-isa.lo, xtensa-modules.lo): Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
* bfd-in2.h: Likewise.
* libbfd.h: Likewise.
gas ChangeLog
* config/tc-xtensa.c (absolute_literals_supported): New global flag.
(UNREACHABLE_MAX_WIDTH): Define.
(XTENSA_FETCH_WIDTH): Delete.
(cur_vinsn, xtensa_fetch_width, xt_saved_debug_type, past_xtensa_end,
prefer_const16, prefer_l32r): New global variables.
(LIT4_SECTION_NAME): Define.
(lit4_state struct): Add lit4_seg_name and lit4_seg fields.
(XTENSA_PROP_*, GET_XTENSA_PROP_*, SET_XTENSA_PROP_*): Define.
(frag_flags struct): New.
(xtensa_block_info struct): Move from tc-xtensa.h. Add flags field.
(subseg_map struct): Add cur_total_freq and cur_target_freq fields.
(bitfield, bit_is_set, set_bit, clear_bit): Define.
(MAX_FORMATS): Define.
(op_placement_info struct, op_placement_table): New.
(O_pltrel, O_hi16, O_lo16): Define.
(directiveE enum): Rename directive_generics to directive_transform.
Delete directive_relax. Add directive_schedule,
directive_absolute_literals, and directive_last_directive.
(directive_info): Rename "generics" to "transform". Delete "relax".
Add "schedule" and "absolute-literals".
(directive_state): Adjust entries to match changes in directive_info.
(xtensa_relax_statesE, RELAX_IMMED_MAXSTEPS): Move to tc-xtensa.h.
(xtensa_const16_opcode, xtensa_movi_opcode, xtensa_movi_n_opcode,
xtensa_l32r_opcode, xtensa_nop_opcode, xtensa_rsr_lcount_opcode): New.
(xtensa_j_opcode, xtensa_rsr_opcode): Delete.
(align_only_targets, software_a0_b_retw_interlock,
software_avoid_b_j_loop_end, maybe_has_b_j_loop_end,
software_avoid_short_loop, software_avoid_close_loop_end,
software_avoid_all_short_loops, specific_opcode): Delete.
(warn_unaligned_branch_targets): New.
(workaround_a0_b_retw, workaround_b_j_loop_end, workaround_short_loop,
workaround_close_loop_end, workaround_all_short_loops): Default FALSE.
(option_[no_]link_relax, option_[no_]transform,
option_[no_]absolute_literals, option_warn_unaligned_targets,
option_prefer_l32r, option_prefer_const16, option_target_hardware):
New enum values.
(option_[no_]align_only_targets, option_literal_section_name,
option_text_section_name, option_data_section_name,
option_bss_section_name, option_eb, option_el): Delete.
(md_longopts): Add entries for: [no-]transform, [no-]absolute-literals,
warn-unaligned-targets, prefer-l32r, prefer-const16, [no-]link-relax,
and target-hardware. Delete entries for [no-]target-align-only,
literal-section-name, text-section-name, data-section-name, and
bss-section-name.
(md_parse_option): Handle new options and remove old ones. Accept but
ignore [no-]density options. Warn for [no-]generics and [no-]relax
and treat them as [no-]transform.
(md_show_usage): Add new options and remove old ones.
(xtensa_setup_hw_workarounds): New.
(md_pseudo_table): Change "word" entry to use xtensa_elf_cons. Add
"long", "short", "loc" and "frequency" entries.
(use_generics): Rename to ...
(use_transform): ... this function. Add past_xtensa_end check.
(use_longcalls): Add past_xtensa_end check.
(code_density_available, can_relax): Delete.
(do_align_targets): New.
(get_directive): Accept dashes in directive names. Warn about
[no-]generics and [no-]relax directives and treat them as
[no-]transform.
(xtensa_begin_directive): Call md_flush_pending_output only for some
directives. Check for directives inside instruction bundles. Warn
about deprecated ".begin literal" usage. Warn and ignore [no-]density
directives. Handle new directives. Check generating_literals flag
for literal_prefix.
(xtensa_end_directive): Check for directives inside instruction
bundles. Warn and ignore [no-]density directives. Handle new
directives. Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(xtensa_loc_directive_seen, xtensa_dwarf2_directive_loc,
xtensa_dwarf2_emit_insn): New.
(xtensa_literal_position): Call md_flush_pending_output. Do not check
use_literal_section flag.
(xtensa_literal_pseudo): Call md_flush_pending_output. Handle absolute
literals. Use xtensa_elf_cons to parse the expression.
(xtensa_literal_prefix): Do not check use_literal_section. Support
".lit4" sections for absolute literals. Change prefix convention to
replace ".text" (or ".t" in a linkonce section). No need to call
subseg_set.
(xtensa_frequency_pseudo, xtensa_elf_cons, xtensa_elf_suffix): New.
(expression_end): Handle closing braces and colons.
(PLT_SUFFIX, plt_suffix): Delete.
(expression_maybe_register): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Use
xtensa_elf_suffix instead of checking for plt suffix, and handle O_lo16
and O_hi16 expressions as well.
(tokenize_arguments): Handle closing braces and colons.
(parse_arguments): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Handle "invisible"
operands and paired register syntax.
(get_invisible_operands): New.
(xg_translate_sysreg_op): Handle new Xtensa LX RSR/WSR/XSR syntax. Use
new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xtensa_translate_old_userreg_ops, xtensa_translate_zero_immed): New.
(xg_translate_idioms): Check if inside bundle. Use use_transform.
Handle new Xtensa LX RSR/WSR/XSR syntax. Remove code to widen density
instructions. Use xtensa_translate_zero_immed.
(operand_is_immed, operand_is_pcrel_label): Delete.
(get_relaxable_immed): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(get_opcode_from_buf): Add slot parameter. Use new xtensa-isa.h
functions.
(xtensa_print_insn_table, print_vliw_insn): New.
(is_direct_call_opcode): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(is_call_opcode, is_loop_opcode, is_conditional_branch_opcode,
is_branch_or_jump_opcode): Delete.
(is_movi_opcode, decode_reloc, encode_reloc, encode_alt_reloc): New.
(opnum_to_reloc, reloc_to_opnum): Delete.
(xtensa_insnbuf_set_operand, xtensa_insnbuf_get_operand): Use new
xtensa-isa.h functions. Operate on one slot of an instruction.
(xtensa_insnbuf_set_immediate_field, is_negatable_branch,
xg_get_insn_size): Delete.
(xg_get_build_instr_size): Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_is_narrow_insn, xg_is_single_relaxable_insn): Update calls to
xg_build_widen_table. Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_get_max_narrow_insn_size): Delete.
(xg_get_max_insn_widen_size, xg_get_max_insn_widen_literal_size,
xg_is_relaxable_insn): Update calls to xg_build_widen_table. Use
xg_get_single_size.
(xg_build_to_insn): Record the loc field. Handle OP_OPERAND_HI16U and
OP_OPERAND_LOW16U. Check xg_valid_literal_expression.
(xg_expand_to_stack, xg_expand_narrow): Update calls to
xg_build_widen_table. Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_immeds_fit): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Update call to
xg_check_operand.
(xg_symbolic_immeds_fit): Likewise. Also handle O_lo16 and O_hi16, and
treat weak symbols conservatively.
(xg_check_operand): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(is_dnrange): Delete.
(xg_assembly_relax): Inline previous calls to tinsn_copy.
(xg_finish_frag): Specify separate relax states for the frag and slot0.
(is_branch_jmp_to_next, xg_add_branch_and_loop_targets): Use new
xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xg_instruction_matches_option_term, xg_instruction_matches_or_options,
xg_instruction_matches_options): New.
(xg_instruction_matches_rule): Handle O_register expressions. Call
xg_instruction_matches_options.
(transition_rule_cmp): New.
(xg_instruction_match): Update call to xg_build_simplify_table.
(xg_build_token_insn): Record loc fields.
(xg_simplify_insn): Check is_specific_opcode field and
density_supported flag.
(xg_expand_assembly_insn): Skip checking code_density_available. Use
new xtensa-isa.h functions. Call use_transform instead of can_relax.
(xg_assemble_literal): Add error handling for O_big. Call
record_alignment. Handle O_pltrel.
(xg_valid_literal_expression): New.
(xg_assemble_literal_space): Add slot parameter. Remove call to
set_expr_symbol_offset. Add call to record_alignment. Update call to
xg_finish_frag.
(xg_emit_insn): Delete.
(xg_emit_insn_to_buf): Add format parameter. Update calls to
xg_add_opcode_fix and xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars.
(xg_add_opcode_fix): Change opcode parameter to tinsn and add format
and slot parameters. Handle new "alternate" relocations for absolute
literals and CONST16 instructions. Check for bad uses of O_lo16 and
O_hi16. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xg_assemble_tokens): Delete.
(is_register_writer): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(is_bad_loopend_opcode): Check for xtensa_rsr_lcount_opcode instead of
old-style RSR from LCOUNT.
(next_frag_opcode): Delete.
(next_frag_opcode_is_loop, next_frag_format_size, frag_format_size,
update_next_frag_state): New.
(update_next_frag_nop_state): Delete.
(next_frag_pre_opcode_bytes): Use next_frag_opcode_is_loop.
(xtensa_mark_literal_pool_location): Check use_literal_section flag and
the state of the absolute-literals directive. Add calls to
record_alignment and xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state. Call
xtensa_switch_to_non_abs_literal_fragment instead of
xtensa_switch_to_literal_fragment.
(build_nop): New.
(assemble_nop): Use build_nop. Update call to xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars.
(get_expanded_loop_offset): Change check for undefined opcode to an
assertion.
(xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state, relaxable_section,
xtensa_find_unmarked_state_frags, xtensa_find_unaligned_branch_targets,
xtensa_find_unaligned_loops, xg_apply_tentative_value): New.
(md_begin): Update call to xtensa_isa_init. Initialize linkrelax to 1.
Set lit4_seg_name. Call xg_init_vinsn. Initialize new global opcodes.
Call init_op_placement_info_table and xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(xtensa_init_fix_data): New.
(xtensa_frob_label): Reset label symbol to the current frag. Check
do_align_targets and generating_literals flag. Propagate frequency
info to new alignment frag. Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(xtensa_unrecognized_line): New.
(xtensa_flush_pending_output): Check if inside a bundle. Add a call
to xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(error_reset_cur_vinsn): New.
(md_assemble): Remove check for literal frag. Remove call to
istack_init. Call use_transform instead of use_generics. Parse
explicit instruction format specifiers. Move code for
a0_b_retw_interlock workaround to xg_assemble_vliw_tokens. Call
error_reset_cur_vinsn on errors. Add call to get_invisible_operands.
Add dwarf2_where call. Remote automatic alignment for ENTRY
instructions. Move call to xtensa_clear_insn_labels to the end.
Rearrange to handle bundles.
(xtensa_cons_fix_new): Delete.
(xtensa_handle_align): New.
(xtensa_frag_init): Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state. Remove
assignment to is_no_density field.
(md_pcrel_from): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Use decode_reloc
instead of reloc_to_opnum. Handle "alternate" relocations.
(xtensa_force_relocation, xtensa_check_inside_bundle,
xtensa_elf_section_change_hook): New.
(xtensa_symbol_new_hook): Delete.
(xtensa_fix_adjustable): Check for difference of symbols with an
offset. Check for external and weak symbols.
(md_apply_fix3): Remove cases for XTENSA_OP{0,1,2} relocs.
(md_estimate_size_before_relax): Return expansion for the first slot.
(tc_gen_reloc): Handle difference of symbols by producing
XTENSA_DIFF{8,16,32} relocs and by writing the value of the difference
into the output. Handle new XTENSA_SLOT*_OP relocs by storing the
tentative values into the output when linkrelax is set.
(XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME): Define.
(xtensa_post_relax_hook): Call xtensa_find_unmarked_state_frags.
Create literal tables only if using literal sections. Create new
property tables instead of old instruction tables. Check for unaligned
branch targets and loops.
(finish_vinsn, find_vinsn_conflicts, check_t1_t2_reads_and_writes,
new_resource_table, clear_resource_table, resize_resource_table,
resources_available, reserve_resources, release_resources,
opcode_funcUnit_use_unit, opcode_funcUnit_use_stage,
resources_conflict, xg_find_narrowest_format, relaxation_requirements,
bundle_single_op, emit_single_op, xg_assemble_vliw_tokens): New.
(xtensa_end): Call xtensa_flush_pending_output. Set past_xtensa_end
flag. Update checks for workaround options. Call
xtensa_mark_narrow_branches and xtensa_mark_zcl_first_insns.
(xtensa_cleanup_align_frags): Add special case for branch targets.
Check for and mark unreachable frags.
(xtensa_fix_target_frags): Remove use of align_only_targets flag.
Use RELAX_LOOP_END_BYTES in special case for negatable branch at the
end of a zero-overhead loop body.
(frag_can_negate_branch): Handle instructions with multiple slots.
Use new xtensa-isa.h functions
(xtensa_mark_narrow_branches, is_narrow_branch_guaranteed_in_range,
xtensa_mark_zcl_first_insns): New.
(xtensa_fix_a0_b_retw_frags, xtensa_fix_b_j_loop_end_frags): Error if
transformations are disabled.
(next_instrs_are_b_retw): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Handle
multislot instructions.
(xtensa_fix_close_loop_end_frags, xtensa_fix_short_loop_frags):
Likewise. Also error if transformations are disabled.
(unrelaxed_frag_max_size): New.
(unrelaxed_frag_min_insn_count, unrelax_frag_has_b_j): Use new
xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xtensa_sanity_check, is_empty_loop, is_local_forward_loop): Use
xtensa_opcode_is_loop instead of is_loop_opcode.
(get_text_align_power): Replace as_fatal with assertion.
(get_text_align_fill_size): Iterate instead of using modulus when
use_nops is false.
(get_noop_aligned_address): Assert that this is for a machine-dependent
RELAX_ALIGN_NEXT_OPCODE frag. Use next_frag_opcode_is_loop,
xg_get_single_size, and frag_format_size.
(get_widen_aligned_address): Rename to ...
(get_aligned_diff): ... this function. Add max_diff parameter.
Remove handling of rs_align/rs_align_code frags. Use
next_frag_format_size, get_text_align_power, get_text_align_fill_size,
next_frag_opcode_is_loop, and xg_get_single_size. Compute max_diff
and pass it back to caller.
(xtensa_relax_frag): Use relax_frag_loop_align. Add code for new
RELAX_SLOTS, RELAX_MAYBE_UNREACHABLE, RELAX_MAYBE_DESIRE_ALIGN,
RELAX_FILL_NOP, and RELAX_UNREACHABLE frag types. Check relax_seen.
(relax_frag_text_align): Rename to ...
(relax_frag_loop_align): ... this function. Assume loops can only be
in the first slot of an instruction.
(relax_frag_add_nop): Use assemble_nop instead of constructing an OR
instruction. Remove call to frag_wane.
(relax_frag_narrow): Rename to ...
(relax_frag_for_align): ... this function. Extend to handle
RELAX_FILL_NOP and RELAX_UNREACHABLE, as well as RELAX_SLOTS with
RELAX_NARROW for the first slot.
(find_address_of_next_align_frag, bytes_to_stretch): New.
(future_alignment_required): Use find_address_of_next_align_frag and
bytes_to_stretch. Look ahead to subsequent frags to make smarter
alignment decisions.
(relax_frag_immed): Add format, slot, and estimate_only parameters.
Check if transformations are enabled for b_j_loop_end workaround.
Use new xtensa-isa.h functions and handle multislot instructions.
Update call to xg_assembly_relax.
(md_convert_frag): Handle new RELAX_SLOTS, RELAX_UNREACHABLE,
RELAX_MAYBE_UNREACHABLE, RELAX_MAYBE_DESIRE_ALIGN, and RELAX_FILL_NOP
frag types.
(convert_frag_narrow): Add segP, format and slot parameters. Call
convert_frag_immed for branch instructions. Adjust calls to
tinsn_from_chars, tinsn_immed_from_frag, and xg_emit_insn_to_buf. Use
xg_get_single_size and xg_get_single_format.
(convert_frag_fill_nop): New.
(convert_frag_immed): Add format and slot parameters. Handle multislot
instructions and use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Update calls to
tinsn_immed_from_frag and xg_assembly_relax. Check if transformations
enabled for b_j_loop_end workaround. Use build_nop instead of
assemble_nop. Check is_specific_opcode flag. Check for unreachable
frags. Use xg_get_single_size. Handle O_pltrel.
(fix_new_exp_in_seg): Remove check for old plt flag.
(convert_frag_immed_finish_loop): Update calls to tinsn_from_chars and
xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars. Call tinsn_immed_from_frag. Change check
for loop opcode to an assertion. Mark all frags up to the end of the
loop as not transformable.
(get_last_insn_flags, set_last_insn_flags): Use get_subseg_info.
(get_subseg_info): New.
(xtensa_move_literals): Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state. Add null
check for dest_seg.
(xtensa_switch_to_literal_fragment): Rewrite to handle absolute
literals and use xtensa_switch_to_non_abs_literal_fragment otherwise.
(xtensa_switch_to_non_abs_literal_fragment): New.
(cache_literal_section): Add is_code parameter and pass it through to
retrieve_literal_seg.
(retrieve_literal_seg): Add is_code parameter and use it to set the
flags on the literal section. Handle case where head parameter is 0.
(get_frag_is_no_transform, set_frag_is_specific_opcode,
set_frag_is_no_transform): New.
(xtensa_create_property_segments): Add end_property_function parameter
and pass it through to add_xt_block_frags. Call bfd_get_section_flags
and skip SEC_DEBUGGING and !SEC_ALLOC sections.
(xtensa_create_xproperty_segments, section_has_xproperty): New.
(add_xt_block_frags): Add end_property_function parameter and call it
if it is non-zero. Call xtensa_frag_flags_init.
(xtensa_frag_flags_is_empty, xtensa_frag_flags_init,
get_frag_property_flags, frag_flags_to_number,
xtensa_frag_flags_combinable, xt_block_aligned_size,
xtensa_xt_block_combine, add_xt_prop_frags,
init_op_placement_info_table, opcode_fits_format_slot,
xg_get_single_size, xg_get_single_format): New.
(istack_push): Inline call to tinsn_copy.
(tinsn_copy): Delete.
(tinsn_has_invalid_symbolic_operands): Handle O_hi16 and O_lo16 and
CONST16 opcodes. Handle O_big, O_illegal, and O_absent.
(tinsn_has_complex_operands): Handle O_hi16 and O_lo16.
(tinsn_to_insnbuf): Use xg_get_single_format and new xtensa-isa.h
functions. Handle invisible operands.
(tinsn_to_slotbuf): New.
(tinsn_check_arguments): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(tinsn_from_chars): Add slot parameter. Rewrite using xg_init_vinsn,
vinsn_from_chars, and xg_free_vinsn.
(tinsn_from_insnbuf): New.
(tinsn_immed_from_frag): Add slot parameter and handle multislot
instructions. Handle symbol differences.
(get_num_stack_text_bytes): Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_init_vinsn, xg_clear_vinsn, vinsn_has_specific_opcodes,
xg_free_vinsn, vinsn_to_insnbuf, vinsn_from_chars, expr_is_register,
get_expr_register, set_expr_symbol_offset_diff): New.
* config/tc-xtensa.h (MAX_SLOTS): Define.
(xtensa_relax_statesE): Move from tc-xtensa.c. Add
RELAX_CHECK_ALIGN_NEXT_OPCODE, RELAX_MAYBE_DESIRE_ALIGN, RELAX_SLOTS,
RELAX_FILL_NOP, RELAX_UNREACHABLE, RELAX_MAYBE_UNREACHABLE, and
RELAX_NONE types.
(RELAX_IMMED_MAXSTEPS): Move from tc-xtensa.c.
(xtensa_frag_type struct): Add is_assembly_state_set,
use_absolute_literals, relax_seen, is_unreachable, is_specific_opcode,
is_align, is_text_align, alignment, and is_first_loop_insn fields.
Replace is_generics and is_relax fields by is_no_transform field.
Delete is_text and is_longcalls fields. Change text_expansion and
literal_expansion to arrays of MAX_SLOTS entries. Add arrays of
per-slot information: literal_frags, slot_subtypes, slot_symbols,
slot_sub_symbols, and slot_offsets. Add fr_prev field.
(xtensa_fix_data struct): New.
(xtensa_symfield_type struct): Delete plt field.
(xtensa_block_info struct): Move definition to tc-xtensa.h. Add
forward declaration here.
(xt_section_type enum): Delete xt_insn_sec. Add xt_prop_sec.
(XTENSA_SECTION_RENAME): Undefine.
(TC_FIX_TYPE, TC_INIT_FIX_DATA, TC_FORCE_RELOCATION, NO_PSEUDO_DOT,
tc_unrecognized_line, md_do_align, md_elf_section_change_hook,
HANDLE_ALIGN, TC_LINKRELAX_FIXUP, SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN): Define.
(TC_CONS_FIX_NEW, tc_symbol_new_hook): Delete.
(unit_num_copies_func, opcode_num_units_func,
opcode_funcUnit_use_unit_func, opcode_funcUnit_use_stage_func): New.
(resource_table struct): New.
* config/xtensa-istack.h (MAX_INSN_ARGS): Increase from 6 to 10.
(TInsn struct): Add keep_wide, loc, fixup, record_fix, subtype,
literal_space, symbol, sub_symbol, offset, and literal_frag fields.
(tinsn_copy): Delete prototype.
(vliw_insn struct): New.
* config/xtensa-relax.c (insn_pattern_struct): Add options field.
(widen_spec_list): Add option conditions for density and boolean
instructions. Add expansions using CONST16 and conditions for using
CONST16 vs. L32R. Use new Xtensa LX RSR/WSR syntax. Add entries for
predicted branches.
(simplify_spec_list): Add option conditions for density instructions.
Add entry for NOP instruction.
(append_transition): Add cmp function pointer parameter and use it to
insert the new entry in order.
(operand_function_LOW16U, operand_function_HI16U): New.
(xg_has_userdef_op_fn, xg_apply_userdef_op_fn): Handle
OP_OPERAND_LOW16U and OP_OPERAND_HI16U.
(enter_opname, split_string): Use xstrdup instead of strdup.
(init_insn_pattern): Initialize new options field.
(clear_req_or_option_list, clear_req_option_list,
clone_req_or_option_list, clone_req_option_list, parse_option_cond):
New.
(parse_insn_pattern): Parse option conditions.
(transition_applies): New.
(build_transition): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Fix incorrectly
swapped last arguments in calls to append_constant_value_condition.
Call clone_req_option_list. Add warning about invalid opcode.
Handle LOW16U and HI16U function names.
(build_transition_table): Add cmp parameter and use it in calls to
append_transition. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Check
transition_applies before adding entries.
(xg_build_widen_table, xg_build_simplify_table): Add cmp parameter and
pass it through to build_transition_table.
* config/xtensa-relax.h (ReqOrOptionList, ReqOrOption, ReqOptionList,
ReqOption, transition_cmp_fn): New types.
(OpType enum): Add OP_OPERAND_LOW16U and OP_OPERAND_HI16U.
(transition_rule struct): Add options field.
* doc/as.texinfo (Overview): Update Xtensa options.
* doc/c-xtensa.texi (Xtensa Options): Delete --[no-]density,
--[no-]relax, and --[no-]generics options. Update descriptions of
--text-section-literals and --[no-]longcalls. Add
--[no-]absolute-literals and --[no-]transform.
(Xtensa Syntax): Add description of syntax for FLIX instructions.
Remove use of "generic" and "specific" terminology for opcodes.
(Xtensa Registers): Generalize the syntax description to include
user-defined register files.
(Xtensa Automatic Alignment): Update.
(Xtensa Branch Relaxation): Mention limitation of unconditional jumps.
(Xtensa Call Relaxation): Linker can now remove most of the overhead.
(Xtensa Directives): Remove confusing rules about precedence.
(Density Directive, Relax Directive): Delete.
(Schedule Directive): New.
(Generics Directive): Rename to ...
(Transform Directive): ... this node.
(Literal Directive): Update for absolute literals. Missing
literal_position directive is now an error.
(Literal Position Directive): Update for absolute literals.
(Freeregs Directive): Delete.
(Absolute Literals Directive): New.
(Frame Directive): Minor editing.
* Makefile.am (DEPTC_xtensa_elf, DEPOBJ_xtensa_elf, DEP_xtensa_elf):
Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
gas/testsuite ChangeLog
* gas/xtensa/all.exp: Adjust expected error message for j_too_far.
Change entry_align test to expect an error.
* gas/xtensa/entry_misalign2.s: Use no-transform instead of
no-generics directives.
include ChangeLog
* xtensa-config.h (XSHAL_USE_ABSOLUTE_LITERALS,
XCHAL_HAVE_PREDICTED_BRANCHES, XCHAL_INST_FETCH_WIDTH): New.
(XCHAL_EXTRA_SA_SIZE, XCHAL_EXTRA_SA_ALIGN): Delete.
* xtensa-isa-internal.h (ISA_INTERFACE_VERSION): Delete.
(config_sturct struct): Delete.
(XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_REGISTER, XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_PCRELATIVE,
XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_INVISIBLE, XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_UNKNOWN,
XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_BRANCH, XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_JUMP,
XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_LOOP, XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_CALL,
XTENSA_STATE_IS_EXPORTED, XTENSA_INTERFACE_HAS_SIDE_EFFECT): Define.
(xtensa_format_encode_fn, xtensa_get_slot_fn, xtensa_set_slot_fn): New.
(xtensa_insn_decode_fn): Rename to ...
(xtensa_opcode_decode_fn): ... this.
(xtensa_immed_decode_fn, xtensa_immed_encode_fn, xtensa_do_reloc_fn,
xtensa_undo_reloc_fn): Update.
(xtensa_encoding_template_fn): Delete.
(xtensa_opcode_encode_fn, xtensa_format_decode_fn,
xtensa_length_decode_fn): New.
(xtensa_format_internal, xtensa_slot_internal): New types.
(xtensa_operand_internal): Delete operand_kind, inout, isPCRelative,
get_field, and set_field fields. Add name, field_id, regfile,
num_regs, and flags fields.
(xtensa_arg_internal): New type.
(xtensa_iclass_internal): Change operands field to array of
xtensa_arg_internal. Add num_stateOperands, stateOperands,
num_interfaceOperands, and interfaceOperands fields.
(xtensa_opcode_internal): Delete length, template, and iclass fields.
Add iclass_id, flags, encode_fns, num_funcUnit_uses, and funcUnit_uses.
(opname_lookup_entry): Delete.
(xtensa_regfile_internal, xtensa_interface_internal,
xtensa_funcUnit_internal, xtensa_state_internal,
xtensa_sysreg_internal, xtensa_lookup_entry): New.
(xtensa_isa_internal): Replace opcode_table field with opcodes field.
Change type of opname_lookup_table. Delete num_modules,
module_opcode_base, module_decode_fn, config, and has_density fields.
Add num_formats, formats, format_decode_fn, length_decode_fn,
num_slots, slots, num_fields, num_operands, operands, num_iclasses,
iclasses, num_regfiles, regfiles, num_states, states,
state_lookup_table, num_sysregs, sysregs, sysreg_lookup_table,
max_sysreg_num, sysreg_table, num_interfaces, interfaces,
interface_lookup_table, num_funcUnits, funcUnits and
funcUnit_lookup_table fields.
(xtensa_isa_module, xtensa_isa_modules): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_name_compare): New prototype.
(xtisa_errno, xtisa_error_msg): New.
* xtensa-isa.h (XTENSA_ISA_VERSION): Define.
(xtensa_isa): Change type.
(xtensa_operand): Delete.
(xtensa_format, xtensa_regfile, xtensa_state, xtensa_sysreg,
xtensa_interface, xtensa_funcUnit, xtensa_isa_status,
xtensa_funcUnit_use): New types.
(libisa_module_specifier): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_errno, xtensa_isa_error_msg): New prototypes.
(xtensa_insnbuf_free, xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars,
xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars): Update prototypes.
(xtensa_load_isa, xtensa_extend_isa, xtensa_default_isa,
xtensa_insn_maxlength, xtensa_num_opcodes, xtensa_decode_insn,
xtensa_encode_insn, xtensa_insn_length,
xtensa_insn_length_from_first_byte, xtensa_num_operands,
xtensa_operand_kind, xtensa_encode_result,
xtensa_operand_isPCRelative): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_init, xtensa_operand_inout, xtensa_operand_get_field,
xtensa_operand_set_field, xtensa_operand_encode,
xtensa_operand_decode, xtensa_operand_do_reloc,
xtensa_operand_undo_reloc): Update prototypes.
(xtensa_isa_maxlength, xtensa_isa_length_from_chars,
xtensa_isa_num_pipe_stages, xtensa_isa_num_formats,
xtensa_isa_num_opcodes, xtensa_isa_num_regfiles, xtensa_isa_num_states,
xtensa_isa_num_sysregs, xtensa_isa_num_interfaces,
xtensa_isa_num_funcUnits, xtensa_format_name, xtensa_format_lookup,
xtensa_format_decode, xtensa_format_encode, xtensa_format_length,
xtensa_format_num_slots, xtensa_format_slot_nop_opcode,
xtensa_format_get_slot, xtensa_format_set_slot, xtensa_opcode_decode,
xtensa_opcode_encode, xtensa_opcode_is_branch, xtensa_opcode_is_jump,
xtensa_opcode_is_loop, xtensa_opcode_is_call,
xtensa_opcode_num_operands, xtensa_opcode_num_stateOperands,
xtensa_opcode_num_interfaceOperands, xtensa_opcode_num_funcUnit_uses,
xtensa_opcode_funcUnit_use, xtensa_operand_name,
xtensa_operand_is_visible, xtensa_operand_is_register,
xtensa_operand_regfile, xtensa_operand_num_regs,
xtensa_operand_is_known_reg, xtensa_operand_is_PCrelative,
xtensa_stateOperand_state, xtensa_stateOperand_inout,
xtensa_interfaceOperand_interface, xtensa_regfile_lookup,
xtensa_regfile_lookup_shortname, xtensa_regfile_name,
xtensa_regfile_shortname, xtensa_regfile_view_parent,
xtensa_regfile_num_bits, xtensa_regfile_num_entries,
xtensa_state_lookup, xtensa_state_name, xtensa_state_num_bits,
xtensa_state_is_exported, xtensa_sysreg_lookup,
xtensa_sysreg_lookup_name, xtensa_sysreg_name, xtensa_sysreg_number,
xtensa_sysreg_is_user, xtensa_interface_lookup, xtensa_interface_name,
xtensa_interface_num_bits, xtensa_interface_inout,
xtensa_interface_has_side_effect, xtensa_funcUnit_lookup,
xtensa_funcUnit_name, xtensa_funcUnit_num_copies): New prototypes.
* elf/xtensa.h (R_XTENSA_DIFF8, R_XTENSA_DIFF16, R_XTENSA_DIFF32,
R_XTENSA_SLOT*_OP, R_XTENSA_SLOT*_ALT): New relocations.
(XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME): Define.
(property_table_entry): Add flags field.
(XTENSA_PROP_*, GET_XTENSA_PROP_*, SET_XTENSA_PROP_*): Define.
ld ChangeLog
* ld.texinfo (Xtensa): Describe new linker relaxation to optimize
assembler-generated longcall sequences. Describe new --size-opt
option.
* emulparams/elf32xtensa.sh (OTHER_SECTIONS): Add .xt.prop section.
* emultempl/xtensaelf.em (remove_section,
replace_insn_sec_with_prop_sec, replace_instruction_table_sections,
elf_xtensa_after_open): New.
(OPTION_OPT_SIZEOPT, OPTION_LITERAL_MOVEMENT,
OPTION_NO_LITERAL_MOVEMENT): Define.
(elf32xtensa_size_opt, elf32xtensa_no_literal_movement): New globals.
(PARSE_AND_LIST_LONGOPTS): Add size-opt and [no-]literal-movement.
(PARSE_AND_LIST_OPTIONS): Add --size-opt.
(PARSE_AND_LIST_ARGS_CASES): Handle OPTION_OPT_SIZEOPT,
OPTION_LITERAL_MOVEMENT, and OPTION_NO_LITERAL_MOVEMENT.
(LDEMUL_AFTER_OPEN): Set to elf_xtensa_after_open.
* scripttempl/elfxtensa.sc: Update with changes from elf.sc.
* Makefile.am (eelf32xtensa.c): Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
ld/testsuite ChangeLog
* ld-xtensa/lcall1.s: Use .literal directive.
* ld-xtensa/lcall2.s: Align function entry.
* ld-xtensa/coalesce2.s: Likewise.
opcodes ChangeLog
* xtensa-dis.c (state_names): Delete.
(fetch_data): Use xtensa_isa_maxlength.
(print_xtensa_operand): Replace operand parameter with opcode/operand
pair. Remove print_sr_name parameter. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(print_insn_xtensa): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Handle multislot
instruction bundles. Use xmalloc instead of malloc.
2004-10-08 00:22:15 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{--[no-]transform}]
|
2004-11-04 21:52:55 +00:00
|
|
|
[@b{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}]
|
2003-04-01 15:50:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man end
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man begin OPTIONS
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -a[cdhlmns]
|
|
|
|
Turn on listings, in any of a variety of ways:
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -ac
|
|
|
|
omit false conditionals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -ad
|
|
|
|
omit debugging directives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -ah
|
|
|
|
include high-level source
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -al
|
|
|
|
include assembly
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -am
|
|
|
|
include macro expansions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -an
|
|
|
|
omit forms processing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -as
|
|
|
|
include symbols
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item =file
|
|
|
|
set the name of the listing file
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You may combine these options; for example, use @samp{-aln} for assembly
|
|
|
|
listing without forms processing. The @samp{=file} option, if used, must be
|
|
|
|
the last one. By itself, @samp{-a} defaults to @samp{-ahls}.
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-13 19:53:52 +00:00
|
|
|
@item --alternate
|
|
|
|
Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -D
|
|
|
|
Ignored. This option is accepted for script compatibility with calls to
|
|
|
|
other assemblers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --defsym @var{sym}=@var{value}
|
|
|
|
Define the symbol @var{sym} to be @var{value} before assembling the input file.
|
|
|
|
@var{value} must be an integer constant. As in C, a leading @samp{0x}
|
|
|
|
indicates a hexadecimal value, and a leading @samp{0} indicates an octal value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -f
|
|
|
|
``fast''---skip whitespace and comment preprocessing (assume source is
|
|
|
|
compiler output).
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-17 12:19:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -g
|
|
|
|
@itemx --gen-debug
|
|
|
|
Generate debugging information for each assembler source line using whichever
|
|
|
|
debug format is preferred by the target. This currently means either STABS,
|
|
|
|
ECOFF or DWARF2.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@item --gstabs
|
|
|
|
Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line. This
|
|
|
|
may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-10-08 14:37:20 +00:00
|
|
|
@item --gstabs+
|
|
|
|
Generate stabs debugging information for each assembler line, with GNU
|
|
|
|
extensions that probably only gdb can handle, and that could make other
|
|
|
|
debuggers crash or refuse to read your program. This
|
|
|
|
may help debugging assembler code. Currently the only GNU extension is
|
|
|
|
the location of the current working directory at assembling time.
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-17 12:19:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@item --gdwarf-2
|
1999-09-01 09:28:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Generate DWARF2 debugging information for each assembler line. This
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
may help debugging assembler code, if the debugger can handle it. Note---this
|
2000-10-25 19:15:34 +00:00
|
|
|
option is only supported by some targets, not all of them.
|
1999-09-01 09:28:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@item --help
|
|
|
|
Print a summary of the command line options and exit.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-10-17 20:10:20 +00:00
|
|
|
@item --target-help
|
|
|
|
Print a summary of all target specific options and exit.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -I @var{dir}
|
|
|
|
Add directory @var{dir} to the search list for @code{.include} directives.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -J
|
|
|
|
Don't warn about signed overflow.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -K
|
|
|
|
@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
|
|
This option is accepted but has no effect on the @value{TARGET} family.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
|
|
Issue warnings when difference tables altered for long displacements.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -L
|
|
|
|
@itemx --keep-locals
|
|
|
|
Keep (in the symbol table) local symbols. On traditional a.out systems
|
|
|
|
these start with @samp{L}, but different systems have different local
|
|
|
|
label prefixes.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-23 19:35:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@item --listing-lhs-width=@var{number}
|
|
|
|
Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for an assembler
|
|
|
|
listing to @var{number}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --listing-lhs-width2=@var{number}
|
|
|
|
Set the maximum width, in words, of the output data column for continuation
|
|
|
|
lines in an assembler listing to @var{number}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --listing-rhs-width=@var{number}
|
|
|
|
Set the maximum width of an input source line, as displayed in a listing, to
|
|
|
|
@var{number} bytes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --listing-cont-lines=@var{number}
|
|
|
|
Set the maximum number of lines printed in a listing for a single line of input
|
|
|
|
to @var{number} + 1.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -o @var{objfile}
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Name the object-file output from @command{@value{AS}} @var{objfile}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -R
|
|
|
|
Fold the data section into the text section.
|
|
|
|
|
2005-04-12 08:42:41 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex --hash-size=@var{number}
|
|
|
|
Set the default size of GAS's hash tables to a prime number close to
|
|
|
|
@var{number}. Increasing this value can reduce the length of time it takes the
|
|
|
|
assembler to perform its tasks, at the expense of increasing the assembler's
|
|
|
|
memory requirements. Similarly reducing this value can reduce the memory
|
|
|
|
requirements at the expense of speed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --reduce-memory-overheads
|
|
|
|
This option reduces GAS's memory requirements, at the expense of making the
|
|
|
|
assembly processes slower. Currently this switch is a synonym for
|
|
|
|
@samp{--hash-size=4051}, but in the future it may have other effects as well.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@item --statistics
|
|
|
|
Print the maximum space (in bytes) and total time (in seconds) used by
|
|
|
|
assembly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --strip-local-absolute
|
|
|
|
Remove local absolute symbols from the outgoing symbol table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -v
|
|
|
|
@itemx -version
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Print the @command{as} version.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --version
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Print the @command{as} version and exit.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -W
|
1999-10-11 04:07:10 +00:00
|
|
|
@itemx --no-warn
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Suppress warning messages.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-10-11 04:07:10 +00:00
|
|
|
@item --fatal-warnings
|
|
|
|
Treat warnings as errors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --warn
|
|
|
|
Don't suppress warning messages or treat them as errors.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -w
|
|
|
|
Ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -x
|
|
|
|
Ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -Z
|
|
|
|
Generate an object file even after errors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -- | @var{files} @dots{}
|
|
|
|
Standard input, or source files to assemble.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset ARC
|
|
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
|
|
|
|
an ARC processor.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
2001-01-11 21:20:20 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -marc[5|6|7|8]
|
|
|
|
This option selects the core processor variant.
|
|
|
|
@item -EB | -EL
|
|
|
|
Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset ARM
|
|
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the ARM
|
|
|
|
processor family.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
2002-01-21 00:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mcpu=@var{processor}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
|
1999-09-01 09:28:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Specify which ARM processor variant is the target.
|
2002-01-21 00:20:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -march=@var{architecture}[+@var{extension}@dots{}]
|
1999-09-01 09:28:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Specify which ARM architecture variant is used by the target.
|
* NEWS: Mention new ARM command-line options and VFP support.
* config/tc-arm.c (ARM_CEXT_XSCALE): Replaces ARM_EXT_XSCALE. All
uses changed.
(ARM_CEXT_MAVERICK): Similarly.
(ARM_ANY): Now means any core instruction.
(CPU_DEFAULT): Default to ARM_ANY.
(uses_apcs_26, atcps, support_interwork, uses_apcs_float)
(pic_code): Declare for all object types. Make type int.
(legacy_cpu, legacy_fpu, mcpu_cpu_opt, mcpu_fpu_opt, march_cpu_opt)
(march_fpu_opt, mfpu_opt): Declare.
(md_longopts): Tidy up conditional definitions.
(arm_opts, arm_cpus, arm_archs, arm_fpus, arm_extensions)
(arm_long_opts): New tables.
(arm_parse_cpu, arm_parse_arch, arm_parse_fpu): New functions.
(arm_parse_extension): New function.
(md_parse_option): Rewrite using new table-driven system.
(md_show_usage): Use new table-driven system.
(md_begin): Calculate cpu_variant from command line option data.
* doc/as.texinfo (ARM ISA options): Docuement new ARM-specific
command-line options.
* doc/c-arm.texi: Likewise.
Testsuite:
* gas/arm/vfp1.d: Use new command-line options.
* gas/arm/vfp1xD.d: Likewise.
* gas/arm/arm.exp (vfp-bad): Likewise.
* gas/arm/maverick.d: Likewise.
2002-01-18 17:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mfpu=@var{floating-point-format}
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Select which Floating Point architecture is the target.
|
2003-12-10 12:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mfloat-abi=@var{abi}
|
|
|
|
Select which floating point ABI is in use.
|
* NEWS: Mention new ARM command-line options and VFP support.
* config/tc-arm.c (ARM_CEXT_XSCALE): Replaces ARM_EXT_XSCALE. All
uses changed.
(ARM_CEXT_MAVERICK): Similarly.
(ARM_ANY): Now means any core instruction.
(CPU_DEFAULT): Default to ARM_ANY.
(uses_apcs_26, atcps, support_interwork, uses_apcs_float)
(pic_code): Declare for all object types. Make type int.
(legacy_cpu, legacy_fpu, mcpu_cpu_opt, mcpu_fpu_opt, march_cpu_opt)
(march_fpu_opt, mfpu_opt): Declare.
(md_longopts): Tidy up conditional definitions.
(arm_opts, arm_cpus, arm_archs, arm_fpus, arm_extensions)
(arm_long_opts): New tables.
(arm_parse_cpu, arm_parse_arch, arm_parse_fpu): New functions.
(arm_parse_extension): New function.
(md_parse_option): Rewrite using new table-driven system.
(md_show_usage): Use new table-driven system.
(md_begin): Calculate cpu_variant from command line option data.
* doc/as.texinfo (ARM ISA options): Docuement new ARM-specific
command-line options.
* doc/c-arm.texi: Likewise.
Testsuite:
* gas/arm/vfp1.d: Use new command-line options.
* gas/arm/vfp1xD.d: Likewise.
* gas/arm/arm.exp (vfp-bad): Likewise.
* gas/arm/maverick.d: Likewise.
2002-01-18 17:01:55 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mthumb
|
|
|
|
Enable Thumb only instruction decoding.
|
./
* configure.in (arm-*-oabi*, thumb-*-oabi*): Remove.
* configure: Regenerated.
bfd/
* Makefile.am (BFD32_BACKENDS, BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Replace
elfarm-nabi with elf32-arm. Remove elfarm-oabi.
(elf32-arm.lo): Replace elfarm-nabi.lo rule. Remove elf32-arm.h
dependency.
* config.bfd: Move arm-*-oabi* and thumb-*-oabi* from obsolete list
to a new removed list. Remove normal configuration stanzas.
* configure.in: (bfd_elf32_bigarm_vec, bfd_elf32_bigarm_symbian_vec)
(bfd_elf32_littlearm_symbian_vec, bfd_elf32_littlearm_vec): Replace
elfarm-nabi.lo with elf32-arm.lo.
(bfd_elf32_bigarm_oabi_vec, bfd_elf32_littlearm_oabi_vec): Remove.
* elf32-arm.c: Renamed from elfarm-nabi.c. Inline elf32-arm.h.
* elf32-arm.h: Remove.
* elfarm-oabi.c: Remove.
* targets.c (_bfd_target_vector): Remove bfd_elf32_bigarm_oabi_vec
and bfd_elf32_littlearm_oabi_vec.
* aclocal.m4, Makefile.in, configure, doc/Makefile.in: Regenerated.
gas/
* configure.in: Remove arm-*-oabi and thumb-*-oabi.
* config/tc-arm.c (target_oabi): Delete.
(md_apply_fix3, elf32_arm_target_format): Remove target_oabi checks.
(arm_opts): Remove moabi.
* doc/as.texinfo (Overview): Remove documentation of -moabi.
* doc/c-arm.texi (ARM Options): Likewise.
* configure: Regenerated.
ld/
* Makefile.am (ALL_EMULATIONS): Remove earmelf_oabi.o.
(earmelf_oabi.c): Remove rule.
* configure.tgt: Remove arm-*-oabi and thumb-*-oabi.
* emulparams/armelf_oabi.sh, emultempl/armelf_oabi.em: Delete files.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
2004-11-04 15:54:50 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mapcs-32 | -mapcs-26 | -mapcs-float | -mapcs-reentrant
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Select which procedure calling convention is in use.
|
|
|
|
@item -EB | -EL
|
|
|
|
Select either big-endian (-EB) or little-endian (-EL) output.
|
1999-09-01 09:28:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mthumb-interwork
|
|
|
|
Specify that the code has been generated with interworking between Thumb and
|
|
|
|
ARM code in mind.
|
|
|
|
@item -k
|
|
|
|
Specify that PIC code has been generated.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-09 03:12:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset CRIS
|
|
|
|
See the info pages for documentation of the CRIS-specific options.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset D10V
|
|
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
|
|
|
|
a D10V processor.
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex D10V optimization
|
|
|
|
@cindex optimization, D10V
|
|
|
|
@item -O
|
|
|
|
Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset D30V
|
|
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for a D30V
|
|
|
|
processor.
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex D30V optimization
|
|
|
|
@cindex optimization, D30V
|
|
|
|
@item -O
|
|
|
|
Optimize output by parallelizing instructions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex D30V nops
|
|
|
|
@item -n
|
|
|
|
Warn when nops are generated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex D30V nops after 32-bit multiply
|
|
|
|
@item -N
|
|
|
|
Warn when a nop after a 32-bit multiply instruction is generated.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
|
|
|
|
Intel 80960 processor.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -ACA | -ACA_A | -ACB | -ACC | -AKA | -AKB | -AKC | -AMC
|
|
|
|
Specify which variant of the 960 architecture is the target.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -b
|
|
|
|
Add code to collect statistics about branches taken.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -no-relax
|
|
|
|
Do not alter compare-and-branch instructions for long displacements;
|
|
|
|
error if necessary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-19 07:52:40 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset IP2K
|
|
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
|
2002-07-22 19:04:28 +00:00
|
|
|
Ubicom IP2K series.
|
2002-07-19 07:52:40 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -mip2022ext
|
|
|
|
Specifies that the extended IP2022 instructions are allowed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -mip2022
|
2002-07-19 11:35:06 +00:00
|
|
|
Restores the default behaviour, which restricts the permitted instructions to
|
2002-07-19 07:52:40 +00:00
|
|
|
just the basic IP2022 ones.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* configure.in: Add cases for Renesas m32c.
* configure: Regenerated.
bfd/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for m32c-*-elf (Renesas m32c and m16c).
* Makefile.am (ALL_MACHINES): Add cpu-m32c.lo.
(ALL_MACHINES_CFILES): Add cpu-m32c.c.
(BFD32_BACKENDS): Add elf32-m32c.lo.
(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add elf32-m32c.c.
(cpu-m32c.lo, elf32-m32c.lo): New rules, generated by 'make dep-am'.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* archures.c (bfd_arch_m32c, bfd_mach_m16c, bfd_mach_m32c): New
arch and mach codes.
(bfd_m32c_arch): New arch info object.
(bfd_archures_list): List bfd_m32c_arch.
* bfd-in2.h: Regenerated.
* config.bfd: Add case for the m32c.
* configure.in: Add case for the m32c.
* configure: Regenerated.
* cpu-m32c.c, elf32-m32c.c: New files.
* libbfd.h: Regenerated.
* targets.c (bfd_elf32_m32c_vec): Declare.
(_bfd_target_vector): List bfd_elf32_m32c_vec.
binutils/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* readelf.c: #include "elf/m32c.h"
(guess_is_rela, dump_relocations, get_machine_name): Add cases for
EM_M32C.
* Makefile.am (readelf.o): Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
cpu/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* m32c.cpu, m32c.opc: Machine description for the Renesas M32C.
gas/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for the Renesas M32C.
* Makefile.am (CPU_TYPES): List m32c.
(TARGET_CPU_CFILES): List config/tc-m32c.c.
(TARGET_CPU_HFILES): List config/tc-m32c.h.
* configure.in: Add case for m32c.
* configure.tgt: Add cases for m32c and m32c-*-elf.
* configure: Regenerated.
* config/tc-m32c.c, config/tc-m32c.h: New files.
* doc/Makefile.am (CPU_DOCS): Add c-m32c.texi.
* doc/Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* doc/all.texi: Set M32C.
* doc/as.texinfo: Add text for the M32C-specific options and line
comment characters, and refer to c-m32c.texi.
* doc/c-m32c.texi: New file.
include/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* dis-asm.h (print_insn_m32c): New declaration.
include/elf/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for Renesas M32C and M16C.
* common.h (EM_M32C): New machine number.
* m32c.h: New file.
ld/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for the Renesas M32C and M16C.
* Makefile.am (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eelf32m32c.o.
(eelf32m32c.c): New target.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* configure.tgt: Add case for m32c-*-elf.
* emulparams/elf32m32c.sh: New file.
opcodes/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for the Renesas M32C and M16C.
* m32c-asm.c, m32c-desc.c, m32c-dis.c, m32c-ibld.c, m32c-opc.c: New.
* m32c-desc.h, m32c-opc.h: New.
* Makefile.am (HFILES): List m32c-desc.h and m32c-opc.h.
(CFILES): List m32c-asm.c, m32c-desc.c, m32c-dis.c, m32c-ibld.c,
m32c-opc.c.
(ALL_MACHINES): List m32c-asm.lo, m32c-desc.lo, m32c-dis.lo,
m32c-ibld.lo, m32c-opc.lo.
(CLEANFILES): List stamp-m32c.
(M32C_DEPS): List stamp-m32c, if CGEN_MAINT.
(CGEN_CPUS): Add m32c.
(m32c-asm.c, m32c-desc.c, m32c-dis.c, m32c-ibld.c, m32c-opc.c)
(m32c-desc.h, m32c-opc.h): Depend on M32C_DEPS.
(m32c_opc_h): New variable.
(stamp-m32c, m32c-asm.lo, m32c-desc.lo, m32c-dis.lo, m32c-ibld.lo)
(m32c-opc.lo): New rules.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* configure.in: Add case for bfd_m32c_arch.
* configure: Regenerated.
* disassemble.c (ARCH_m32c): New.
[ARCH_m32c]: #include "m32c-desc.h".
(disassembler) [ARCH_m32c]: Add case for bfd_arch_m32c.
(disassemble_init_for_target) [ARCH_m32c]: Same.
* cgen-ops.h, cgen-types.h: New files.
* Makefile.am (HFILES): List them.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
2005-07-14 22:52:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M32C
|
|
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
|
|
|
|
Renesas M32C and M16C processors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -m32c
|
|
|
|
Assemble M32C instructions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -m16c
|
|
|
|
Assemble M16C instructions (the default).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-09 20:25:17 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M32R
|
|
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
|
2003-04-22 16:22:26 +00:00
|
|
|
Renesas M32R (formerly Mitsubishi M32R) series.
|
2000-04-09 20:25:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
2000-04-09 20:25:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --m32rx
|
|
|
|
Specify which processor in the M32R family is the target. The default
|
|
|
|
is normally the M32R, but this option changes it to the M32RX.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wp
|
|
|
|
Produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
|
|
|
|
encountered.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --no-warn-explicit-parallel-conflicts or --Wnp
|
|
|
|
Do not produce warning messages when questionable parallel constructs are
|
|
|
|
encountered.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset M680X0
|
|
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
|
|
|
|
Motorola 68000 series.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -l
|
|
|
|
Shorten references to undefined symbols, to one word instead of two.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -m68000 | -m68008 | -m68010 | -m68020 | -m68030
|
|
|
|
@itemx | -m68040 | -m68060 | -m68302 | -m68331 | -m68332
|
|
|
|
@itemx | -m68333 | -m68340 | -mcpu32 | -m5200
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Specify what processor in the 68000 family is the target. The default
|
|
|
|
is normally the 68020, but this can be changed at configuration time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -m68881 | -m68882 | -mno-68881 | -mno-68882
|
|
|
|
The target machine does (or does not) have a floating-point coprocessor.
|
|
|
|
The default is to assume a coprocessor for 68020, 68030, and cpu32. Although
|
|
|
|
the basic 68000 is not compatible with the 68881, a combination of the
|
|
|
|
two can be specified, since it's possible to do emulation of the
|
|
|
|
coprocessor instructions with the main processor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -m68851 | -mno-68851
|
|
|
|
The target machine does (or does not) have a memory-management
|
|
|
|
unit coprocessor. The default is to assume an MMU for 68020 and up.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-18 23:33:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset PDP11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For details about the PDP-11 machine dependent features options,
|
|
|
|
see @ref{PDP-11-Options}.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
2001-02-18 23:33:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mpic | -mno-pic
|
|
|
|
Generate position-independent (or position-dependent) code. The
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
default is @option{-mpic}.
|
2001-02-18 23:33:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -mall
|
|
|
|
@itemx -mall-extensions
|
|
|
|
Enable all instruction set extensions. This is the default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -mno-extensions
|
|
|
|
Disable all instruction set extensions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -m@var{extension} | -mno-@var{extension}
|
|
|
|
Enable (or disable) a particular instruction set extension.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -m@var{cpu}
|
|
|
|
Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular CPU, and
|
|
|
|
disable all other extensions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -m@var{machine}
|
|
|
|
Enable the instruction set extensions supported by a particular machine
|
|
|
|
model, and disable all other extensions.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-09-04 17:29:22 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset PJ
|
|
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
|
|
|
|
a picoJava processor.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
1999-09-04 17:29:22 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex PJ endianness
|
|
|
|
@cindex endianness, PJ
|
|
|
|
@cindex big endian output, PJ
|
|
|
|
@item -mb
|
|
|
|
Generate ``big endian'' format output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex little endian output, PJ
|
|
|
|
@item -ml
|
|
|
|
Generate ``little endian'' format output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-19 01:22:44 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M68HC11
|
|
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the
|
|
|
|
Motorola 68HC11 or 68HC12 series.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
2000-06-19 01:22:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-01-17 22:29:54 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -m68hc11 | -m68hc12 | -m68hcs12
|
2000-06-19 01:22:44 +00:00
|
|
|
Specify what processor is the target. The default is
|
|
|
|
defined by the configuration option when building the assembler.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-12-01 10:20:06 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mshort
|
|
|
|
Specify to use the 16-bit integer ABI.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -mlong
|
|
|
|
Specify to use the 32-bit integer ABI.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -mshort-double
|
|
|
|
Specify to use the 32-bit double ABI.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -mlong-double
|
|
|
|
Specify to use the 64-bit double ABI.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-19 01:22:44 +00:00
|
|
|
@item --force-long-branchs
|
|
|
|
Relative branches are turned into absolute ones. This concerns
|
|
|
|
conditional branches, unconditional branches and branches to a
|
|
|
|
sub routine.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -S | --short-branchs
|
|
|
|
Do not turn relative branchs into absolute ones
|
|
|
|
when the offset is out of range.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --strict-direct-mode
|
|
|
|
Do not turn the direct addressing mode into extended addressing mode
|
|
|
|
when the instruction does not support direct addressing mode.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --print-insn-syntax
|
|
|
|
Print the syntax of instruction in case of error.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --print-opcodes
|
|
|
|
print the list of instructions with syntax and then exit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --generate-example
|
|
|
|
print an example of instruction for each possible instruction and then exit.
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
This option is only useful for testing @command{@value{AS}}.
|
2000-06-19 01:22:44 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset SPARC
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
The following options are available when @command{@value{AS}} is configured
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
for the SPARC architecture:
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -Av6 | -Av7 | -Av8 | -Asparclet | -Asparclite
|
|
|
|
@itemx -Av8plus | -Av8plusa | -Av9 | -Av9a
|
|
|
|
Explicitly select a variant of the SPARC architecture.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@samp{-Av8plus} and @samp{-Av8plusa} select a 32 bit environment.
|
|
|
|
@samp{-Av9} and @samp{-Av9a} select a 64 bit environment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@samp{-Av8plusa} and @samp{-Av9a} enable the SPARC V9 instruction set with
|
|
|
|
UltraSPARC extensions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -xarch=v8plus | -xarch=v8plusa
|
|
|
|
For compatibility with the Solaris v9 assembler. These options are
|
|
|
|
equivalent to -Av8plus and -Av8plusa, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -bump
|
|
|
|
Warn when the assembler switches to another architecture.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-20 13:52:32 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset TIC54X
|
|
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for the 'c54x
|
|
|
|
architecture.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
2000-06-20 13:52:32 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mfar-mode
|
|
|
|
Enable extended addressing mode. All addresses and relocations will assume
|
|
|
|
extended addressing (usually 23 bits).
|
|
|
|
@item -mcpu=@var{CPU_VERSION}
|
|
|
|
Sets the CPU version being compiled for.
|
|
|
|
@item -merrors-to-file @var{FILENAME}
|
|
|
|
Redirect error output to a file, for broken systems which don't support such
|
|
|
|
behaviour in the shell.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset MIPS
|
|
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
|
2002-06-07 23:07:19 +00:00
|
|
|
a @sc{mips} processor.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -G @var{num}
|
|
|
|
This option sets the largest size of an object that can be referenced
|
|
|
|
implicitly with the @code{gp} register. It is only accepted for targets that
|
|
|
|
use ECOFF format, such as a DECstation running Ultrix. The default value is 8.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex MIPS endianness
|
|
|
|
@cindex endianness, MIPS
|
|
|
|
@cindex big endian output, MIPS
|
|
|
|
@item -EB
|
|
|
|
Generate ``big endian'' format output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex little endian output, MIPS
|
|
|
|
@item -EL
|
|
|
|
Generate ``little endian'' format output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex MIPS ISA
|
|
|
|
@item -mips1
|
|
|
|
@itemx -mips2
|
|
|
|
@itemx -mips3
|
2000-12-01 21:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
@itemx -mips4
|
2002-06-07 23:07:19 +00:00
|
|
|
@itemx -mips5
|
2000-12-01 21:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
@itemx -mips32
|
[ bfd/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,machine_type)): Add bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2 case.
* archures.c (bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2): New define.
* bfd-in2.h: Regenerate.
* cpu-mips.c (I_mipsisa32r2): New enum value.
(arch_info_struct): Add entry for I_mipsisa32r2.
* elfxx-mips.c (elf_mips_isa, _bfd_elf_mips_mach)
(_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data): Handle E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2.
(_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing): Add
bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2 case.
(_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): Handle merging of
binaries marked as using MIPS32 Release 2.
[ binutils/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* doc/binutils.texi (objdump): Note MIPS HWR (Hardware Register)
changes in MIPS -M options.
[ gas/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* configure.in: Recognize mipsisa32r2, mipsisa32r2el, and
CPU variants.
* configure: Regenerate.
* config/tc-mips.c (ISA_HAS_DROR, ISA_HAS_ROR): New defines.
(macro_build): Handle "K" operand.
(macro2): Use ISA_HAS_DROR and ISA_HAS_ROR in the places where
CPU_HAS_DROR and CPU_HAS_ROR are currently used.
(mips_ip): New variable "lastpos", and implement "+A", "+B",
and "+C" operands for MIPS32 Release 2 ins/ext instructions.
Implement "K" operand for MIPS32 Release 2 rdhwr instruction.
(validate_mips_insn): Implement "+" as a way to extend the
allowed operands, and implement "K", "+A", "+B", and "+C"
operands.
(OPTION_MIPS32R2): New define.
(md_longopts): Add entry for OPTION_MIPS32R2.
(OPTION_ELF_BASE): Adjust to accomodate OPTIONS_MIPS32R2.
(md_parse_option): Handle OPTION_MIPS32R2.
(s_mipsset): Reimplement handling of ".set mipsN" options
and add support for ".set mips32r2".
(mips_cpu_info_table): Add entry for "mips32r2" (MIPS32 Release 2).
(md_show_usage): Document "-mips32r2" option.
* doc/as.texinfo: Document "-mips32r2" option.
* doc/c-mips.texi: Likewise.
[ gas/testsuite/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* gas/mips/cp0-names-mips32r2.d: New test.
* gas/mips/hwr-names-mips32r2.d: New test.
* gas/mips/hwr-names-numeric.d: New test.
* gas/mips/hwr-names.s: New test source file.
* gas/mips/mips32r2.d: New test.
* gas/mips/mips32r2.s: New test source file.
* gas/mips/mips32r2-ill.l: New test.
* gas/mips/mips32r2-ill.s: New test source file.
* gas/mips/mips.exp: Add mips32r2 architecture data array
entry. Run new tests mentioned above.
[ include/elf/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h (E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2): New define.
[ include/opcode/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h: Document "+" as the start of two-character operand
type names, and add new "K", "+A", "+B", and "+C" operand types.
(OP_MASK_INSMSB, OP_SH_INSMSB, OP_MASK_EXTMSB)
(OP_SH_EXTMSB, INSN_ISA32R2, ISA_MIPS32R2, CPU_MIPS32R2): New
defines.
[ opcodes/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips-dis.c (mips_cp0_names_mips3264r2, mips_hwr_names_numeric)
(mips_hwr_names_mips3264r2): New arrays.
(mips_arch_choice): New "hwr_names" member.
(mips_arch_choices): Adjust for structure change, and add a new
entry for "mips32r2" ISA.
(mips_hwr_names): New variable.
(set_default_mips_dis_options): Set mips_hwr_names.
(parse_mips_dis_option): New "hwr-names" option which sets
mips_hwr_names, and adjust "reg-names=ARCH" to set mips_hwr_names.
(print_insn_arg): Change return type to "int"
and use that to indicate number of characters consumed.
Add support for "+" operand extension character, "+A", "+B",
"+C", and "K" operands.
(print_insn_mips): Adjust for changes to print_insn_arg.
(print_mips_disassembler_options): Adjust for "hwr-names"
addition and "reg-names" change.
* mips-opc (I33): New define (shorthand for INSN_ISA32R2).
(mips_builtin_opcodes): Note that "nop" and "ssnop" are special
forms of "sll". Add new MIPS32 Release 2 instructions: ehb,
di, ei, ext, ins, jr.hb, jalr.hb, mfhc1, mfhc2, mthc1, mthc2,
rdhwr, rdpgpr, seb, seh, synci, wrpgpr, wsbh.
Note that hardware rotate instructions (ror, rorv) can be
used on MIPS32 Release 2, and add the official mnemonics
for them (rotr, rotrv) and the similar "rotl" mnemonic for
left-rotate.
2002-12-31 07:29:29 +00:00
|
|
|
@itemx -mips32r2
|
2001-10-17 19:16:16 +00:00
|
|
|
@itemx -mips64
|
[ bfd/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* archures.c (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2): New define.
* bfd-in2.h: Regenerate.
* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,machine_type)): Handle bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2.
* cpu-mips.c (I_mipsisa64r2): New enum value.
(arch_info_struct): Add entry for I_mipsisa64r2.
* elfxx-mips.c (_bfd_elf_mips_mach)
(_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data): Handle E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2.
(mips_set_isa_flags): Add bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 case.
(mips_mach_extensions): Add entry for bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2.
[ binutils/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* readelf.c (get_machine_flags): Handle E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2.
[ gas/Changelog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* configure.in (mipsisa64r2, mipsisa64r2el, mipsisa64r2*): New CPUs.
* configure: Regenerate.
* config/tc-mips.c (imm2_expr): New variable.
(md_assemble, mips16_ip): Initialize imm2_expr.
(ISA_HAS_64BIT_REGS, ISA_HAS_DROR, ISA_HAS_ROR): Add ISA_MIPS64R2.
(macro_build): Handle +A, +B, +C, +E, +F, +G, and +H format operands.
(macro): Handle M_DEXT and M_DINS.
(validate_mips_insn): Handle +E, +F, +G, +H, and +I format operands.
(mips_ip): Likewise.
(OPTION_MIPS64R2): New define.
(md_longopts): New entry for -mips64r2 (OPTION_MIPS64R2).
OPTION_ASE_BASE): Increase to compensate for OPTION_MIPS64R2.
(md_parse_option): Handle OPTION_MIPS64R2.
(s_mipsset): Handle setting "mips64r2" ISA.
(mips_cpu_info_table): Add mips64r2.
(md_show_usage): Document -mips64r2 option.
* doc/as.texinfo: Docuemnt -mips64r2 option.
* doc/c-mips.texi: Likewise.
[ gas/testsuite/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* gas/mips/cp0-names-mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/cp0sel-names-mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/elf_arch_mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/hwr-names-mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/mips32r2-ill-fp64.l: New file.
* gas/mips/mips32r2-ill-fp64.s: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2-ill.l: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2-ill.s: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2.s: New file.
* gas/mips/mips.exp: Define "mips64r2" arch, and run new tests.
[ include/elf/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h (E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2): New define.
[ include/opcode/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h: Document +E, +F, +G, +H, and +I operand types.
Update documentation of I, +B and +C operand types.
(INSN_ISA64R2, ISA_MIPS64R2, CPU_MIPS64R2): New defines.
(M_DEXT, M_DINS): New enum values.
[ ld/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* ldmain.c (get_emulation): Ignore "-mips64r2".
[ ld/testsuite/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* ld-mips-elf/mips-elf-flags.exp: Add tests for combinations
with MIPS64r2.
[ opcodes/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips-dis.c (mips_arch_choices): Add entry for "mips64r2"
(print_insn_args): Add handing for +E, +F, +G, and +H.
* mips-opc.c (I65): New define for MIPS64r2.
(mips_builtin_opcodes): Add "dext", "dextm", "dextu", "dins",
"dinsm", "dinsu", "drotl", "drotr", "drotr32", "drotrv", "dsbh",
and "dshd" for MIPS64r2. Adjust "dror", "dror32", and "drorv" to
be supported on MIPS64r2.
2003-09-30 16:17:15 +00:00
|
|
|
@itemx -mips64r2
|
2002-06-07 23:07:19 +00:00
|
|
|
Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} Instruction Set Architecture level.
|
|
|
|
@samp{-mips1} is an alias for @samp{-march=r3000}, @samp{-mips2} is an
|
|
|
|
alias for @samp{-march=r6000}, @samp{-mips3} is an alias for
|
|
|
|
@samp{-march=r4000} and @samp{-mips4} is an alias for @samp{-march=r8000}.
|
[ bfd/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* archures.c (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2): New define.
* bfd-in2.h: Regenerate.
* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,machine_type)): Handle bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2.
* cpu-mips.c (I_mipsisa64r2): New enum value.
(arch_info_struct): Add entry for I_mipsisa64r2.
* elfxx-mips.c (_bfd_elf_mips_mach)
(_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data): Handle E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2.
(mips_set_isa_flags): Add bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 case.
(mips_mach_extensions): Add entry for bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2.
[ binutils/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* readelf.c (get_machine_flags): Handle E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2.
[ gas/Changelog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* configure.in (mipsisa64r2, mipsisa64r2el, mipsisa64r2*): New CPUs.
* configure: Regenerate.
* config/tc-mips.c (imm2_expr): New variable.
(md_assemble, mips16_ip): Initialize imm2_expr.
(ISA_HAS_64BIT_REGS, ISA_HAS_DROR, ISA_HAS_ROR): Add ISA_MIPS64R2.
(macro_build): Handle +A, +B, +C, +E, +F, +G, and +H format operands.
(macro): Handle M_DEXT and M_DINS.
(validate_mips_insn): Handle +E, +F, +G, +H, and +I format operands.
(mips_ip): Likewise.
(OPTION_MIPS64R2): New define.
(md_longopts): New entry for -mips64r2 (OPTION_MIPS64R2).
OPTION_ASE_BASE): Increase to compensate for OPTION_MIPS64R2.
(md_parse_option): Handle OPTION_MIPS64R2.
(s_mipsset): Handle setting "mips64r2" ISA.
(mips_cpu_info_table): Add mips64r2.
(md_show_usage): Document -mips64r2 option.
* doc/as.texinfo: Docuemnt -mips64r2 option.
* doc/c-mips.texi: Likewise.
[ gas/testsuite/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* gas/mips/cp0-names-mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/cp0sel-names-mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/elf_arch_mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/hwr-names-mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/mips32r2-ill-fp64.l: New file.
* gas/mips/mips32r2-ill-fp64.s: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2-ill.l: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2-ill.s: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2.s: New file.
* gas/mips/mips.exp: Define "mips64r2" arch, and run new tests.
[ include/elf/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h (E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2): New define.
[ include/opcode/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h: Document +E, +F, +G, +H, and +I operand types.
Update documentation of I, +B and +C operand types.
(INSN_ISA64R2, ISA_MIPS64R2, CPU_MIPS64R2): New defines.
(M_DEXT, M_DINS): New enum values.
[ ld/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* ldmain.c (get_emulation): Ignore "-mips64r2".
[ ld/testsuite/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* ld-mips-elf/mips-elf-flags.exp: Add tests for combinations
with MIPS64r2.
[ opcodes/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips-dis.c (mips_arch_choices): Add entry for "mips64r2"
(print_insn_args): Add handing for +E, +F, +G, and +H.
* mips-opc.c (I65): New define for MIPS64r2.
(mips_builtin_opcodes): Add "dext", "dextm", "dextu", "dins",
"dinsm", "dinsu", "drotl", "drotr", "drotr32", "drotrv", "dsbh",
and "dshd" for MIPS64r2. Adjust "dror", "dror32", and "drorv" to
be supported on MIPS64r2.
2003-09-30 16:17:15 +00:00
|
|
|
@samp{-mips5}, @samp{-mips32}, @samp{-mips32r2}, @samp{-mips64}, and
|
|
|
|
@samp{-mips64r2}
|
[ bfd/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,machine_type)): Add bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2 case.
* archures.c (bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2): New define.
* bfd-in2.h: Regenerate.
* cpu-mips.c (I_mipsisa32r2): New enum value.
(arch_info_struct): Add entry for I_mipsisa32r2.
* elfxx-mips.c (elf_mips_isa, _bfd_elf_mips_mach)
(_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data): Handle E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2.
(_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing): Add
bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2 case.
(_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data): Handle merging of
binaries marked as using MIPS32 Release 2.
[ binutils/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* doc/binutils.texi (objdump): Note MIPS HWR (Hardware Register)
changes in MIPS -M options.
[ gas/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* configure.in: Recognize mipsisa32r2, mipsisa32r2el, and
CPU variants.
* configure: Regenerate.
* config/tc-mips.c (ISA_HAS_DROR, ISA_HAS_ROR): New defines.
(macro_build): Handle "K" operand.
(macro2): Use ISA_HAS_DROR and ISA_HAS_ROR in the places where
CPU_HAS_DROR and CPU_HAS_ROR are currently used.
(mips_ip): New variable "lastpos", and implement "+A", "+B",
and "+C" operands for MIPS32 Release 2 ins/ext instructions.
Implement "K" operand for MIPS32 Release 2 rdhwr instruction.
(validate_mips_insn): Implement "+" as a way to extend the
allowed operands, and implement "K", "+A", "+B", and "+C"
operands.
(OPTION_MIPS32R2): New define.
(md_longopts): Add entry for OPTION_MIPS32R2.
(OPTION_ELF_BASE): Adjust to accomodate OPTIONS_MIPS32R2.
(md_parse_option): Handle OPTION_MIPS32R2.
(s_mipsset): Reimplement handling of ".set mipsN" options
and add support for ".set mips32r2".
(mips_cpu_info_table): Add entry for "mips32r2" (MIPS32 Release 2).
(md_show_usage): Document "-mips32r2" option.
* doc/as.texinfo: Document "-mips32r2" option.
* doc/c-mips.texi: Likewise.
[ gas/testsuite/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* gas/mips/cp0-names-mips32r2.d: New test.
* gas/mips/hwr-names-mips32r2.d: New test.
* gas/mips/hwr-names-numeric.d: New test.
* gas/mips/hwr-names.s: New test source file.
* gas/mips/mips32r2.d: New test.
* gas/mips/mips32r2.s: New test source file.
* gas/mips/mips32r2-ill.l: New test.
* gas/mips/mips32r2-ill.s: New test source file.
* gas/mips/mips.exp: Add mips32r2 architecture data array
entry. Run new tests mentioned above.
[ include/elf/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h (E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2): New define.
[ include/opcode/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h: Document "+" as the start of two-character operand
type names, and add new "K", "+A", "+B", and "+C" operand types.
(OP_MASK_INSMSB, OP_SH_INSMSB, OP_MASK_EXTMSB)
(OP_SH_EXTMSB, INSN_ISA32R2, ISA_MIPS32R2, CPU_MIPS32R2): New
defines.
[ opcodes/ChangeLog ]
2002-12-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips-dis.c (mips_cp0_names_mips3264r2, mips_hwr_names_numeric)
(mips_hwr_names_mips3264r2): New arrays.
(mips_arch_choice): New "hwr_names" member.
(mips_arch_choices): Adjust for structure change, and add a new
entry for "mips32r2" ISA.
(mips_hwr_names): New variable.
(set_default_mips_dis_options): Set mips_hwr_names.
(parse_mips_dis_option): New "hwr-names" option which sets
mips_hwr_names, and adjust "reg-names=ARCH" to set mips_hwr_names.
(print_insn_arg): Change return type to "int"
and use that to indicate number of characters consumed.
Add support for "+" operand extension character, "+A", "+B",
"+C", and "K" operands.
(print_insn_mips): Adjust for changes to print_insn_arg.
(print_mips_disassembler_options): Adjust for "hwr-names"
addition and "reg-names" change.
* mips-opc (I33): New define (shorthand for INSN_ISA32R2).
(mips_builtin_opcodes): Note that "nop" and "ssnop" are special
forms of "sll". Add new MIPS32 Release 2 instructions: ehb,
di, ei, ext, ins, jr.hb, jalr.hb, mfhc1, mfhc2, mthc1, mthc2,
rdhwr, rdpgpr, seb, seh, synci, wrpgpr, wsbh.
Note that hardware rotate instructions (ror, rorv) can be
used on MIPS32 Release 2, and add the official mnemonics
for them (rotr, rotrv) and the similar "rotl" mnemonic for
left-rotate.
2002-12-31 07:29:29 +00:00
|
|
|
correspond to generic
|
[ bfd/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* archures.c (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2): New define.
* bfd-in2.h: Regenerate.
* aoutx.h (NAME(aout,machine_type)): Handle bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2.
* cpu-mips.c (I_mipsisa64r2): New enum value.
(arch_info_struct): Add entry for I_mipsisa64r2.
* elfxx-mips.c (_bfd_elf_mips_mach)
(_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data): Handle E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2.
(mips_set_isa_flags): Add bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 case.
(mips_mach_extensions): Add entry for bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2.
[ binutils/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* readelf.c (get_machine_flags): Handle E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2.
[ gas/Changelog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* configure.in (mipsisa64r2, mipsisa64r2el, mipsisa64r2*): New CPUs.
* configure: Regenerate.
* config/tc-mips.c (imm2_expr): New variable.
(md_assemble, mips16_ip): Initialize imm2_expr.
(ISA_HAS_64BIT_REGS, ISA_HAS_DROR, ISA_HAS_ROR): Add ISA_MIPS64R2.
(macro_build): Handle +A, +B, +C, +E, +F, +G, and +H format operands.
(macro): Handle M_DEXT and M_DINS.
(validate_mips_insn): Handle +E, +F, +G, +H, and +I format operands.
(mips_ip): Likewise.
(OPTION_MIPS64R2): New define.
(md_longopts): New entry for -mips64r2 (OPTION_MIPS64R2).
OPTION_ASE_BASE): Increase to compensate for OPTION_MIPS64R2.
(md_parse_option): Handle OPTION_MIPS64R2.
(s_mipsset): Handle setting "mips64r2" ISA.
(mips_cpu_info_table): Add mips64r2.
(md_show_usage): Document -mips64r2 option.
* doc/as.texinfo: Docuemnt -mips64r2 option.
* doc/c-mips.texi: Likewise.
[ gas/testsuite/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* gas/mips/cp0-names-mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/cp0sel-names-mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/elf_arch_mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/hwr-names-mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/mips32r2-ill-fp64.l: New file.
* gas/mips/mips32r2-ill-fp64.s: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2-ill.l: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2-ill.s: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2.d: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64r2.s: New file.
* gas/mips/mips.exp: Define "mips64r2" arch, and run new tests.
[ include/elf/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h (E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2): New define.
[ include/opcode/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h: Document +E, +F, +G, +H, and +I operand types.
Update documentation of I, +B and +C operand types.
(INSN_ISA64R2, ISA_MIPS64R2, CPU_MIPS64R2): New defines.
(M_DEXT, M_DINS): New enum values.
[ ld/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* ldmain.c (get_emulation): Ignore "-mips64r2".
[ ld/testsuite/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* ld-mips-elf/mips-elf-flags.exp: Add tests for combinations
with MIPS64r2.
[ opcodes/ChangeLog ]
2003-09-30 Chris Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips-dis.c (mips_arch_choices): Add entry for "mips64r2"
(print_insn_args): Add handing for +E, +F, +G, and +H.
* mips-opc.c (I65): New define for MIPS64r2.
(mips_builtin_opcodes): Add "dext", "dextm", "dextu", "dins",
"dinsm", "dinsu", "drotl", "drotr", "drotr32", "drotrv", "dsbh",
and "dshd" for MIPS64r2. Adjust "dror", "dror32", and "drorv" to
be supported on MIPS64r2.
2003-09-30 16:17:15 +00:00
|
|
|
@samp{MIPS V}, @samp{MIPS32}, @samp{MIPS32 Release 2}, @samp{MIPS64},
|
|
|
|
and @samp{MIPS64 Release 2}
|
|
|
|
ISA processors, respectively.
|
2002-06-07 23:07:19 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -march=@var{CPU}
|
|
|
|
Generate code for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -mtune=@var{cpu}
|
|
|
|
Schedule and tune for a particular @sc{mips} cpu.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -mfix7000
|
|
|
|
@itemx -mno-fix7000
|
|
|
|
Cause nops to be inserted if the read of the destination register
|
|
|
|
of an mfhi or mflo instruction occurs in the following two instructions.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-14 14:08:54 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mdebug
|
|
|
|
@itemx -no-mdebug
|
|
|
|
Cause stabs-style debugging output to go into an ECOFF-style .mdebug
|
|
|
|
section instead of the standard ELF .stabs sections.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-07-28 20:06:27 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mpdr
|
|
|
|
@itemx -mno-pdr
|
|
|
|
Control generation of @code{.pdr} sections.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-07 23:07:19 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mgp32
|
|
|
|
@itemx -mfp32
|
|
|
|
The register sizes are normally inferred from the ISA and ABI, but these
|
|
|
|
flags force a certain group of registers to be treated as 32 bits wide at
|
|
|
|
all times. @samp{-mgp32} controls the size of general-purpose registers
|
|
|
|
and @samp{-mfp32} controls the size of floating-point registers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -mips16
|
|
|
|
@itemx -no-mips16
|
|
|
|
Generate code for the MIPS 16 processor. This is equivalent to putting
|
|
|
|
@code{.set mips16} at the start of the assembly file. @samp{-no-mips16}
|
|
|
|
turns off this option.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-03-16 03:09:19 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mips3d
|
|
|
|
@itemx -no-mips3d
|
|
|
|
Generate code for the MIPS-3D Application Specific Extension.
|
|
|
|
This tells the assembler to accept MIPS-3D instructions.
|
|
|
|
@samp{-no-mips3d} turns off this option.
|
|
|
|
|
[ gas/ChangeLog ]
2002-05-30 Chris G. Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
Ed Satterthwaite <ehs@broadcom.com>
* config/tc-mips.c (mips_set_options): New "ase_mdmx" member.
(mips_opts): Initialize "ase_mdmx" member.
(file_ase_mdmx): New variable.
(CPU_HAS_MDMX): New macro.
(md_begin): Initialize mips_opts.ase_mdmx and file_ase_mdmx
based on command line options and configuration defaults.
(macro_build): Note in comment that use of MDMX in macros is
not currently allowed.
(validate_mips_insn): Add support for the "O", "Q", "X", "Y", and
"Z" MDMX operand types.
(mips_ip): Accept MDMX instructions if mips_opts.ase_mdmx is set,
and add support for the "O", "Q", "X", "Y", and "Z" MDMX operand
types.
(OPTION_MDMX, OPTION_NO_MDMX, md_longopts, md_parse_option):
Add support for "-mdmx" and "-no-mdmx" options.
(OPTION_ELF_BASE): Move to accomodate new options.
(s_mipsset): Support ".set mdmx" and ".set nomdmx".
(mips_elf_final_processing): Set MDMX ASE ELF header flag if
file_ase_mdmx was set.
* doc/as.texinfo: Document -mdmx and -no-mdmx options.
* doc/c-mips.texi: Likewise, and document ".set mdmx" and ".set
nomdmx" directives.
[ gas/testsuite/ChangeLog ]
2002-05-30 Chris G. Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* gas/mips/mips64-mdmx.s: New file.
* gas/mips/mips64-mdmx.d: Likewise.
* gas/mips/mips.exp: Run new "mips64-mdmx" test.
[ include/opcode/ChangeLog ]
2002-05-30 Chris G. Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
* mips.h (OP_SH_ALN, OP_MASK_ALN, OP_SH_VSEL, OP_MASK_VSEL)
(MDMX_FMTSEL_IMM_QH, MDMX_FMTSEL_IMM_OB, MDMX_FMTSEL_VEC_QH)
(MDMX_FMTSEL_VEC_OB, INSN_READ_MDMX_ACC, INSN_WRITE_MDMX_ACC)
(INSN_MDMX): New constants, for MDMX support.
(opcode character list): Add "O", "Q", "X", "Y", and "Z" for MDMX.
[ opcodes/ChangeLog ]
2002-05-30 Chris G. Demetriou <cgd@broadcom.com>
Ed Satterthwaite <ehs@broadcom.com>
* mips-dis.c (print_insn_arg): Add support for 'O', 'Q', 'X', 'Y',
and 'Z' formats, for MDMX.
(mips_isa_type): Add MDMX instructions to the ISA
bit mask for bfd_mach_mipsisa64.
* mips-opc.c: Add support for MDMX instructions.
(MX): New definition.
* mips-dis.c: Update copyright years to include 2002.
2002-05-31 01:17:18 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mdmx
|
|
|
|
@itemx -no-mdmx
|
|
|
|
Generate code for the MDMX Application Specific Extension.
|
|
|
|
This tells the assembler to accept MDMX instructions.
|
|
|
|
@samp{-no-mdmx} turns off this option.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-06-07 23:07:19 +00:00
|
|
|
@item --construct-floats
|
|
|
|
@itemx --no-construct-floats
|
|
|
|
The @samp{--no-construct-floats} option disables the construction of
|
|
|
|
double width floating point constants by loading the two halves of the
|
|
|
|
value into the two single width floating point registers that make up
|
|
|
|
the double width register. By default @samp{--construct-floats} is
|
|
|
|
selected, allowing construction of these floating point constants.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex emulation
|
|
|
|
@item --emulation=@var{name}
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
This option causes @command{@value{AS}} to emulate @command{@value{AS}} configured
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
for some other target, in all respects, including output format (choosing
|
|
|
|
between ELF and ECOFF only), handling of pseudo-opcodes which may generate
|
|
|
|
debugging information or store symbol table information, and default
|
|
|
|
endianness. The available configuration names are: @samp{mipsecoff},
|
|
|
|
@samp{mipself}, @samp{mipslecoff}, @samp{mipsbecoff}, @samp{mipslelf},
|
|
|
|
@samp{mipsbelf}. The first two do not alter the default endianness from that
|
|
|
|
of the primary target for which the assembler was configured; the others change
|
|
|
|
the default to little- or big-endian as indicated by the @samp{b} or @samp{l}
|
|
|
|
in the name. Using @samp{-EB} or @samp{-EL} will override the endianness
|
|
|
|
selection in any case.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This option is currently supported only when the primary target
|
2002-06-07 23:07:19 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} is configured for is a @sc{mips} ELF or ECOFF target.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Furthermore, the primary target or others specified with
|
|
|
|
@samp{--enable-targets=@dots{}} at configuration time must include support for
|
|
|
|
the other format, if both are to be available. For example, the Irix 5
|
|
|
|
configuration includes support for both.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eventually, this option will support more configurations, with more
|
|
|
|
fine-grained control over the assembler's behavior, and will be supported for
|
|
|
|
more processors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -nocpp
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} ignores this option. It is accepted for compatibility with
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
the native tools.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --trap
|
|
|
|
@itemx --no-trap
|
|
|
|
@itemx --break
|
|
|
|
@itemx --no-break
|
|
|
|
Control how to deal with multiplication overflow and division by zero.
|
|
|
|
@samp{--trap} or @samp{--no-break} (which are synonyms) take a trap exception
|
|
|
|
(and only work for Instruction Set Architecture level 2 and higher);
|
|
|
|
@samp{--break} or @samp{--no-trap} (also synonyms, and the default) take a
|
|
|
|
break exception.
|
2001-06-11 20:40:36 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -n
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
When this option is used, @command{@value{AS}} will issue a warning every
|
2001-06-11 20:40:36 +00:00
|
|
|
time it generates a nop instruction from a macro.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset MCORE
|
|
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
|
|
|
|
an MCore processor.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -jsri2bsr
|
|
|
|
@itemx -nojsri2bsr
|
|
|
|
Enable or disable the JSRI to BSR transformation. By default this is enabled.
|
|
|
|
The command line option @samp{-nojsri2bsr} can be used to disable it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -sifilter
|
|
|
|
@itemx -nosifilter
|
|
|
|
Enable or disable the silicon filter behaviour. By default this is disabled.
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
The default can be overridden by the @samp{-sifilter} command line option.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -relax
|
|
|
|
Alter jump instructions for long displacements.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-09 20:25:17 +00:00
|
|
|
@item -mcpu=[210|340]
|
|
|
|
Select the cpu type on the target hardware. This controls which instructions
|
|
|
|
can be assembled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -EB
|
|
|
|
Assemble for a big endian target.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item -EL
|
|
|
|
Assemble for a little endian target.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-30 15:20:14 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset MMIX
|
|
|
|
See the info pages for documentation of the MMIX-specific options.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2003-04-01 15:50:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset XTENSA
|
|
|
|
The following options are available when @value{AS} is configured for
|
|
|
|
an Xtensa processor.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
|
|
|
@item --text-section-literals | --no-text-section-literals
|
|
|
|
With @option{--text-@-section-@-literals}, literal pools are interspersed
|
|
|
|
in the text section. The default is
|
|
|
|
@option{--no-@-text-@-section-@-literals}, which places literals in a
|
bfd ChangeLog
* elf32-xtensa.c (elf32xtensa_size_opt): New global variable.
(xtensa_default_isa): Global variable moved here from xtensa-isa.c.
(elf32xtensa_no_literal_movement): New global variable.
(elf_howto_table): Add entries for new relocations.
(elf_xtensa_reloc_type_lookup): Handle new relocations.
(property_table_compare): When addresses are equal, compare sizes and
various property flags.
(property_table_matches): New.
(xtensa_read_table_entries): Extend to read new property tables. Add
output_addr parameter to indicate that output addresses should be used.
Use bfd_get_section_limit.
(elf_xtensa_find_property_entry): New.
(elf_xtensa_in_literal_pool): Use elf_xtensa_find_property_entry.
(elf_xtensa_check_relocs): Handle new relocations.
(elf_xtensa_do_reloc): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Handle new
relocations. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(build_encoding_error_message): Remove encode_result parameter. Add
new target_address parameter used to detect alignment errors.
(elf_xtensa_relocate_section): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Clean up
error handling. Use new is_operand_relocation function.
(elf_xtensa_combine_prop_entries, elf_xtensa_merge_private_bfd_data):
Use underbar macro for error messages. Formatting.
(get_const16_opcode): New.
(get_l32r_opcode): Add a separate flag for initialization.
(get_relocation_opnd): Operand number is no longer explicit in the
relocation. Change to decode the opcode and analyze its operands.
(get_relocation_slot): New.
(get_relocation_opcode): Add bfd parameter. Use bfd_get_section_limit.
Use new xtensa-isa.h functions to handle multislot instructions.
(is_l32r_relocation): Add bfd parameter. Use is_operand_relocation.
(get_asm_simplify_size, is_alt_relocation, is_operand_relocation,
insn_decode_len, insn_decode_opcode, check_branch_target_aligned,
check_loop_aligned, check_branch_target_aligned_address, narrowable,
widenable, narrow_instruction, widen_instruction, op_single_fmt_table,
get_single_format, init_op_single_format_table): New.
(elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify): Add error_message parameter and use it
instead of calling _bfd_error_handler. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(contract_asm_expansion): Add error_message parameter and pass it to
elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify. Replace use of R_XTENSA_OP0 relocation
with R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP.
(get_expanded_call_opcode): Extend to handle either L32R or CONST16
instructions. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(r_reloc struct): Add new virtual_offset field.
(r_reloc_init): Add contents and content_length parameters. Set
virtual_offset field to zero. Add contents to target_offset field for
partial_inplace relocations.
(r_reloc_is_defined): Check for null.
(print_r_reloc): New debug function.
(source_reloc struct): Replace xtensa_operand field with pair of the
opcode and the operand position. Add is_abs_literal field.
(init_source_reloc): Specify operand by opcode/position pair. Set
is_abs_literal field.
(source_reloc_compare): When target_offsets are equal, compare other
fields to make sorting predictable.
(literal_value struct): Add is_abs_literal field.
(value_map_hash_table struct): Add has_last_loc and last_loc fields.
(init_literal_value): New.
(is_same_value): Replace with ...
(literal_value_equal): ... this function. Add comparisons of
virtual_offset and is_abs_literal fields.
(value_map_hash_table_init): Use bfd_zmalloc. Check for allocation
failure. Initialize has_last_loc field.
(value_map_hash_table_delete): New.
(hash_literal_value): Rename to ...
(literal_value_hash): ... this. Include is_abs_literal flag and
virtual_offset field in the hash value.
(get_cached_value): Rename to ...
(value_map_get_cached_value): ... this. Update calls to
literal_value_hash and literal_value_equal.
(add_value_map): Check for allocation failure. Update calls to
value_map_get_cached_value and literal_value_hash.
(text_action, text_action_list, text_action_t): New types.
(find_fill_action, compute_removed_action_diff, adjust_fill_action,
text_action_add, text_action_add_literal, offset_with_removed_text,
offset_with_removed_text_before_fill, find_insn_action,
print_action_list, print_removed_literals): New.
(offset_with_removed_literals): Delete.
(xtensa_relax_info struct): Add is_relaxable_asm_section, action_list,
fix_array, fix_array_count, allocated_relocs, relocs_count, and
allocated_relocs_count fields.
(init_xtensa_relax_info): Initialize new fields.
(reloc_bfd_fix struct): Add new translated field.
(reloc_bfd_fix_init): Add translated parameter and use it to set the
translated field.
(fix_compare, cache_fix_array): New.
(get_bfd_fix): Remove fix_list parameter and get all relax_info for the
section via get_xtensa_relax_info. Use cache_fix_array to set up
sorted fix_array and use bsearch instead of linear search.
(section_cache_t): New struct.
(init_section_cache, section_cache_section, clear_section_cache): New.
(ebb_t, ebb_target_enum, proposed_action, ebb_constraint): New types.
(init_ebb_constraint, free_ebb_constraint, init_ebb, extend_ebb_bounds,
extend_ebb_bounds_forward, extend_ebb_bounds_backward,
insn_block_decodable_len, ebb_propose_action, ebb_add_proposed_action):
New.
(retrieve_contents): Use bfd_get_section_limit.
(elf_xtensa_relax_section): Add relocations_analyzed flag. Update call
to compute_removed_literals. Free value_map_hash_table when no longer
needed.
(analyze_relocations): Check is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Call
compute_text_actions for all sections.
(find_relaxable_sections): Mark sections as relaxable if they contain
ASM_EXPAND relocations that can be optimized. Adjust r_reloc_init
call. Increment relax_info src_count field only for appropriate
relocation types. Remove is_literal_section check.
(collect_source_relocs): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Adjust calls to
r_reloc_init and find_associated_l32r_irel. Check
is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Handle L32R instructions with absolute
literals. Pass is_abs_literal flag to init_source_reloc.
(is_resolvable_asm_expansion): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Check for
CONST16 instructions. Adjust calls to r_reloc_init and
pcrel_reloc_fits. Handle weak symbols conservatively.
(find_associated_l32r_irel): Add bfd parameter and pass it to
is_l32r_relocation.
(compute_text_actions, compute_ebb_proposed_actions,
compute_ebb_actions, check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit,
check_section_ebb_reduces, text_action_add_proposed,
compute_fill_extra_space): New.
(remove_literals): Replace with ...
(compute_removed_literals): ... this function. Call
init_section_cache. Use bfd_get_section_limit. Sort internal_relocs.
Call xtensa_read_table_entries to get the property table. Skip
relocations other than R_XTENSA_32 and R_XTENSA_PLT. Use new
is_removable_literal, remove_dead_literal, and
identify_literal_placement functions.
(get_irel_at_offset): Rewrite to use bsearch on sorted relocations
instead of linear search.
(is_removable_literal, remove_dead_literal,
identify_literal_placement): New.
(relocations_reach): Update check for literal not referenced by any
PC-relative relocations. Adjust call to pcrel_reloc_fits.
(coalesce_shared_literal, move_shared_literal): New.
(relax_section): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Call
translate_section_fixes. Update calls to r_reloc_init and
offset_with_removed_text. Check new is_relaxable_asm_section flag.
Add call to pin_internal_relocs. Add special handling for
R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY and R_XTENSA_DIFF* relocs. Use virtual_offset
info to calculate new addend_displacement variable. Replace code for
deleting literals with more general code to perform the actions
determined by the action_list for the section.
(translate_section_fixes, translate_reloc_bfd_fix): New.
(translate_reloc): Check new is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Call
find_removed_literal only if is_operand_relocation. Update call to
offset_with_removed_text. Use new target_offset and removed_bytes
variables.
(move_literal): New.
(relax_property_section): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Set new
is_full_prop_section flag and handle new property tables. Update calls
to r_reloc_init and offset_with_removed_text. Check
is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Handle expansion of zero-sized
unreachable entries, with use of offset_with_removed_text_before_fill.
For relocatable links, combine entries only for literal tables.
(relax_section_symbols): Check is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Update
calls to offset_with_removed_text. Translate st_size field for
function symbols.
(do_fix_for_relocatable_link): Change to return bfd_boolean to indicate
failure. Add contents parameter. Update call to get_bfd_fix. Update
call to r_reloc_init. Call _bfd_error_handler and return FALSE for
R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND relocs.
(do_fix_for_final_link): Add input_bfd and contents parameters. Update
call to get_bfd_fix. Include offset from contents for partial_inplace
relocations.
(is_reloc_sym_weak): New.
(pcrel_reloc_fits): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(prop_sec_len): New.
(xtensa_is_property_section): Handle new property sections.
(is_literal_section): Delete.
(internal_reloc_compare): When r_offset matches, compare r_info and
r_addend to make sorting predictable.
(internal_reloc_matches): New.
(xtensa_get_property_section_name): Handle new property sections.
(xtensa_get_property_predef_flags): New.
(xtensa_callback_required_dependence): Use bfd_get_section_limit.
Update calls to xtensa_isa_init, is_l32r_relocation, and r_reloc_init.
* xtensa-isa.c (xtensa_default_isa): Moved to elf32-xtensa.c.
(xtisa_errno, xtisa_error_msg): New variables.
(xtensa_isa_errno, xtensa_isa_error_msg): New.
(xtensa_insnbuf_alloc): Add error handling.
(xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars): Add num_chars parameter. Update to
use xtensa_format_decode. Add error handling.
(xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars): Add num_chars parameter. Decode the
instruction length to find the number of bytes to copy.
(xtensa_isa_init): Add error handling. Replace calls to
xtensa_load_isa and xtensa_extend_isa with code to initialize lookup
tables in the xtensa_modules structure.
(xtensa_check_isa_config, xtensa_add_isa, xtensa_load_isa,
xtensa_extend_isa): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_free): Change to only free lookup tables.
(opname_lookup_compare): Replace with ...
(xtensa_isa_name_compare): ... this function. Use strcasecmp.
(xtensa_insn_maxlength): Rename to ...
(xtensa_isa_maxlength): ... this.
(xtensa_insn_length): Delete.
(xtensa_insn_length_from_first_byte): Replace with ...
(xtensa_isa_length_from_chars): ... this function.
(xtensa_num_opcodes): Rename to ...
(xtensa_isa_num_opcodes): ... this.
(xtensa_isa_num_pipe_stages, xtensa_isa_num_formats,
xtensa_isa_num_regfiles, xtensa_isa_num_stages,
xtensa_isa_num_sysregs, xtensa_isa_num_interfaces,
xtensa_isa_num_funcUnits, xtensa_format_name, xtensa_format_lookup,
xtensa_format_decode, xtensa_format_encode, xtensa_format_length,
xtensa_format_num_slots, xtensa_format_slot_nop_opcode,
xtensa_format_get_slot, xtensa_format_set_slot): New functions.
(xtensa_opcode_lookup): Add error handling.
(xtensa_decode_insn): Replace with ...
(xtensa_opcode_decode): ... this function, with new format and
slot parameters. Add error handling.
(xtensa_encode_insn): Replace with ...
(xtensa_opcode_encode): ... this function, which does the encoding via
one of the entries in the "encode_fns" array. Add error handling.
(xtensa_opcode_name): Add error handling.
(xtensa_opcode_is_branch, xtensa_opcode_is_jump, xtensa_opcode_is_loop,
xtensa_opcode_is_call): New.
(xtensa_num_operands): Replace with ...
(xtensa_opcode_num_operands): ... this function. Add error handling.
(xtensa_opcode_num_stateOperands,
xtensa_opcode_num_interfaceOperands, xtensa_opcode_num_funcUnit_uses,
xtensa_opcode_funcUnit_use, xtensa_operand_name,
xtensa_operand_is_visible): New.
(xtensa_get_operand, xtensa_operand_kind): Delete.
(xtensa_operand_inout): Add error handling and special-case for
"sout" operands.
(xtensa_operand_get_field, xtensa_operand_set_field): Rewritten to
operate on one slot of an instruction. Added error handling.
(xtensa_operand_encode): Handle default operands with no encoding
functions. Check for success by comparing against decoded value.
Add error handling.
(xtensa_operand_decode): Handle default operands. Return decoded value
through argument pointer. Add error handling.
(xtensa_operand_is_register, xtensa_operand_regfile,
xtensa_operand_num_regs, xtensa_operand_is_known_reg): New.
(xtensa_operand_isPCRelative): Rename to ...
(xtensa_operand_is_PCrelative): ... this. Add error handling.
(xtensa_operand_do_reloc, xtensa_operand_undo_reloc): Return value
through argument pointer. Add error handling.
(xtensa_stateOperand_state, xtensa_stateOperand_inout,
xtensa_interfaceOperand_interface, xtensa_regfile_lookup,
xtensa_regfile_lookup_shortname, xtensa_regfile_name,
xtensa_regfile_shortname, xtensa_regfile_view_parent,
xtensa_regfile_num_bits, xtensa_regfile_num_entries,
xtensa_state_lookup, xtensa_state_name, xtensa_state_num_bits,
xtensa_state_is_exported, xtensa_sysreg_lookup,
xtensa_sysreg_lookup_name, xtensa_sysreg_name, xtensa_sysreg_number,
xtensa_sysreg_is_user, xtensa_interface_lookup, xtensa_interface_name,
xtensa_interface_num_bits, xtensa_interface_inout,
xtensa_interface_has_side_effect, xtensa_funcUnit_lookup,
xtensa_funcUnit_name, xtensa_funcUnit_num_copies): New.
* xtensa-modules.c: Rewrite to use new data structures.
* reloc.c (BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF8, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF16,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF32, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT1_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT2_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT3_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT4_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT5_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT6_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT7_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT8_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT9_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT10_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT11_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT12_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT13_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT1_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT2_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT3_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT4_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT5_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT6_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT7_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT8_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT9_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT10_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT11_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT12_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT13_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT): Add new relocations.
* Makefile.am (xtensa-isa.lo, xtensa-modules.lo): Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
* bfd-in2.h: Likewise.
* libbfd.h: Likewise.
gas ChangeLog
* config/tc-xtensa.c (absolute_literals_supported): New global flag.
(UNREACHABLE_MAX_WIDTH): Define.
(XTENSA_FETCH_WIDTH): Delete.
(cur_vinsn, xtensa_fetch_width, xt_saved_debug_type, past_xtensa_end,
prefer_const16, prefer_l32r): New global variables.
(LIT4_SECTION_NAME): Define.
(lit4_state struct): Add lit4_seg_name and lit4_seg fields.
(XTENSA_PROP_*, GET_XTENSA_PROP_*, SET_XTENSA_PROP_*): Define.
(frag_flags struct): New.
(xtensa_block_info struct): Move from tc-xtensa.h. Add flags field.
(subseg_map struct): Add cur_total_freq and cur_target_freq fields.
(bitfield, bit_is_set, set_bit, clear_bit): Define.
(MAX_FORMATS): Define.
(op_placement_info struct, op_placement_table): New.
(O_pltrel, O_hi16, O_lo16): Define.
(directiveE enum): Rename directive_generics to directive_transform.
Delete directive_relax. Add directive_schedule,
directive_absolute_literals, and directive_last_directive.
(directive_info): Rename "generics" to "transform". Delete "relax".
Add "schedule" and "absolute-literals".
(directive_state): Adjust entries to match changes in directive_info.
(xtensa_relax_statesE, RELAX_IMMED_MAXSTEPS): Move to tc-xtensa.h.
(xtensa_const16_opcode, xtensa_movi_opcode, xtensa_movi_n_opcode,
xtensa_l32r_opcode, xtensa_nop_opcode, xtensa_rsr_lcount_opcode): New.
(xtensa_j_opcode, xtensa_rsr_opcode): Delete.
(align_only_targets, software_a0_b_retw_interlock,
software_avoid_b_j_loop_end, maybe_has_b_j_loop_end,
software_avoid_short_loop, software_avoid_close_loop_end,
software_avoid_all_short_loops, specific_opcode): Delete.
(warn_unaligned_branch_targets): New.
(workaround_a0_b_retw, workaround_b_j_loop_end, workaround_short_loop,
workaround_close_loop_end, workaround_all_short_loops): Default FALSE.
(option_[no_]link_relax, option_[no_]transform,
option_[no_]absolute_literals, option_warn_unaligned_targets,
option_prefer_l32r, option_prefer_const16, option_target_hardware):
New enum values.
(option_[no_]align_only_targets, option_literal_section_name,
option_text_section_name, option_data_section_name,
option_bss_section_name, option_eb, option_el): Delete.
(md_longopts): Add entries for: [no-]transform, [no-]absolute-literals,
warn-unaligned-targets, prefer-l32r, prefer-const16, [no-]link-relax,
and target-hardware. Delete entries for [no-]target-align-only,
literal-section-name, text-section-name, data-section-name, and
bss-section-name.
(md_parse_option): Handle new options and remove old ones. Accept but
ignore [no-]density options. Warn for [no-]generics and [no-]relax
and treat them as [no-]transform.
(md_show_usage): Add new options and remove old ones.
(xtensa_setup_hw_workarounds): New.
(md_pseudo_table): Change "word" entry to use xtensa_elf_cons. Add
"long", "short", "loc" and "frequency" entries.
(use_generics): Rename to ...
(use_transform): ... this function. Add past_xtensa_end check.
(use_longcalls): Add past_xtensa_end check.
(code_density_available, can_relax): Delete.
(do_align_targets): New.
(get_directive): Accept dashes in directive names. Warn about
[no-]generics and [no-]relax directives and treat them as
[no-]transform.
(xtensa_begin_directive): Call md_flush_pending_output only for some
directives. Check for directives inside instruction bundles. Warn
about deprecated ".begin literal" usage. Warn and ignore [no-]density
directives. Handle new directives. Check generating_literals flag
for literal_prefix.
(xtensa_end_directive): Check for directives inside instruction
bundles. Warn and ignore [no-]density directives. Handle new
directives. Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(xtensa_loc_directive_seen, xtensa_dwarf2_directive_loc,
xtensa_dwarf2_emit_insn): New.
(xtensa_literal_position): Call md_flush_pending_output. Do not check
use_literal_section flag.
(xtensa_literal_pseudo): Call md_flush_pending_output. Handle absolute
literals. Use xtensa_elf_cons to parse the expression.
(xtensa_literal_prefix): Do not check use_literal_section. Support
".lit4" sections for absolute literals. Change prefix convention to
replace ".text" (or ".t" in a linkonce section). No need to call
subseg_set.
(xtensa_frequency_pseudo, xtensa_elf_cons, xtensa_elf_suffix): New.
(expression_end): Handle closing braces and colons.
(PLT_SUFFIX, plt_suffix): Delete.
(expression_maybe_register): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Use
xtensa_elf_suffix instead of checking for plt suffix, and handle O_lo16
and O_hi16 expressions as well.
(tokenize_arguments): Handle closing braces and colons.
(parse_arguments): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Handle "invisible"
operands and paired register syntax.
(get_invisible_operands): New.
(xg_translate_sysreg_op): Handle new Xtensa LX RSR/WSR/XSR syntax. Use
new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xtensa_translate_old_userreg_ops, xtensa_translate_zero_immed): New.
(xg_translate_idioms): Check if inside bundle. Use use_transform.
Handle new Xtensa LX RSR/WSR/XSR syntax. Remove code to widen density
instructions. Use xtensa_translate_zero_immed.
(operand_is_immed, operand_is_pcrel_label): Delete.
(get_relaxable_immed): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(get_opcode_from_buf): Add slot parameter. Use new xtensa-isa.h
functions.
(xtensa_print_insn_table, print_vliw_insn): New.
(is_direct_call_opcode): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(is_call_opcode, is_loop_opcode, is_conditional_branch_opcode,
is_branch_or_jump_opcode): Delete.
(is_movi_opcode, decode_reloc, encode_reloc, encode_alt_reloc): New.
(opnum_to_reloc, reloc_to_opnum): Delete.
(xtensa_insnbuf_set_operand, xtensa_insnbuf_get_operand): Use new
xtensa-isa.h functions. Operate on one slot of an instruction.
(xtensa_insnbuf_set_immediate_field, is_negatable_branch,
xg_get_insn_size): Delete.
(xg_get_build_instr_size): Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_is_narrow_insn, xg_is_single_relaxable_insn): Update calls to
xg_build_widen_table. Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_get_max_narrow_insn_size): Delete.
(xg_get_max_insn_widen_size, xg_get_max_insn_widen_literal_size,
xg_is_relaxable_insn): Update calls to xg_build_widen_table. Use
xg_get_single_size.
(xg_build_to_insn): Record the loc field. Handle OP_OPERAND_HI16U and
OP_OPERAND_LOW16U. Check xg_valid_literal_expression.
(xg_expand_to_stack, xg_expand_narrow): Update calls to
xg_build_widen_table. Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_immeds_fit): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Update call to
xg_check_operand.
(xg_symbolic_immeds_fit): Likewise. Also handle O_lo16 and O_hi16, and
treat weak symbols conservatively.
(xg_check_operand): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(is_dnrange): Delete.
(xg_assembly_relax): Inline previous calls to tinsn_copy.
(xg_finish_frag): Specify separate relax states for the frag and slot0.
(is_branch_jmp_to_next, xg_add_branch_and_loop_targets): Use new
xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xg_instruction_matches_option_term, xg_instruction_matches_or_options,
xg_instruction_matches_options): New.
(xg_instruction_matches_rule): Handle O_register expressions. Call
xg_instruction_matches_options.
(transition_rule_cmp): New.
(xg_instruction_match): Update call to xg_build_simplify_table.
(xg_build_token_insn): Record loc fields.
(xg_simplify_insn): Check is_specific_opcode field and
density_supported flag.
(xg_expand_assembly_insn): Skip checking code_density_available. Use
new xtensa-isa.h functions. Call use_transform instead of can_relax.
(xg_assemble_literal): Add error handling for O_big. Call
record_alignment. Handle O_pltrel.
(xg_valid_literal_expression): New.
(xg_assemble_literal_space): Add slot parameter. Remove call to
set_expr_symbol_offset. Add call to record_alignment. Update call to
xg_finish_frag.
(xg_emit_insn): Delete.
(xg_emit_insn_to_buf): Add format parameter. Update calls to
xg_add_opcode_fix and xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars.
(xg_add_opcode_fix): Change opcode parameter to tinsn and add format
and slot parameters. Handle new "alternate" relocations for absolute
literals and CONST16 instructions. Check for bad uses of O_lo16 and
O_hi16. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xg_assemble_tokens): Delete.
(is_register_writer): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(is_bad_loopend_opcode): Check for xtensa_rsr_lcount_opcode instead of
old-style RSR from LCOUNT.
(next_frag_opcode): Delete.
(next_frag_opcode_is_loop, next_frag_format_size, frag_format_size,
update_next_frag_state): New.
(update_next_frag_nop_state): Delete.
(next_frag_pre_opcode_bytes): Use next_frag_opcode_is_loop.
(xtensa_mark_literal_pool_location): Check use_literal_section flag and
the state of the absolute-literals directive. Add calls to
record_alignment and xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state. Call
xtensa_switch_to_non_abs_literal_fragment instead of
xtensa_switch_to_literal_fragment.
(build_nop): New.
(assemble_nop): Use build_nop. Update call to xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars.
(get_expanded_loop_offset): Change check for undefined opcode to an
assertion.
(xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state, relaxable_section,
xtensa_find_unmarked_state_frags, xtensa_find_unaligned_branch_targets,
xtensa_find_unaligned_loops, xg_apply_tentative_value): New.
(md_begin): Update call to xtensa_isa_init. Initialize linkrelax to 1.
Set lit4_seg_name. Call xg_init_vinsn. Initialize new global opcodes.
Call init_op_placement_info_table and xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(xtensa_init_fix_data): New.
(xtensa_frob_label): Reset label symbol to the current frag. Check
do_align_targets and generating_literals flag. Propagate frequency
info to new alignment frag. Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(xtensa_unrecognized_line): New.
(xtensa_flush_pending_output): Check if inside a bundle. Add a call
to xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(error_reset_cur_vinsn): New.
(md_assemble): Remove check for literal frag. Remove call to
istack_init. Call use_transform instead of use_generics. Parse
explicit instruction format specifiers. Move code for
a0_b_retw_interlock workaround to xg_assemble_vliw_tokens. Call
error_reset_cur_vinsn on errors. Add call to get_invisible_operands.
Add dwarf2_where call. Remote automatic alignment for ENTRY
instructions. Move call to xtensa_clear_insn_labels to the end.
Rearrange to handle bundles.
(xtensa_cons_fix_new): Delete.
(xtensa_handle_align): New.
(xtensa_frag_init): Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state. Remove
assignment to is_no_density field.
(md_pcrel_from): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Use decode_reloc
instead of reloc_to_opnum. Handle "alternate" relocations.
(xtensa_force_relocation, xtensa_check_inside_bundle,
xtensa_elf_section_change_hook): New.
(xtensa_symbol_new_hook): Delete.
(xtensa_fix_adjustable): Check for difference of symbols with an
offset. Check for external and weak symbols.
(md_apply_fix3): Remove cases for XTENSA_OP{0,1,2} relocs.
(md_estimate_size_before_relax): Return expansion for the first slot.
(tc_gen_reloc): Handle difference of symbols by producing
XTENSA_DIFF{8,16,32} relocs and by writing the value of the difference
into the output. Handle new XTENSA_SLOT*_OP relocs by storing the
tentative values into the output when linkrelax is set.
(XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME): Define.
(xtensa_post_relax_hook): Call xtensa_find_unmarked_state_frags.
Create literal tables only if using literal sections. Create new
property tables instead of old instruction tables. Check for unaligned
branch targets and loops.
(finish_vinsn, find_vinsn_conflicts, check_t1_t2_reads_and_writes,
new_resource_table, clear_resource_table, resize_resource_table,
resources_available, reserve_resources, release_resources,
opcode_funcUnit_use_unit, opcode_funcUnit_use_stage,
resources_conflict, xg_find_narrowest_format, relaxation_requirements,
bundle_single_op, emit_single_op, xg_assemble_vliw_tokens): New.
(xtensa_end): Call xtensa_flush_pending_output. Set past_xtensa_end
flag. Update checks for workaround options. Call
xtensa_mark_narrow_branches and xtensa_mark_zcl_first_insns.
(xtensa_cleanup_align_frags): Add special case for branch targets.
Check for and mark unreachable frags.
(xtensa_fix_target_frags): Remove use of align_only_targets flag.
Use RELAX_LOOP_END_BYTES in special case for negatable branch at the
end of a zero-overhead loop body.
(frag_can_negate_branch): Handle instructions with multiple slots.
Use new xtensa-isa.h functions
(xtensa_mark_narrow_branches, is_narrow_branch_guaranteed_in_range,
xtensa_mark_zcl_first_insns): New.
(xtensa_fix_a0_b_retw_frags, xtensa_fix_b_j_loop_end_frags): Error if
transformations are disabled.
(next_instrs_are_b_retw): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Handle
multislot instructions.
(xtensa_fix_close_loop_end_frags, xtensa_fix_short_loop_frags):
Likewise. Also error if transformations are disabled.
(unrelaxed_frag_max_size): New.
(unrelaxed_frag_min_insn_count, unrelax_frag_has_b_j): Use new
xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xtensa_sanity_check, is_empty_loop, is_local_forward_loop): Use
xtensa_opcode_is_loop instead of is_loop_opcode.
(get_text_align_power): Replace as_fatal with assertion.
(get_text_align_fill_size): Iterate instead of using modulus when
use_nops is false.
(get_noop_aligned_address): Assert that this is for a machine-dependent
RELAX_ALIGN_NEXT_OPCODE frag. Use next_frag_opcode_is_loop,
xg_get_single_size, and frag_format_size.
(get_widen_aligned_address): Rename to ...
(get_aligned_diff): ... this function. Add max_diff parameter.
Remove handling of rs_align/rs_align_code frags. Use
next_frag_format_size, get_text_align_power, get_text_align_fill_size,
next_frag_opcode_is_loop, and xg_get_single_size. Compute max_diff
and pass it back to caller.
(xtensa_relax_frag): Use relax_frag_loop_align. Add code for new
RELAX_SLOTS, RELAX_MAYBE_UNREACHABLE, RELAX_MAYBE_DESIRE_ALIGN,
RELAX_FILL_NOP, and RELAX_UNREACHABLE frag types. Check relax_seen.
(relax_frag_text_align): Rename to ...
(relax_frag_loop_align): ... this function. Assume loops can only be
in the first slot of an instruction.
(relax_frag_add_nop): Use assemble_nop instead of constructing an OR
instruction. Remove call to frag_wane.
(relax_frag_narrow): Rename to ...
(relax_frag_for_align): ... this function. Extend to handle
RELAX_FILL_NOP and RELAX_UNREACHABLE, as well as RELAX_SLOTS with
RELAX_NARROW for the first slot.
(find_address_of_next_align_frag, bytes_to_stretch): New.
(future_alignment_required): Use find_address_of_next_align_frag and
bytes_to_stretch. Look ahead to subsequent frags to make smarter
alignment decisions.
(relax_frag_immed): Add format, slot, and estimate_only parameters.
Check if transformations are enabled for b_j_loop_end workaround.
Use new xtensa-isa.h functions and handle multislot instructions.
Update call to xg_assembly_relax.
(md_convert_frag): Handle new RELAX_SLOTS, RELAX_UNREACHABLE,
RELAX_MAYBE_UNREACHABLE, RELAX_MAYBE_DESIRE_ALIGN, and RELAX_FILL_NOP
frag types.
(convert_frag_narrow): Add segP, format and slot parameters. Call
convert_frag_immed for branch instructions. Adjust calls to
tinsn_from_chars, tinsn_immed_from_frag, and xg_emit_insn_to_buf. Use
xg_get_single_size and xg_get_single_format.
(convert_frag_fill_nop): New.
(convert_frag_immed): Add format and slot parameters. Handle multislot
instructions and use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Update calls to
tinsn_immed_from_frag and xg_assembly_relax. Check if transformations
enabled for b_j_loop_end workaround. Use build_nop instead of
assemble_nop. Check is_specific_opcode flag. Check for unreachable
frags. Use xg_get_single_size. Handle O_pltrel.
(fix_new_exp_in_seg): Remove check for old plt flag.
(convert_frag_immed_finish_loop): Update calls to tinsn_from_chars and
xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars. Call tinsn_immed_from_frag. Change check
for loop opcode to an assertion. Mark all frags up to the end of the
loop as not transformable.
(get_last_insn_flags, set_last_insn_flags): Use get_subseg_info.
(get_subseg_info): New.
(xtensa_move_literals): Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state. Add null
check for dest_seg.
(xtensa_switch_to_literal_fragment): Rewrite to handle absolute
literals and use xtensa_switch_to_non_abs_literal_fragment otherwise.
(xtensa_switch_to_non_abs_literal_fragment): New.
(cache_literal_section): Add is_code parameter and pass it through to
retrieve_literal_seg.
(retrieve_literal_seg): Add is_code parameter and use it to set the
flags on the literal section. Handle case where head parameter is 0.
(get_frag_is_no_transform, set_frag_is_specific_opcode,
set_frag_is_no_transform): New.
(xtensa_create_property_segments): Add end_property_function parameter
and pass it through to add_xt_block_frags. Call bfd_get_section_flags
and skip SEC_DEBUGGING and !SEC_ALLOC sections.
(xtensa_create_xproperty_segments, section_has_xproperty): New.
(add_xt_block_frags): Add end_property_function parameter and call it
if it is non-zero. Call xtensa_frag_flags_init.
(xtensa_frag_flags_is_empty, xtensa_frag_flags_init,
get_frag_property_flags, frag_flags_to_number,
xtensa_frag_flags_combinable, xt_block_aligned_size,
xtensa_xt_block_combine, add_xt_prop_frags,
init_op_placement_info_table, opcode_fits_format_slot,
xg_get_single_size, xg_get_single_format): New.
(istack_push): Inline call to tinsn_copy.
(tinsn_copy): Delete.
(tinsn_has_invalid_symbolic_operands): Handle O_hi16 and O_lo16 and
CONST16 opcodes. Handle O_big, O_illegal, and O_absent.
(tinsn_has_complex_operands): Handle O_hi16 and O_lo16.
(tinsn_to_insnbuf): Use xg_get_single_format and new xtensa-isa.h
functions. Handle invisible operands.
(tinsn_to_slotbuf): New.
(tinsn_check_arguments): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(tinsn_from_chars): Add slot parameter. Rewrite using xg_init_vinsn,
vinsn_from_chars, and xg_free_vinsn.
(tinsn_from_insnbuf): New.
(tinsn_immed_from_frag): Add slot parameter and handle multislot
instructions. Handle symbol differences.
(get_num_stack_text_bytes): Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_init_vinsn, xg_clear_vinsn, vinsn_has_specific_opcodes,
xg_free_vinsn, vinsn_to_insnbuf, vinsn_from_chars, expr_is_register,
get_expr_register, set_expr_symbol_offset_diff): New.
* config/tc-xtensa.h (MAX_SLOTS): Define.
(xtensa_relax_statesE): Move from tc-xtensa.c. Add
RELAX_CHECK_ALIGN_NEXT_OPCODE, RELAX_MAYBE_DESIRE_ALIGN, RELAX_SLOTS,
RELAX_FILL_NOP, RELAX_UNREACHABLE, RELAX_MAYBE_UNREACHABLE, and
RELAX_NONE types.
(RELAX_IMMED_MAXSTEPS): Move from tc-xtensa.c.
(xtensa_frag_type struct): Add is_assembly_state_set,
use_absolute_literals, relax_seen, is_unreachable, is_specific_opcode,
is_align, is_text_align, alignment, and is_first_loop_insn fields.
Replace is_generics and is_relax fields by is_no_transform field.
Delete is_text and is_longcalls fields. Change text_expansion and
literal_expansion to arrays of MAX_SLOTS entries. Add arrays of
per-slot information: literal_frags, slot_subtypes, slot_symbols,
slot_sub_symbols, and slot_offsets. Add fr_prev field.
(xtensa_fix_data struct): New.
(xtensa_symfield_type struct): Delete plt field.
(xtensa_block_info struct): Move definition to tc-xtensa.h. Add
forward declaration here.
(xt_section_type enum): Delete xt_insn_sec. Add xt_prop_sec.
(XTENSA_SECTION_RENAME): Undefine.
(TC_FIX_TYPE, TC_INIT_FIX_DATA, TC_FORCE_RELOCATION, NO_PSEUDO_DOT,
tc_unrecognized_line, md_do_align, md_elf_section_change_hook,
HANDLE_ALIGN, TC_LINKRELAX_FIXUP, SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN): Define.
(TC_CONS_FIX_NEW, tc_symbol_new_hook): Delete.
(unit_num_copies_func, opcode_num_units_func,
opcode_funcUnit_use_unit_func, opcode_funcUnit_use_stage_func): New.
(resource_table struct): New.
* config/xtensa-istack.h (MAX_INSN_ARGS): Increase from 6 to 10.
(TInsn struct): Add keep_wide, loc, fixup, record_fix, subtype,
literal_space, symbol, sub_symbol, offset, and literal_frag fields.
(tinsn_copy): Delete prototype.
(vliw_insn struct): New.
* config/xtensa-relax.c (insn_pattern_struct): Add options field.
(widen_spec_list): Add option conditions for density and boolean
instructions. Add expansions using CONST16 and conditions for using
CONST16 vs. L32R. Use new Xtensa LX RSR/WSR syntax. Add entries for
predicted branches.
(simplify_spec_list): Add option conditions for density instructions.
Add entry for NOP instruction.
(append_transition): Add cmp function pointer parameter and use it to
insert the new entry in order.
(operand_function_LOW16U, operand_function_HI16U): New.
(xg_has_userdef_op_fn, xg_apply_userdef_op_fn): Handle
OP_OPERAND_LOW16U and OP_OPERAND_HI16U.
(enter_opname, split_string): Use xstrdup instead of strdup.
(init_insn_pattern): Initialize new options field.
(clear_req_or_option_list, clear_req_option_list,
clone_req_or_option_list, clone_req_option_list, parse_option_cond):
New.
(parse_insn_pattern): Parse option conditions.
(transition_applies): New.
(build_transition): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Fix incorrectly
swapped last arguments in calls to append_constant_value_condition.
Call clone_req_option_list. Add warning about invalid opcode.
Handle LOW16U and HI16U function names.
(build_transition_table): Add cmp parameter and use it in calls to
append_transition. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Check
transition_applies before adding entries.
(xg_build_widen_table, xg_build_simplify_table): Add cmp parameter and
pass it through to build_transition_table.
* config/xtensa-relax.h (ReqOrOptionList, ReqOrOption, ReqOptionList,
ReqOption, transition_cmp_fn): New types.
(OpType enum): Add OP_OPERAND_LOW16U and OP_OPERAND_HI16U.
(transition_rule struct): Add options field.
* doc/as.texinfo (Overview): Update Xtensa options.
* doc/c-xtensa.texi (Xtensa Options): Delete --[no-]density,
--[no-]relax, and --[no-]generics options. Update descriptions of
--text-section-literals and --[no-]longcalls. Add
--[no-]absolute-literals and --[no-]transform.
(Xtensa Syntax): Add description of syntax for FLIX instructions.
Remove use of "generic" and "specific" terminology for opcodes.
(Xtensa Registers): Generalize the syntax description to include
user-defined register files.
(Xtensa Automatic Alignment): Update.
(Xtensa Branch Relaxation): Mention limitation of unconditional jumps.
(Xtensa Call Relaxation): Linker can now remove most of the overhead.
(Xtensa Directives): Remove confusing rules about precedence.
(Density Directive, Relax Directive): Delete.
(Schedule Directive): New.
(Generics Directive): Rename to ...
(Transform Directive): ... this node.
(Literal Directive): Update for absolute literals. Missing
literal_position directive is now an error.
(Literal Position Directive): Update for absolute literals.
(Freeregs Directive): Delete.
(Absolute Literals Directive): New.
(Frame Directive): Minor editing.
* Makefile.am (DEPTC_xtensa_elf, DEPOBJ_xtensa_elf, DEP_xtensa_elf):
Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
gas/testsuite ChangeLog
* gas/xtensa/all.exp: Adjust expected error message for j_too_far.
Change entry_align test to expect an error.
* gas/xtensa/entry_misalign2.s: Use no-transform instead of
no-generics directives.
include ChangeLog
* xtensa-config.h (XSHAL_USE_ABSOLUTE_LITERALS,
XCHAL_HAVE_PREDICTED_BRANCHES, XCHAL_INST_FETCH_WIDTH): New.
(XCHAL_EXTRA_SA_SIZE, XCHAL_EXTRA_SA_ALIGN): Delete.
* xtensa-isa-internal.h (ISA_INTERFACE_VERSION): Delete.
(config_sturct struct): Delete.
(XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_REGISTER, XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_PCRELATIVE,
XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_INVISIBLE, XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_UNKNOWN,
XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_BRANCH, XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_JUMP,
XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_LOOP, XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_CALL,
XTENSA_STATE_IS_EXPORTED, XTENSA_INTERFACE_HAS_SIDE_EFFECT): Define.
(xtensa_format_encode_fn, xtensa_get_slot_fn, xtensa_set_slot_fn): New.
(xtensa_insn_decode_fn): Rename to ...
(xtensa_opcode_decode_fn): ... this.
(xtensa_immed_decode_fn, xtensa_immed_encode_fn, xtensa_do_reloc_fn,
xtensa_undo_reloc_fn): Update.
(xtensa_encoding_template_fn): Delete.
(xtensa_opcode_encode_fn, xtensa_format_decode_fn,
xtensa_length_decode_fn): New.
(xtensa_format_internal, xtensa_slot_internal): New types.
(xtensa_operand_internal): Delete operand_kind, inout, isPCRelative,
get_field, and set_field fields. Add name, field_id, regfile,
num_regs, and flags fields.
(xtensa_arg_internal): New type.
(xtensa_iclass_internal): Change operands field to array of
xtensa_arg_internal. Add num_stateOperands, stateOperands,
num_interfaceOperands, and interfaceOperands fields.
(xtensa_opcode_internal): Delete length, template, and iclass fields.
Add iclass_id, flags, encode_fns, num_funcUnit_uses, and funcUnit_uses.
(opname_lookup_entry): Delete.
(xtensa_regfile_internal, xtensa_interface_internal,
xtensa_funcUnit_internal, xtensa_state_internal,
xtensa_sysreg_internal, xtensa_lookup_entry): New.
(xtensa_isa_internal): Replace opcode_table field with opcodes field.
Change type of opname_lookup_table. Delete num_modules,
module_opcode_base, module_decode_fn, config, and has_density fields.
Add num_formats, formats, format_decode_fn, length_decode_fn,
num_slots, slots, num_fields, num_operands, operands, num_iclasses,
iclasses, num_regfiles, regfiles, num_states, states,
state_lookup_table, num_sysregs, sysregs, sysreg_lookup_table,
max_sysreg_num, sysreg_table, num_interfaces, interfaces,
interface_lookup_table, num_funcUnits, funcUnits and
funcUnit_lookup_table fields.
(xtensa_isa_module, xtensa_isa_modules): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_name_compare): New prototype.
(xtisa_errno, xtisa_error_msg): New.
* xtensa-isa.h (XTENSA_ISA_VERSION): Define.
(xtensa_isa): Change type.
(xtensa_operand): Delete.
(xtensa_format, xtensa_regfile, xtensa_state, xtensa_sysreg,
xtensa_interface, xtensa_funcUnit, xtensa_isa_status,
xtensa_funcUnit_use): New types.
(libisa_module_specifier): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_errno, xtensa_isa_error_msg): New prototypes.
(xtensa_insnbuf_free, xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars,
xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars): Update prototypes.
(xtensa_load_isa, xtensa_extend_isa, xtensa_default_isa,
xtensa_insn_maxlength, xtensa_num_opcodes, xtensa_decode_insn,
xtensa_encode_insn, xtensa_insn_length,
xtensa_insn_length_from_first_byte, xtensa_num_operands,
xtensa_operand_kind, xtensa_encode_result,
xtensa_operand_isPCRelative): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_init, xtensa_operand_inout, xtensa_operand_get_field,
xtensa_operand_set_field, xtensa_operand_encode,
xtensa_operand_decode, xtensa_operand_do_reloc,
xtensa_operand_undo_reloc): Update prototypes.
(xtensa_isa_maxlength, xtensa_isa_length_from_chars,
xtensa_isa_num_pipe_stages, xtensa_isa_num_formats,
xtensa_isa_num_opcodes, xtensa_isa_num_regfiles, xtensa_isa_num_states,
xtensa_isa_num_sysregs, xtensa_isa_num_interfaces,
xtensa_isa_num_funcUnits, xtensa_format_name, xtensa_format_lookup,
xtensa_format_decode, xtensa_format_encode, xtensa_format_length,
xtensa_format_num_slots, xtensa_format_slot_nop_opcode,
xtensa_format_get_slot, xtensa_format_set_slot, xtensa_opcode_decode,
xtensa_opcode_encode, xtensa_opcode_is_branch, xtensa_opcode_is_jump,
xtensa_opcode_is_loop, xtensa_opcode_is_call,
xtensa_opcode_num_operands, xtensa_opcode_num_stateOperands,
xtensa_opcode_num_interfaceOperands, xtensa_opcode_num_funcUnit_uses,
xtensa_opcode_funcUnit_use, xtensa_operand_name,
xtensa_operand_is_visible, xtensa_operand_is_register,
xtensa_operand_regfile, xtensa_operand_num_regs,
xtensa_operand_is_known_reg, xtensa_operand_is_PCrelative,
xtensa_stateOperand_state, xtensa_stateOperand_inout,
xtensa_interfaceOperand_interface, xtensa_regfile_lookup,
xtensa_regfile_lookup_shortname, xtensa_regfile_name,
xtensa_regfile_shortname, xtensa_regfile_view_parent,
xtensa_regfile_num_bits, xtensa_regfile_num_entries,
xtensa_state_lookup, xtensa_state_name, xtensa_state_num_bits,
xtensa_state_is_exported, xtensa_sysreg_lookup,
xtensa_sysreg_lookup_name, xtensa_sysreg_name, xtensa_sysreg_number,
xtensa_sysreg_is_user, xtensa_interface_lookup, xtensa_interface_name,
xtensa_interface_num_bits, xtensa_interface_inout,
xtensa_interface_has_side_effect, xtensa_funcUnit_lookup,
xtensa_funcUnit_name, xtensa_funcUnit_num_copies): New prototypes.
* elf/xtensa.h (R_XTENSA_DIFF8, R_XTENSA_DIFF16, R_XTENSA_DIFF32,
R_XTENSA_SLOT*_OP, R_XTENSA_SLOT*_ALT): New relocations.
(XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME): Define.
(property_table_entry): Add flags field.
(XTENSA_PROP_*, GET_XTENSA_PROP_*, SET_XTENSA_PROP_*): Define.
ld ChangeLog
* ld.texinfo (Xtensa): Describe new linker relaxation to optimize
assembler-generated longcall sequences. Describe new --size-opt
option.
* emulparams/elf32xtensa.sh (OTHER_SECTIONS): Add .xt.prop section.
* emultempl/xtensaelf.em (remove_section,
replace_insn_sec_with_prop_sec, replace_instruction_table_sections,
elf_xtensa_after_open): New.
(OPTION_OPT_SIZEOPT, OPTION_LITERAL_MOVEMENT,
OPTION_NO_LITERAL_MOVEMENT): Define.
(elf32xtensa_size_opt, elf32xtensa_no_literal_movement): New globals.
(PARSE_AND_LIST_LONGOPTS): Add size-opt and [no-]literal-movement.
(PARSE_AND_LIST_OPTIONS): Add --size-opt.
(PARSE_AND_LIST_ARGS_CASES): Handle OPTION_OPT_SIZEOPT,
OPTION_LITERAL_MOVEMENT, and OPTION_NO_LITERAL_MOVEMENT.
(LDEMUL_AFTER_OPEN): Set to elf_xtensa_after_open.
* scripttempl/elfxtensa.sc: Update with changes from elf.sc.
* Makefile.am (eelf32xtensa.c): Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
ld/testsuite ChangeLog
* ld-xtensa/lcall1.s: Use .literal directive.
* ld-xtensa/lcall2.s: Align function entry.
* ld-xtensa/coalesce2.s: Likewise.
opcodes ChangeLog
* xtensa-dis.c (state_names): Delete.
(fetch_data): Use xtensa_isa_maxlength.
(print_xtensa_operand): Replace operand parameter with opcode/operand
pair. Remove print_sr_name parameter. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(print_insn_xtensa): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Handle multislot
instruction bundles. Use xmalloc instead of malloc.
2004-10-08 00:22:15 +00:00
|
|
|
separate section in the output file. These options only affect literals
|
|
|
|
referenced via PC-relative @code{L32R} instructions; literals for
|
|
|
|
absolute mode @code{L32R} instructions are handled separately.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --absolute-literals | --no-absolute-literals
|
|
|
|
Indicate to the assembler whether @code{L32R} instructions use absolute
|
|
|
|
or PC-relative addressing. The default is to assume absolute addressing
|
|
|
|
if the Xtensa processor includes the absolute @code{L32R} addressing
|
|
|
|
option. Otherwise, only the PC-relative @code{L32R} mode can be used.
|
2003-04-01 15:50:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --target-align | --no-target-align
|
|
|
|
Enable or disable automatic alignment to reduce branch penalties at the
|
|
|
|
expense of some code density. The default is @option{--target-@-align}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --longcalls | --no-longcalls
|
|
|
|
Enable or disable transformation of call instructions to allow calls
|
|
|
|
across a greater range of addresses. The default is
|
|
|
|
@option{--no-@-longcalls}.
|
bfd ChangeLog
* elf32-xtensa.c (elf32xtensa_size_opt): New global variable.
(xtensa_default_isa): Global variable moved here from xtensa-isa.c.
(elf32xtensa_no_literal_movement): New global variable.
(elf_howto_table): Add entries for new relocations.
(elf_xtensa_reloc_type_lookup): Handle new relocations.
(property_table_compare): When addresses are equal, compare sizes and
various property flags.
(property_table_matches): New.
(xtensa_read_table_entries): Extend to read new property tables. Add
output_addr parameter to indicate that output addresses should be used.
Use bfd_get_section_limit.
(elf_xtensa_find_property_entry): New.
(elf_xtensa_in_literal_pool): Use elf_xtensa_find_property_entry.
(elf_xtensa_check_relocs): Handle new relocations.
(elf_xtensa_do_reloc): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Handle new
relocations. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(build_encoding_error_message): Remove encode_result parameter. Add
new target_address parameter used to detect alignment errors.
(elf_xtensa_relocate_section): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Clean up
error handling. Use new is_operand_relocation function.
(elf_xtensa_combine_prop_entries, elf_xtensa_merge_private_bfd_data):
Use underbar macro for error messages. Formatting.
(get_const16_opcode): New.
(get_l32r_opcode): Add a separate flag for initialization.
(get_relocation_opnd): Operand number is no longer explicit in the
relocation. Change to decode the opcode and analyze its operands.
(get_relocation_slot): New.
(get_relocation_opcode): Add bfd parameter. Use bfd_get_section_limit.
Use new xtensa-isa.h functions to handle multislot instructions.
(is_l32r_relocation): Add bfd parameter. Use is_operand_relocation.
(get_asm_simplify_size, is_alt_relocation, is_operand_relocation,
insn_decode_len, insn_decode_opcode, check_branch_target_aligned,
check_loop_aligned, check_branch_target_aligned_address, narrowable,
widenable, narrow_instruction, widen_instruction, op_single_fmt_table,
get_single_format, init_op_single_format_table): New.
(elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify): Add error_message parameter and use it
instead of calling _bfd_error_handler. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(contract_asm_expansion): Add error_message parameter and pass it to
elf_xtensa_do_asm_simplify. Replace use of R_XTENSA_OP0 relocation
with R_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP.
(get_expanded_call_opcode): Extend to handle either L32R or CONST16
instructions. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(r_reloc struct): Add new virtual_offset field.
(r_reloc_init): Add contents and content_length parameters. Set
virtual_offset field to zero. Add contents to target_offset field for
partial_inplace relocations.
(r_reloc_is_defined): Check for null.
(print_r_reloc): New debug function.
(source_reloc struct): Replace xtensa_operand field with pair of the
opcode and the operand position. Add is_abs_literal field.
(init_source_reloc): Specify operand by opcode/position pair. Set
is_abs_literal field.
(source_reloc_compare): When target_offsets are equal, compare other
fields to make sorting predictable.
(literal_value struct): Add is_abs_literal field.
(value_map_hash_table struct): Add has_last_loc and last_loc fields.
(init_literal_value): New.
(is_same_value): Replace with ...
(literal_value_equal): ... this function. Add comparisons of
virtual_offset and is_abs_literal fields.
(value_map_hash_table_init): Use bfd_zmalloc. Check for allocation
failure. Initialize has_last_loc field.
(value_map_hash_table_delete): New.
(hash_literal_value): Rename to ...
(literal_value_hash): ... this. Include is_abs_literal flag and
virtual_offset field in the hash value.
(get_cached_value): Rename to ...
(value_map_get_cached_value): ... this. Update calls to
literal_value_hash and literal_value_equal.
(add_value_map): Check for allocation failure. Update calls to
value_map_get_cached_value and literal_value_hash.
(text_action, text_action_list, text_action_t): New types.
(find_fill_action, compute_removed_action_diff, adjust_fill_action,
text_action_add, text_action_add_literal, offset_with_removed_text,
offset_with_removed_text_before_fill, find_insn_action,
print_action_list, print_removed_literals): New.
(offset_with_removed_literals): Delete.
(xtensa_relax_info struct): Add is_relaxable_asm_section, action_list,
fix_array, fix_array_count, allocated_relocs, relocs_count, and
allocated_relocs_count fields.
(init_xtensa_relax_info): Initialize new fields.
(reloc_bfd_fix struct): Add new translated field.
(reloc_bfd_fix_init): Add translated parameter and use it to set the
translated field.
(fix_compare, cache_fix_array): New.
(get_bfd_fix): Remove fix_list parameter and get all relax_info for the
section via get_xtensa_relax_info. Use cache_fix_array to set up
sorted fix_array and use bsearch instead of linear search.
(section_cache_t): New struct.
(init_section_cache, section_cache_section, clear_section_cache): New.
(ebb_t, ebb_target_enum, proposed_action, ebb_constraint): New types.
(init_ebb_constraint, free_ebb_constraint, init_ebb, extend_ebb_bounds,
extend_ebb_bounds_forward, extend_ebb_bounds_backward,
insn_block_decodable_len, ebb_propose_action, ebb_add_proposed_action):
New.
(retrieve_contents): Use bfd_get_section_limit.
(elf_xtensa_relax_section): Add relocations_analyzed flag. Update call
to compute_removed_literals. Free value_map_hash_table when no longer
needed.
(analyze_relocations): Check is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Call
compute_text_actions for all sections.
(find_relaxable_sections): Mark sections as relaxable if they contain
ASM_EXPAND relocations that can be optimized. Adjust r_reloc_init
call. Increment relax_info src_count field only for appropriate
relocation types. Remove is_literal_section check.
(collect_source_relocs): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Adjust calls to
r_reloc_init and find_associated_l32r_irel. Check
is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Handle L32R instructions with absolute
literals. Pass is_abs_literal flag to init_source_reloc.
(is_resolvable_asm_expansion): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Check for
CONST16 instructions. Adjust calls to r_reloc_init and
pcrel_reloc_fits. Handle weak symbols conservatively.
(find_associated_l32r_irel): Add bfd parameter and pass it to
is_l32r_relocation.
(compute_text_actions, compute_ebb_proposed_actions,
compute_ebb_actions, check_section_ebb_pcrels_fit,
check_section_ebb_reduces, text_action_add_proposed,
compute_fill_extra_space): New.
(remove_literals): Replace with ...
(compute_removed_literals): ... this function. Call
init_section_cache. Use bfd_get_section_limit. Sort internal_relocs.
Call xtensa_read_table_entries to get the property table. Skip
relocations other than R_XTENSA_32 and R_XTENSA_PLT. Use new
is_removable_literal, remove_dead_literal, and
identify_literal_placement functions.
(get_irel_at_offset): Rewrite to use bsearch on sorted relocations
instead of linear search.
(is_removable_literal, remove_dead_literal,
identify_literal_placement): New.
(relocations_reach): Update check for literal not referenced by any
PC-relative relocations. Adjust call to pcrel_reloc_fits.
(coalesce_shared_literal, move_shared_literal): New.
(relax_section): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Call
translate_section_fixes. Update calls to r_reloc_init and
offset_with_removed_text. Check new is_relaxable_asm_section flag.
Add call to pin_internal_relocs. Add special handling for
R_XTENSA_ASM_SIMPLIFY and R_XTENSA_DIFF* relocs. Use virtual_offset
info to calculate new addend_displacement variable. Replace code for
deleting literals with more general code to perform the actions
determined by the action_list for the section.
(translate_section_fixes, translate_reloc_bfd_fix): New.
(translate_reloc): Check new is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Call
find_removed_literal only if is_operand_relocation. Update call to
offset_with_removed_text. Use new target_offset and removed_bytes
variables.
(move_literal): New.
(relax_property_section): Use bfd_get_section_limit. Set new
is_full_prop_section flag and handle new property tables. Update calls
to r_reloc_init and offset_with_removed_text. Check
is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Handle expansion of zero-sized
unreachable entries, with use of offset_with_removed_text_before_fill.
For relocatable links, combine entries only for literal tables.
(relax_section_symbols): Check is_relaxable_asm_section flag. Update
calls to offset_with_removed_text. Translate st_size field for
function symbols.
(do_fix_for_relocatable_link): Change to return bfd_boolean to indicate
failure. Add contents parameter. Update call to get_bfd_fix. Update
call to r_reloc_init. Call _bfd_error_handler and return FALSE for
R_XTENSA_ASM_EXPAND relocs.
(do_fix_for_final_link): Add input_bfd and contents parameters. Update
call to get_bfd_fix. Include offset from contents for partial_inplace
relocations.
(is_reloc_sym_weak): New.
(pcrel_reloc_fits): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(prop_sec_len): New.
(xtensa_is_property_section): Handle new property sections.
(is_literal_section): Delete.
(internal_reloc_compare): When r_offset matches, compare r_info and
r_addend to make sorting predictable.
(internal_reloc_matches): New.
(xtensa_get_property_section_name): Handle new property sections.
(xtensa_get_property_predef_flags): New.
(xtensa_callback_required_dependence): Use bfd_get_section_limit.
Update calls to xtensa_isa_init, is_l32r_relocation, and r_reloc_init.
* xtensa-isa.c (xtensa_default_isa): Moved to elf32-xtensa.c.
(xtisa_errno, xtisa_error_msg): New variables.
(xtensa_isa_errno, xtensa_isa_error_msg): New.
(xtensa_insnbuf_alloc): Add error handling.
(xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars): Add num_chars parameter. Update to
use xtensa_format_decode. Add error handling.
(xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars): Add num_chars parameter. Decode the
instruction length to find the number of bytes to copy.
(xtensa_isa_init): Add error handling. Replace calls to
xtensa_load_isa and xtensa_extend_isa with code to initialize lookup
tables in the xtensa_modules structure.
(xtensa_check_isa_config, xtensa_add_isa, xtensa_load_isa,
xtensa_extend_isa): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_free): Change to only free lookup tables.
(opname_lookup_compare): Replace with ...
(xtensa_isa_name_compare): ... this function. Use strcasecmp.
(xtensa_insn_maxlength): Rename to ...
(xtensa_isa_maxlength): ... this.
(xtensa_insn_length): Delete.
(xtensa_insn_length_from_first_byte): Replace with ...
(xtensa_isa_length_from_chars): ... this function.
(xtensa_num_opcodes): Rename to ...
(xtensa_isa_num_opcodes): ... this.
(xtensa_isa_num_pipe_stages, xtensa_isa_num_formats,
xtensa_isa_num_regfiles, xtensa_isa_num_stages,
xtensa_isa_num_sysregs, xtensa_isa_num_interfaces,
xtensa_isa_num_funcUnits, xtensa_format_name, xtensa_format_lookup,
xtensa_format_decode, xtensa_format_encode, xtensa_format_length,
xtensa_format_num_slots, xtensa_format_slot_nop_opcode,
xtensa_format_get_slot, xtensa_format_set_slot): New functions.
(xtensa_opcode_lookup): Add error handling.
(xtensa_decode_insn): Replace with ...
(xtensa_opcode_decode): ... this function, with new format and
slot parameters. Add error handling.
(xtensa_encode_insn): Replace with ...
(xtensa_opcode_encode): ... this function, which does the encoding via
one of the entries in the "encode_fns" array. Add error handling.
(xtensa_opcode_name): Add error handling.
(xtensa_opcode_is_branch, xtensa_opcode_is_jump, xtensa_opcode_is_loop,
xtensa_opcode_is_call): New.
(xtensa_num_operands): Replace with ...
(xtensa_opcode_num_operands): ... this function. Add error handling.
(xtensa_opcode_num_stateOperands,
xtensa_opcode_num_interfaceOperands, xtensa_opcode_num_funcUnit_uses,
xtensa_opcode_funcUnit_use, xtensa_operand_name,
xtensa_operand_is_visible): New.
(xtensa_get_operand, xtensa_operand_kind): Delete.
(xtensa_operand_inout): Add error handling and special-case for
"sout" operands.
(xtensa_operand_get_field, xtensa_operand_set_field): Rewritten to
operate on one slot of an instruction. Added error handling.
(xtensa_operand_encode): Handle default operands with no encoding
functions. Check for success by comparing against decoded value.
Add error handling.
(xtensa_operand_decode): Handle default operands. Return decoded value
through argument pointer. Add error handling.
(xtensa_operand_is_register, xtensa_operand_regfile,
xtensa_operand_num_regs, xtensa_operand_is_known_reg): New.
(xtensa_operand_isPCRelative): Rename to ...
(xtensa_operand_is_PCrelative): ... this. Add error handling.
(xtensa_operand_do_reloc, xtensa_operand_undo_reloc): Return value
through argument pointer. Add error handling.
(xtensa_stateOperand_state, xtensa_stateOperand_inout,
xtensa_interfaceOperand_interface, xtensa_regfile_lookup,
xtensa_regfile_lookup_shortname, xtensa_regfile_name,
xtensa_regfile_shortname, xtensa_regfile_view_parent,
xtensa_regfile_num_bits, xtensa_regfile_num_entries,
xtensa_state_lookup, xtensa_state_name, xtensa_state_num_bits,
xtensa_state_is_exported, xtensa_sysreg_lookup,
xtensa_sysreg_lookup_name, xtensa_sysreg_name, xtensa_sysreg_number,
xtensa_sysreg_is_user, xtensa_interface_lookup, xtensa_interface_name,
xtensa_interface_num_bits, xtensa_interface_inout,
xtensa_interface_has_side_effect, xtensa_funcUnit_lookup,
xtensa_funcUnit_name, xtensa_funcUnit_num_copies): New.
* xtensa-modules.c: Rewrite to use new data structures.
* reloc.c (BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF8, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF16,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_DIFF32, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT1_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT2_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT3_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT4_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT5_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT6_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT7_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT8_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT9_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT10_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT11_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT12_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT13_OP, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT14_OP,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT0_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT1_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT2_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT3_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT4_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT5_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT6_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT7_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT8_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT9_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT10_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT11_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT12_ALT, BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT13_ALT,
BFD_RELOC_XTENSA_SLOT14_ALT): Add new relocations.
* Makefile.am (xtensa-isa.lo, xtensa-modules.lo): Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
* bfd-in2.h: Likewise.
* libbfd.h: Likewise.
gas ChangeLog
* config/tc-xtensa.c (absolute_literals_supported): New global flag.
(UNREACHABLE_MAX_WIDTH): Define.
(XTENSA_FETCH_WIDTH): Delete.
(cur_vinsn, xtensa_fetch_width, xt_saved_debug_type, past_xtensa_end,
prefer_const16, prefer_l32r): New global variables.
(LIT4_SECTION_NAME): Define.
(lit4_state struct): Add lit4_seg_name and lit4_seg fields.
(XTENSA_PROP_*, GET_XTENSA_PROP_*, SET_XTENSA_PROP_*): Define.
(frag_flags struct): New.
(xtensa_block_info struct): Move from tc-xtensa.h. Add flags field.
(subseg_map struct): Add cur_total_freq and cur_target_freq fields.
(bitfield, bit_is_set, set_bit, clear_bit): Define.
(MAX_FORMATS): Define.
(op_placement_info struct, op_placement_table): New.
(O_pltrel, O_hi16, O_lo16): Define.
(directiveE enum): Rename directive_generics to directive_transform.
Delete directive_relax. Add directive_schedule,
directive_absolute_literals, and directive_last_directive.
(directive_info): Rename "generics" to "transform". Delete "relax".
Add "schedule" and "absolute-literals".
(directive_state): Adjust entries to match changes in directive_info.
(xtensa_relax_statesE, RELAX_IMMED_MAXSTEPS): Move to tc-xtensa.h.
(xtensa_const16_opcode, xtensa_movi_opcode, xtensa_movi_n_opcode,
xtensa_l32r_opcode, xtensa_nop_opcode, xtensa_rsr_lcount_opcode): New.
(xtensa_j_opcode, xtensa_rsr_opcode): Delete.
(align_only_targets, software_a0_b_retw_interlock,
software_avoid_b_j_loop_end, maybe_has_b_j_loop_end,
software_avoid_short_loop, software_avoid_close_loop_end,
software_avoid_all_short_loops, specific_opcode): Delete.
(warn_unaligned_branch_targets): New.
(workaround_a0_b_retw, workaround_b_j_loop_end, workaround_short_loop,
workaround_close_loop_end, workaround_all_short_loops): Default FALSE.
(option_[no_]link_relax, option_[no_]transform,
option_[no_]absolute_literals, option_warn_unaligned_targets,
option_prefer_l32r, option_prefer_const16, option_target_hardware):
New enum values.
(option_[no_]align_only_targets, option_literal_section_name,
option_text_section_name, option_data_section_name,
option_bss_section_name, option_eb, option_el): Delete.
(md_longopts): Add entries for: [no-]transform, [no-]absolute-literals,
warn-unaligned-targets, prefer-l32r, prefer-const16, [no-]link-relax,
and target-hardware. Delete entries for [no-]target-align-only,
literal-section-name, text-section-name, data-section-name, and
bss-section-name.
(md_parse_option): Handle new options and remove old ones. Accept but
ignore [no-]density options. Warn for [no-]generics and [no-]relax
and treat them as [no-]transform.
(md_show_usage): Add new options and remove old ones.
(xtensa_setup_hw_workarounds): New.
(md_pseudo_table): Change "word" entry to use xtensa_elf_cons. Add
"long", "short", "loc" and "frequency" entries.
(use_generics): Rename to ...
(use_transform): ... this function. Add past_xtensa_end check.
(use_longcalls): Add past_xtensa_end check.
(code_density_available, can_relax): Delete.
(do_align_targets): New.
(get_directive): Accept dashes in directive names. Warn about
[no-]generics and [no-]relax directives and treat them as
[no-]transform.
(xtensa_begin_directive): Call md_flush_pending_output only for some
directives. Check for directives inside instruction bundles. Warn
about deprecated ".begin literal" usage. Warn and ignore [no-]density
directives. Handle new directives. Check generating_literals flag
for literal_prefix.
(xtensa_end_directive): Check for directives inside instruction
bundles. Warn and ignore [no-]density directives. Handle new
directives. Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(xtensa_loc_directive_seen, xtensa_dwarf2_directive_loc,
xtensa_dwarf2_emit_insn): New.
(xtensa_literal_position): Call md_flush_pending_output. Do not check
use_literal_section flag.
(xtensa_literal_pseudo): Call md_flush_pending_output. Handle absolute
literals. Use xtensa_elf_cons to parse the expression.
(xtensa_literal_prefix): Do not check use_literal_section. Support
".lit4" sections for absolute literals. Change prefix convention to
replace ".text" (or ".t" in a linkonce section). No need to call
subseg_set.
(xtensa_frequency_pseudo, xtensa_elf_cons, xtensa_elf_suffix): New.
(expression_end): Handle closing braces and colons.
(PLT_SUFFIX, plt_suffix): Delete.
(expression_maybe_register): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Use
xtensa_elf_suffix instead of checking for plt suffix, and handle O_lo16
and O_hi16 expressions as well.
(tokenize_arguments): Handle closing braces and colons.
(parse_arguments): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Handle "invisible"
operands and paired register syntax.
(get_invisible_operands): New.
(xg_translate_sysreg_op): Handle new Xtensa LX RSR/WSR/XSR syntax. Use
new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xtensa_translate_old_userreg_ops, xtensa_translate_zero_immed): New.
(xg_translate_idioms): Check if inside bundle. Use use_transform.
Handle new Xtensa LX RSR/WSR/XSR syntax. Remove code to widen density
instructions. Use xtensa_translate_zero_immed.
(operand_is_immed, operand_is_pcrel_label): Delete.
(get_relaxable_immed): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(get_opcode_from_buf): Add slot parameter. Use new xtensa-isa.h
functions.
(xtensa_print_insn_table, print_vliw_insn): New.
(is_direct_call_opcode): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(is_call_opcode, is_loop_opcode, is_conditional_branch_opcode,
is_branch_or_jump_opcode): Delete.
(is_movi_opcode, decode_reloc, encode_reloc, encode_alt_reloc): New.
(opnum_to_reloc, reloc_to_opnum): Delete.
(xtensa_insnbuf_set_operand, xtensa_insnbuf_get_operand): Use new
xtensa-isa.h functions. Operate on one slot of an instruction.
(xtensa_insnbuf_set_immediate_field, is_negatable_branch,
xg_get_insn_size): Delete.
(xg_get_build_instr_size): Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_is_narrow_insn, xg_is_single_relaxable_insn): Update calls to
xg_build_widen_table. Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_get_max_narrow_insn_size): Delete.
(xg_get_max_insn_widen_size, xg_get_max_insn_widen_literal_size,
xg_is_relaxable_insn): Update calls to xg_build_widen_table. Use
xg_get_single_size.
(xg_build_to_insn): Record the loc field. Handle OP_OPERAND_HI16U and
OP_OPERAND_LOW16U. Check xg_valid_literal_expression.
(xg_expand_to_stack, xg_expand_narrow): Update calls to
xg_build_widen_table. Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_immeds_fit): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Update call to
xg_check_operand.
(xg_symbolic_immeds_fit): Likewise. Also handle O_lo16 and O_hi16, and
treat weak symbols conservatively.
(xg_check_operand): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(is_dnrange): Delete.
(xg_assembly_relax): Inline previous calls to tinsn_copy.
(xg_finish_frag): Specify separate relax states for the frag and slot0.
(is_branch_jmp_to_next, xg_add_branch_and_loop_targets): Use new
xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xg_instruction_matches_option_term, xg_instruction_matches_or_options,
xg_instruction_matches_options): New.
(xg_instruction_matches_rule): Handle O_register expressions. Call
xg_instruction_matches_options.
(transition_rule_cmp): New.
(xg_instruction_match): Update call to xg_build_simplify_table.
(xg_build_token_insn): Record loc fields.
(xg_simplify_insn): Check is_specific_opcode field and
density_supported flag.
(xg_expand_assembly_insn): Skip checking code_density_available. Use
new xtensa-isa.h functions. Call use_transform instead of can_relax.
(xg_assemble_literal): Add error handling for O_big. Call
record_alignment. Handle O_pltrel.
(xg_valid_literal_expression): New.
(xg_assemble_literal_space): Add slot parameter. Remove call to
set_expr_symbol_offset. Add call to record_alignment. Update call to
xg_finish_frag.
(xg_emit_insn): Delete.
(xg_emit_insn_to_buf): Add format parameter. Update calls to
xg_add_opcode_fix and xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars.
(xg_add_opcode_fix): Change opcode parameter to tinsn and add format
and slot parameters. Handle new "alternate" relocations for absolute
literals and CONST16 instructions. Check for bad uses of O_lo16 and
O_hi16. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xg_assemble_tokens): Delete.
(is_register_writer): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(is_bad_loopend_opcode): Check for xtensa_rsr_lcount_opcode instead of
old-style RSR from LCOUNT.
(next_frag_opcode): Delete.
(next_frag_opcode_is_loop, next_frag_format_size, frag_format_size,
update_next_frag_state): New.
(update_next_frag_nop_state): Delete.
(next_frag_pre_opcode_bytes): Use next_frag_opcode_is_loop.
(xtensa_mark_literal_pool_location): Check use_literal_section flag and
the state of the absolute-literals directive. Add calls to
record_alignment and xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state. Call
xtensa_switch_to_non_abs_literal_fragment instead of
xtensa_switch_to_literal_fragment.
(build_nop): New.
(assemble_nop): Use build_nop. Update call to xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars.
(get_expanded_loop_offset): Change check for undefined opcode to an
assertion.
(xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state, relaxable_section,
xtensa_find_unmarked_state_frags, xtensa_find_unaligned_branch_targets,
xtensa_find_unaligned_loops, xg_apply_tentative_value): New.
(md_begin): Update call to xtensa_isa_init. Initialize linkrelax to 1.
Set lit4_seg_name. Call xg_init_vinsn. Initialize new global opcodes.
Call init_op_placement_info_table and xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(xtensa_init_fix_data): New.
(xtensa_frob_label): Reset label symbol to the current frag. Check
do_align_targets and generating_literals flag. Propagate frequency
info to new alignment frag. Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(xtensa_unrecognized_line): New.
(xtensa_flush_pending_output): Check if inside a bundle. Add a call
to xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state.
(error_reset_cur_vinsn): New.
(md_assemble): Remove check for literal frag. Remove call to
istack_init. Call use_transform instead of use_generics. Parse
explicit instruction format specifiers. Move code for
a0_b_retw_interlock workaround to xg_assemble_vliw_tokens. Call
error_reset_cur_vinsn on errors. Add call to get_invisible_operands.
Add dwarf2_where call. Remote automatic alignment for ENTRY
instructions. Move call to xtensa_clear_insn_labels to the end.
Rearrange to handle bundles.
(xtensa_cons_fix_new): Delete.
(xtensa_handle_align): New.
(xtensa_frag_init): Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state. Remove
assignment to is_no_density field.
(md_pcrel_from): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Use decode_reloc
instead of reloc_to_opnum. Handle "alternate" relocations.
(xtensa_force_relocation, xtensa_check_inside_bundle,
xtensa_elf_section_change_hook): New.
(xtensa_symbol_new_hook): Delete.
(xtensa_fix_adjustable): Check for difference of symbols with an
offset. Check for external and weak symbols.
(md_apply_fix3): Remove cases for XTENSA_OP{0,1,2} relocs.
(md_estimate_size_before_relax): Return expansion for the first slot.
(tc_gen_reloc): Handle difference of symbols by producing
XTENSA_DIFF{8,16,32} relocs and by writing the value of the difference
into the output. Handle new XTENSA_SLOT*_OP relocs by storing the
tentative values into the output when linkrelax is set.
(XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME): Define.
(xtensa_post_relax_hook): Call xtensa_find_unmarked_state_frags.
Create literal tables only if using literal sections. Create new
property tables instead of old instruction tables. Check for unaligned
branch targets and loops.
(finish_vinsn, find_vinsn_conflicts, check_t1_t2_reads_and_writes,
new_resource_table, clear_resource_table, resize_resource_table,
resources_available, reserve_resources, release_resources,
opcode_funcUnit_use_unit, opcode_funcUnit_use_stage,
resources_conflict, xg_find_narrowest_format, relaxation_requirements,
bundle_single_op, emit_single_op, xg_assemble_vliw_tokens): New.
(xtensa_end): Call xtensa_flush_pending_output. Set past_xtensa_end
flag. Update checks for workaround options. Call
xtensa_mark_narrow_branches and xtensa_mark_zcl_first_insns.
(xtensa_cleanup_align_frags): Add special case for branch targets.
Check for and mark unreachable frags.
(xtensa_fix_target_frags): Remove use of align_only_targets flag.
Use RELAX_LOOP_END_BYTES in special case for negatable branch at the
end of a zero-overhead loop body.
(frag_can_negate_branch): Handle instructions with multiple slots.
Use new xtensa-isa.h functions
(xtensa_mark_narrow_branches, is_narrow_branch_guaranteed_in_range,
xtensa_mark_zcl_first_insns): New.
(xtensa_fix_a0_b_retw_frags, xtensa_fix_b_j_loop_end_frags): Error if
transformations are disabled.
(next_instrs_are_b_retw): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Handle
multislot instructions.
(xtensa_fix_close_loop_end_frags, xtensa_fix_short_loop_frags):
Likewise. Also error if transformations are disabled.
(unrelaxed_frag_max_size): New.
(unrelaxed_frag_min_insn_count, unrelax_frag_has_b_j): Use new
xtensa-isa.h functions.
(xtensa_sanity_check, is_empty_loop, is_local_forward_loop): Use
xtensa_opcode_is_loop instead of is_loop_opcode.
(get_text_align_power): Replace as_fatal with assertion.
(get_text_align_fill_size): Iterate instead of using modulus when
use_nops is false.
(get_noop_aligned_address): Assert that this is for a machine-dependent
RELAX_ALIGN_NEXT_OPCODE frag. Use next_frag_opcode_is_loop,
xg_get_single_size, and frag_format_size.
(get_widen_aligned_address): Rename to ...
(get_aligned_diff): ... this function. Add max_diff parameter.
Remove handling of rs_align/rs_align_code frags. Use
next_frag_format_size, get_text_align_power, get_text_align_fill_size,
next_frag_opcode_is_loop, and xg_get_single_size. Compute max_diff
and pass it back to caller.
(xtensa_relax_frag): Use relax_frag_loop_align. Add code for new
RELAX_SLOTS, RELAX_MAYBE_UNREACHABLE, RELAX_MAYBE_DESIRE_ALIGN,
RELAX_FILL_NOP, and RELAX_UNREACHABLE frag types. Check relax_seen.
(relax_frag_text_align): Rename to ...
(relax_frag_loop_align): ... this function. Assume loops can only be
in the first slot of an instruction.
(relax_frag_add_nop): Use assemble_nop instead of constructing an OR
instruction. Remove call to frag_wane.
(relax_frag_narrow): Rename to ...
(relax_frag_for_align): ... this function. Extend to handle
RELAX_FILL_NOP and RELAX_UNREACHABLE, as well as RELAX_SLOTS with
RELAX_NARROW for the first slot.
(find_address_of_next_align_frag, bytes_to_stretch): New.
(future_alignment_required): Use find_address_of_next_align_frag and
bytes_to_stretch. Look ahead to subsequent frags to make smarter
alignment decisions.
(relax_frag_immed): Add format, slot, and estimate_only parameters.
Check if transformations are enabled for b_j_loop_end workaround.
Use new xtensa-isa.h functions and handle multislot instructions.
Update call to xg_assembly_relax.
(md_convert_frag): Handle new RELAX_SLOTS, RELAX_UNREACHABLE,
RELAX_MAYBE_UNREACHABLE, RELAX_MAYBE_DESIRE_ALIGN, and RELAX_FILL_NOP
frag types.
(convert_frag_narrow): Add segP, format and slot parameters. Call
convert_frag_immed for branch instructions. Adjust calls to
tinsn_from_chars, tinsn_immed_from_frag, and xg_emit_insn_to_buf. Use
xg_get_single_size and xg_get_single_format.
(convert_frag_fill_nop): New.
(convert_frag_immed): Add format and slot parameters. Handle multislot
instructions and use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Update calls to
tinsn_immed_from_frag and xg_assembly_relax. Check if transformations
enabled for b_j_loop_end workaround. Use build_nop instead of
assemble_nop. Check is_specific_opcode flag. Check for unreachable
frags. Use xg_get_single_size. Handle O_pltrel.
(fix_new_exp_in_seg): Remove check for old plt flag.
(convert_frag_immed_finish_loop): Update calls to tinsn_from_chars and
xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars. Call tinsn_immed_from_frag. Change check
for loop opcode to an assertion. Mark all frags up to the end of the
loop as not transformable.
(get_last_insn_flags, set_last_insn_flags): Use get_subseg_info.
(get_subseg_info): New.
(xtensa_move_literals): Call xtensa_set_frag_assembly_state. Add null
check for dest_seg.
(xtensa_switch_to_literal_fragment): Rewrite to handle absolute
literals and use xtensa_switch_to_non_abs_literal_fragment otherwise.
(xtensa_switch_to_non_abs_literal_fragment): New.
(cache_literal_section): Add is_code parameter and pass it through to
retrieve_literal_seg.
(retrieve_literal_seg): Add is_code parameter and use it to set the
flags on the literal section. Handle case where head parameter is 0.
(get_frag_is_no_transform, set_frag_is_specific_opcode,
set_frag_is_no_transform): New.
(xtensa_create_property_segments): Add end_property_function parameter
and pass it through to add_xt_block_frags. Call bfd_get_section_flags
and skip SEC_DEBUGGING and !SEC_ALLOC sections.
(xtensa_create_xproperty_segments, section_has_xproperty): New.
(add_xt_block_frags): Add end_property_function parameter and call it
if it is non-zero. Call xtensa_frag_flags_init.
(xtensa_frag_flags_is_empty, xtensa_frag_flags_init,
get_frag_property_flags, frag_flags_to_number,
xtensa_frag_flags_combinable, xt_block_aligned_size,
xtensa_xt_block_combine, add_xt_prop_frags,
init_op_placement_info_table, opcode_fits_format_slot,
xg_get_single_size, xg_get_single_format): New.
(istack_push): Inline call to tinsn_copy.
(tinsn_copy): Delete.
(tinsn_has_invalid_symbolic_operands): Handle O_hi16 and O_lo16 and
CONST16 opcodes. Handle O_big, O_illegal, and O_absent.
(tinsn_has_complex_operands): Handle O_hi16 and O_lo16.
(tinsn_to_insnbuf): Use xg_get_single_format and new xtensa-isa.h
functions. Handle invisible operands.
(tinsn_to_slotbuf): New.
(tinsn_check_arguments): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(tinsn_from_chars): Add slot parameter. Rewrite using xg_init_vinsn,
vinsn_from_chars, and xg_free_vinsn.
(tinsn_from_insnbuf): New.
(tinsn_immed_from_frag): Add slot parameter and handle multislot
instructions. Handle symbol differences.
(get_num_stack_text_bytes): Use xg_get_single_size.
(xg_init_vinsn, xg_clear_vinsn, vinsn_has_specific_opcodes,
xg_free_vinsn, vinsn_to_insnbuf, vinsn_from_chars, expr_is_register,
get_expr_register, set_expr_symbol_offset_diff): New.
* config/tc-xtensa.h (MAX_SLOTS): Define.
(xtensa_relax_statesE): Move from tc-xtensa.c. Add
RELAX_CHECK_ALIGN_NEXT_OPCODE, RELAX_MAYBE_DESIRE_ALIGN, RELAX_SLOTS,
RELAX_FILL_NOP, RELAX_UNREACHABLE, RELAX_MAYBE_UNREACHABLE, and
RELAX_NONE types.
(RELAX_IMMED_MAXSTEPS): Move from tc-xtensa.c.
(xtensa_frag_type struct): Add is_assembly_state_set,
use_absolute_literals, relax_seen, is_unreachable, is_specific_opcode,
is_align, is_text_align, alignment, and is_first_loop_insn fields.
Replace is_generics and is_relax fields by is_no_transform field.
Delete is_text and is_longcalls fields. Change text_expansion and
literal_expansion to arrays of MAX_SLOTS entries. Add arrays of
per-slot information: literal_frags, slot_subtypes, slot_symbols,
slot_sub_symbols, and slot_offsets. Add fr_prev field.
(xtensa_fix_data struct): New.
(xtensa_symfield_type struct): Delete plt field.
(xtensa_block_info struct): Move definition to tc-xtensa.h. Add
forward declaration here.
(xt_section_type enum): Delete xt_insn_sec. Add xt_prop_sec.
(XTENSA_SECTION_RENAME): Undefine.
(TC_FIX_TYPE, TC_INIT_FIX_DATA, TC_FORCE_RELOCATION, NO_PSEUDO_DOT,
tc_unrecognized_line, md_do_align, md_elf_section_change_hook,
HANDLE_ALIGN, TC_LINKRELAX_FIXUP, SUB_SEGMENT_ALIGN): Define.
(TC_CONS_FIX_NEW, tc_symbol_new_hook): Delete.
(unit_num_copies_func, opcode_num_units_func,
opcode_funcUnit_use_unit_func, opcode_funcUnit_use_stage_func): New.
(resource_table struct): New.
* config/xtensa-istack.h (MAX_INSN_ARGS): Increase from 6 to 10.
(TInsn struct): Add keep_wide, loc, fixup, record_fix, subtype,
literal_space, symbol, sub_symbol, offset, and literal_frag fields.
(tinsn_copy): Delete prototype.
(vliw_insn struct): New.
* config/xtensa-relax.c (insn_pattern_struct): Add options field.
(widen_spec_list): Add option conditions for density and boolean
instructions. Add expansions using CONST16 and conditions for using
CONST16 vs. L32R. Use new Xtensa LX RSR/WSR syntax. Add entries for
predicted branches.
(simplify_spec_list): Add option conditions for density instructions.
Add entry for NOP instruction.
(append_transition): Add cmp function pointer parameter and use it to
insert the new entry in order.
(operand_function_LOW16U, operand_function_HI16U): New.
(xg_has_userdef_op_fn, xg_apply_userdef_op_fn): Handle
OP_OPERAND_LOW16U and OP_OPERAND_HI16U.
(enter_opname, split_string): Use xstrdup instead of strdup.
(init_insn_pattern): Initialize new options field.
(clear_req_or_option_list, clear_req_option_list,
clone_req_or_option_list, clone_req_option_list, parse_option_cond):
New.
(parse_insn_pattern): Parse option conditions.
(transition_applies): New.
(build_transition): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Fix incorrectly
swapped last arguments in calls to append_constant_value_condition.
Call clone_req_option_list. Add warning about invalid opcode.
Handle LOW16U and HI16U function names.
(build_transition_table): Add cmp parameter and use it in calls to
append_transition. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Check
transition_applies before adding entries.
(xg_build_widen_table, xg_build_simplify_table): Add cmp parameter and
pass it through to build_transition_table.
* config/xtensa-relax.h (ReqOrOptionList, ReqOrOption, ReqOptionList,
ReqOption, transition_cmp_fn): New types.
(OpType enum): Add OP_OPERAND_LOW16U and OP_OPERAND_HI16U.
(transition_rule struct): Add options field.
* doc/as.texinfo (Overview): Update Xtensa options.
* doc/c-xtensa.texi (Xtensa Options): Delete --[no-]density,
--[no-]relax, and --[no-]generics options. Update descriptions of
--text-section-literals and --[no-]longcalls. Add
--[no-]absolute-literals and --[no-]transform.
(Xtensa Syntax): Add description of syntax for FLIX instructions.
Remove use of "generic" and "specific" terminology for opcodes.
(Xtensa Registers): Generalize the syntax description to include
user-defined register files.
(Xtensa Automatic Alignment): Update.
(Xtensa Branch Relaxation): Mention limitation of unconditional jumps.
(Xtensa Call Relaxation): Linker can now remove most of the overhead.
(Xtensa Directives): Remove confusing rules about precedence.
(Density Directive, Relax Directive): Delete.
(Schedule Directive): New.
(Generics Directive): Rename to ...
(Transform Directive): ... this node.
(Literal Directive): Update for absolute literals. Missing
literal_position directive is now an error.
(Literal Position Directive): Update for absolute literals.
(Freeregs Directive): Delete.
(Absolute Literals Directive): New.
(Frame Directive): Minor editing.
* Makefile.am (DEPTC_xtensa_elf, DEPOBJ_xtensa_elf, DEP_xtensa_elf):
Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
gas/testsuite ChangeLog
* gas/xtensa/all.exp: Adjust expected error message for j_too_far.
Change entry_align test to expect an error.
* gas/xtensa/entry_misalign2.s: Use no-transform instead of
no-generics directives.
include ChangeLog
* xtensa-config.h (XSHAL_USE_ABSOLUTE_LITERALS,
XCHAL_HAVE_PREDICTED_BRANCHES, XCHAL_INST_FETCH_WIDTH): New.
(XCHAL_EXTRA_SA_SIZE, XCHAL_EXTRA_SA_ALIGN): Delete.
* xtensa-isa-internal.h (ISA_INTERFACE_VERSION): Delete.
(config_sturct struct): Delete.
(XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_REGISTER, XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_PCRELATIVE,
XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_INVISIBLE, XTENSA_OPERAND_IS_UNKNOWN,
XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_BRANCH, XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_JUMP,
XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_LOOP, XTENSA_OPCODE_IS_CALL,
XTENSA_STATE_IS_EXPORTED, XTENSA_INTERFACE_HAS_SIDE_EFFECT): Define.
(xtensa_format_encode_fn, xtensa_get_slot_fn, xtensa_set_slot_fn): New.
(xtensa_insn_decode_fn): Rename to ...
(xtensa_opcode_decode_fn): ... this.
(xtensa_immed_decode_fn, xtensa_immed_encode_fn, xtensa_do_reloc_fn,
xtensa_undo_reloc_fn): Update.
(xtensa_encoding_template_fn): Delete.
(xtensa_opcode_encode_fn, xtensa_format_decode_fn,
xtensa_length_decode_fn): New.
(xtensa_format_internal, xtensa_slot_internal): New types.
(xtensa_operand_internal): Delete operand_kind, inout, isPCRelative,
get_field, and set_field fields. Add name, field_id, regfile,
num_regs, and flags fields.
(xtensa_arg_internal): New type.
(xtensa_iclass_internal): Change operands field to array of
xtensa_arg_internal. Add num_stateOperands, stateOperands,
num_interfaceOperands, and interfaceOperands fields.
(xtensa_opcode_internal): Delete length, template, and iclass fields.
Add iclass_id, flags, encode_fns, num_funcUnit_uses, and funcUnit_uses.
(opname_lookup_entry): Delete.
(xtensa_regfile_internal, xtensa_interface_internal,
xtensa_funcUnit_internal, xtensa_state_internal,
xtensa_sysreg_internal, xtensa_lookup_entry): New.
(xtensa_isa_internal): Replace opcode_table field with opcodes field.
Change type of opname_lookup_table. Delete num_modules,
module_opcode_base, module_decode_fn, config, and has_density fields.
Add num_formats, formats, format_decode_fn, length_decode_fn,
num_slots, slots, num_fields, num_operands, operands, num_iclasses,
iclasses, num_regfiles, regfiles, num_states, states,
state_lookup_table, num_sysregs, sysregs, sysreg_lookup_table,
max_sysreg_num, sysreg_table, num_interfaces, interfaces,
interface_lookup_table, num_funcUnits, funcUnits and
funcUnit_lookup_table fields.
(xtensa_isa_module, xtensa_isa_modules): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_name_compare): New prototype.
(xtisa_errno, xtisa_error_msg): New.
* xtensa-isa.h (XTENSA_ISA_VERSION): Define.
(xtensa_isa): Change type.
(xtensa_operand): Delete.
(xtensa_format, xtensa_regfile, xtensa_state, xtensa_sysreg,
xtensa_interface, xtensa_funcUnit, xtensa_isa_status,
xtensa_funcUnit_use): New types.
(libisa_module_specifier): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_errno, xtensa_isa_error_msg): New prototypes.
(xtensa_insnbuf_free, xtensa_insnbuf_to_chars,
xtensa_insnbuf_from_chars): Update prototypes.
(xtensa_load_isa, xtensa_extend_isa, xtensa_default_isa,
xtensa_insn_maxlength, xtensa_num_opcodes, xtensa_decode_insn,
xtensa_encode_insn, xtensa_insn_length,
xtensa_insn_length_from_first_byte, xtensa_num_operands,
xtensa_operand_kind, xtensa_encode_result,
xtensa_operand_isPCRelative): Delete.
(xtensa_isa_init, xtensa_operand_inout, xtensa_operand_get_field,
xtensa_operand_set_field, xtensa_operand_encode,
xtensa_operand_decode, xtensa_operand_do_reloc,
xtensa_operand_undo_reloc): Update prototypes.
(xtensa_isa_maxlength, xtensa_isa_length_from_chars,
xtensa_isa_num_pipe_stages, xtensa_isa_num_formats,
xtensa_isa_num_opcodes, xtensa_isa_num_regfiles, xtensa_isa_num_states,
xtensa_isa_num_sysregs, xtensa_isa_num_interfaces,
xtensa_isa_num_funcUnits, xtensa_format_name, xtensa_format_lookup,
xtensa_format_decode, xtensa_format_encode, xtensa_format_length,
xtensa_format_num_slots, xtensa_format_slot_nop_opcode,
xtensa_format_get_slot, xtensa_format_set_slot, xtensa_opcode_decode,
xtensa_opcode_encode, xtensa_opcode_is_branch, xtensa_opcode_is_jump,
xtensa_opcode_is_loop, xtensa_opcode_is_call,
xtensa_opcode_num_operands, xtensa_opcode_num_stateOperands,
xtensa_opcode_num_interfaceOperands, xtensa_opcode_num_funcUnit_uses,
xtensa_opcode_funcUnit_use, xtensa_operand_name,
xtensa_operand_is_visible, xtensa_operand_is_register,
xtensa_operand_regfile, xtensa_operand_num_regs,
xtensa_operand_is_known_reg, xtensa_operand_is_PCrelative,
xtensa_stateOperand_state, xtensa_stateOperand_inout,
xtensa_interfaceOperand_interface, xtensa_regfile_lookup,
xtensa_regfile_lookup_shortname, xtensa_regfile_name,
xtensa_regfile_shortname, xtensa_regfile_view_parent,
xtensa_regfile_num_bits, xtensa_regfile_num_entries,
xtensa_state_lookup, xtensa_state_name, xtensa_state_num_bits,
xtensa_state_is_exported, xtensa_sysreg_lookup,
xtensa_sysreg_lookup_name, xtensa_sysreg_name, xtensa_sysreg_number,
xtensa_sysreg_is_user, xtensa_interface_lookup, xtensa_interface_name,
xtensa_interface_num_bits, xtensa_interface_inout,
xtensa_interface_has_side_effect, xtensa_funcUnit_lookup,
xtensa_funcUnit_name, xtensa_funcUnit_num_copies): New prototypes.
* elf/xtensa.h (R_XTENSA_DIFF8, R_XTENSA_DIFF16, R_XTENSA_DIFF32,
R_XTENSA_SLOT*_OP, R_XTENSA_SLOT*_ALT): New relocations.
(XTENSA_PROP_SEC_NAME): Define.
(property_table_entry): Add flags field.
(XTENSA_PROP_*, GET_XTENSA_PROP_*, SET_XTENSA_PROP_*): Define.
ld ChangeLog
* ld.texinfo (Xtensa): Describe new linker relaxation to optimize
assembler-generated longcall sequences. Describe new --size-opt
option.
* emulparams/elf32xtensa.sh (OTHER_SECTIONS): Add .xt.prop section.
* emultempl/xtensaelf.em (remove_section,
replace_insn_sec_with_prop_sec, replace_instruction_table_sections,
elf_xtensa_after_open): New.
(OPTION_OPT_SIZEOPT, OPTION_LITERAL_MOVEMENT,
OPTION_NO_LITERAL_MOVEMENT): Define.
(elf32xtensa_size_opt, elf32xtensa_no_literal_movement): New globals.
(PARSE_AND_LIST_LONGOPTS): Add size-opt and [no-]literal-movement.
(PARSE_AND_LIST_OPTIONS): Add --size-opt.
(PARSE_AND_LIST_ARGS_CASES): Handle OPTION_OPT_SIZEOPT,
OPTION_LITERAL_MOVEMENT, and OPTION_NO_LITERAL_MOVEMENT.
(LDEMUL_AFTER_OPEN): Set to elf_xtensa_after_open.
* scripttempl/elfxtensa.sc: Update with changes from elf.sc.
* Makefile.am (eelf32xtensa.c): Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
ld/testsuite ChangeLog
* ld-xtensa/lcall1.s: Use .literal directive.
* ld-xtensa/lcall2.s: Align function entry.
* ld-xtensa/coalesce2.s: Likewise.
opcodes ChangeLog
* xtensa-dis.c (state_names): Delete.
(fetch_data): Use xtensa_isa_maxlength.
(print_xtensa_operand): Replace operand parameter with opcode/operand
pair. Remove print_sr_name parameter. Use new xtensa-isa.h functions.
(print_insn_xtensa): Use new xtensa-isa.h functions. Handle multislot
instruction bundles. Use xmalloc instead of malloc.
2004-10-08 00:22:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --transform | --no-transform
|
|
|
|
Enable or disable all assembler transformations of Xtensa instructions.
|
|
|
|
The default is @option{--transform};
|
|
|
|
@option{--no-transform} should be used only in the rare cases when the
|
|
|
|
instructions must be exactly as specified in the assembly source.
|
2003-04-01 15:50:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man end
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* Manual:: Structure of this Manual
|
|
|
|
* GNU Assembler:: The GNU Assembler
|
|
|
|
* Object Formats:: Object File Formats
|
|
|
|
* Command Line:: Command Line
|
|
|
|
* Input Files:: Input Files
|
|
|
|
* Object:: Output (Object) File
|
|
|
|
* Errors:: Error and Warning Messages
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Manual
|
|
|
|
@section Structure of this Manual
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex manual, structure and purpose
|
|
|
|
This manual is intended to describe what you need to know to use
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@sc{gnu} @command{@value{AS}}. We cover the syntax expected in source files, including
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
notation for symbols, constants, and expressions; the directives that
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} understands; and of course how to invoke @command{@value{AS}}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
We also cover special features in the @value{TARGET}
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
configuration of @command{@value{AS}}, including assembler directives.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
This manual also describes some of the machine-dependent features of
|
|
|
|
various flavors of the assembler.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex machine instructions (not covered)
|
|
|
|
On the other hand, this manual is @emph{not} intended as an introduction
|
|
|
|
to programming in assembly language---let alone programming in general!
|
|
|
|
In a similar vein, we make no attempt to introduce the machine
|
|
|
|
architecture; we do @emph{not} describe the instruction set, standard
|
|
|
|
mnemonics, registers or addressing modes that are standard to a
|
|
|
|
particular architecture.
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
You may want to consult the manufacturer's
|
|
|
|
machine architecture manual for this information.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8/300
|
|
|
|
For information on the H8/300 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/300
|
2003-04-15 08:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Series Programming Manual}. For the H8/300H, see @cite{H8/300H Series
|
|
|
|
Programming Manual} (Renesas).
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8/500
|
|
|
|
For information on the H8/500 machine instruction set, see @cite{H8/500
|
2003-04-15 08:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Series Programming Manual} (Renesas M21T001).
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset SH
|
2003-04-23 21:09:04 +00:00
|
|
|
For information on the Renesas (formerly Hitachi) / SuperH SH machine instruction set,
|
|
|
|
see @cite{SH-Microcomputer User's Manual} (Renesas) or
|
|
|
|
@cite{SH-4 32-bit CPU Core Architecture} (SuperH) and
|
|
|
|
@cite{SuperH (SH) 64-Bit RISC Series} (SuperH).
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset Z8000
|
|
|
|
For information on the Z8000 machine instruction set, see @cite{Z8000 CPU Technical Manual}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c I think this is premature---doc@cygnus.com, 17jan1991
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
|
|
Throughout this manual, we assume that you are running @dfn{GNU},
|
|
|
|
the portable operating system from the @dfn{Free Software
|
|
|
|
Foundation, Inc.}. This restricts our attention to certain kinds of
|
|
|
|
computer (in particular, the kinds of computers that @sc{gnu} can run on);
|
|
|
|
once this assumption is granted examples and definitions need less
|
|
|
|
qualification.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} is part of a team of programs that turn a high-level
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
human-readable series of instructions into a low-level
|
|
|
|
computer-readable series of instructions. Different versions of
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} are used for different kinds of computer.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c There used to be a section "Terminology" here, which defined
|
|
|
|
@c "contents", "byte", "word", and "long". Defining "word" to any
|
|
|
|
@c particular size is confusing when the .word directive may generate 16
|
|
|
|
@c bits on one machine and 32 bits on another; in general, for the user
|
|
|
|
@c version of this manual, none of these terms seem essential to define.
|
|
|
|
@c They were used very little even in the former draft of the manual;
|
|
|
|
@c this draft makes an effort to avoid them (except in names of
|
|
|
|
@c directives).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node GNU Assembler
|
|
|
|
@section The GNU Assembler
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man begin DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@sc{gnu} @command{as} is really a family of assemblers.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
This manual describes @command{@value{AS}}, a member of that family which is
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
configured for the @value{TARGET} architectures.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
If you use (or have used) the @sc{gnu} assembler on one architecture, you
|
|
|
|
should find a fairly similar environment when you use it on another
|
|
|
|
architecture. Each version has much in common with the others,
|
|
|
|
including object file formats, most assembler directives (often called
|
|
|
|
@dfn{pseudo-ops}) and assembler syntax.@refill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex purpose of @sc{gnu} assembler
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} is primarily intended to assemble the output of the
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@sc{gnu} C compiler @code{@value{GCC}} for use by the linker
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{@value{LD}}. Nevertheless, we've tried to make @command{@value{AS}}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
assemble correctly everything that other assemblers for the same
|
|
|
|
machine would assemble.
|
|
|
|
@ifset VAX
|
|
|
|
Any exceptions are documented explicitly (@pxref{Machine Dependencies}).
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset M680X0
|
|
|
|
@c This remark should appear in generic version of manual; assumption
|
|
|
|
@c here is that generic version sets M680x0.
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
This doesn't mean @command{@value{AS}} always uses the same syntax as another
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
assembler for the same architecture; for example, we know of several
|
|
|
|
incompatible versions of 680x0 assembly language syntax.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man end
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Unlike older assemblers, @command{@value{AS}} is designed to assemble a source
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
program in one pass of the source file. This has a subtle impact on the
|
|
|
|
@kbd{.org} directive (@pxref{Org,,@code{.org}}).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Object Formats
|
|
|
|
@section Object File Formats
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex object file format
|
|
|
|
The @sc{gnu} assembler can be configured to produce several alternative
|
|
|
|
object file formats. For the most part, this does not affect how you
|
|
|
|
write assembly language programs; but directives for debugging symbols
|
|
|
|
are typically different in different file formats. @xref{Symbol
|
|
|
|
Attributes,,Symbol Attributes}.
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifclear MULTI-OBJ
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
For the @value{TARGET} target, @command{@value{AS}} is configured to produce
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@value{OBJ-NAME} format object files.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@c The following should exhaust all configs that set MULTI-OBJ, ideally
|
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{a.out} or COFF format object files.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset I960
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{b.out} or COFF format object files.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
On the @value{TARGET}, @command{@value{AS}} can be configured to produce either
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
SOM or ELF format object files.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Command Line
|
|
|
|
@section Command Line
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex command line conventions
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
After the program name @command{@value{AS}}, the command line may contain
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
options and file names. Options may appear in any order, and may be
|
|
|
|
before, after, or between file names. The order of file names is
|
|
|
|
significant.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex standard input, as input file
|
|
|
|
@kindex --
|
|
|
|
@file{--} (two hyphens) by itself names the standard input file
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
explicitly, as one of the files for @command{@value{AS}} to assemble.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex options, command line
|
|
|
|
Except for @samp{--} any command line argument that begins with a
|
|
|
|
hyphen (@samp{-}) is an option. Each option changes the behavior of
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}}. No option changes the way another option works. An
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
option is a @samp{-} followed by one or more letters; the case of
|
|
|
|
the letter is important. All options are optional.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some options expect exactly one file name to follow them. The file
|
|
|
|
name may either immediately follow the option's letter (compatible
|
|
|
|
with older assemblers) or it may be the next command argument (@sc{gnu}
|
|
|
|
standard). These two command lines are equivalent:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
@value{AS} -o my-object-file.o mumble.s
|
|
|
|
@value{AS} -omy-object-file.o mumble.s
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Input Files
|
|
|
|
@section Input Files
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex input
|
|
|
|
@cindex source program
|
|
|
|
@cindex files, input
|
|
|
|
We use the phrase @dfn{source program}, abbreviated @dfn{source}, to
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
describe the program input to one run of @command{@value{AS}}. The program may
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
be in one or more files; how the source is partitioned into files
|
|
|
|
doesn't change the meaning of the source.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c I added "con" prefix to "catenation" just to prove I can overcome my
|
|
|
|
@c APL training... doc@cygnus.com
|
|
|
|
The source program is a concatenation of the text in all the files, in the
|
|
|
|
order specified.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man begin DESCRIPTION
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Each time you run @command{@value{AS}} it assembles exactly one source
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
program. The source program is made up of one or more files.
|
|
|
|
(The standard input is also a file.)
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
You give @command{@value{AS}} a command line that has zero or more input file
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
names. The input files are read (from left file name to right). A
|
|
|
|
command line argument (in any position) that has no special meaning
|
|
|
|
is taken to be an input file name.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
If you give @command{@value{AS}} no file names it attempts to read one input file
|
|
|
|
from the @command{@value{AS}} standard input, which is normally your terminal. You
|
|
|
|
may have to type @key{ctl-D} to tell @command{@value{AS}} there is no more program
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
to assemble.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use @samp{--} if you need to explicitly name the standard input file
|
|
|
|
in your command line.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
If the source is empty, @command{@value{AS}} produces a small, empty object
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
file.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man end
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@subheading Filenames and Line-numbers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex input file linenumbers
|
|
|
|
@cindex line numbers, in input files
|
|
|
|
There are two ways of locating a line in the input file (or files) and
|
|
|
|
either may be used in reporting error messages. One way refers to a line
|
|
|
|
number in a physical file; the other refers to a line number in a
|
|
|
|
``logical'' file. @xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Physical files} are those files named in the command line given
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
to @command{@value{AS}}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Logical files} are simply names declared explicitly by assembler
|
|
|
|
directives; they bear no relation to physical files. Logical file names help
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
error messages reflect the original source file, when @command{@value{AS}} source
|
|
|
|
is itself synthesized from other files. @command{@value{AS}} understands the
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@samp{#} directives emitted by the @code{@value{GCC}} preprocessor. See also
|
|
|
|
@ref{File,,@code{.file}}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Object
|
|
|
|
@section Output (Object) File
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex object file
|
|
|
|
@cindex output file
|
|
|
|
@kindex a.out
|
|
|
|
@kindex .o
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Every time you run @command{@value{AS}} it produces an output file, which is
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
your assembly language program translated into numbers. This file
|
|
|
|
is the object file. Its default name is
|
|
|
|
@ifclear BOUT
|
|
|
|
@code{a.out}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@code{a.out}, or
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{b.out} when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for the Intel 80960.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
You can give it another name by using the @option{-o} option. Conventionally,
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
object file names end with @file{.o}. The default name is used for historical
|
|
|
|
reasons: older assemblers were capable of assembling self-contained programs
|
|
|
|
directly into a runnable program. (For some formats, this isn't currently
|
|
|
|
possible, but it can be done for the @code{a.out} format.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex linker
|
|
|
|
@kindex ld
|
|
|
|
The object file is meant for input to the linker @code{@value{LD}}. It contains
|
|
|
|
assembled program code, information to help @code{@value{LD}} integrate
|
|
|
|
the assembled program into a runnable file, and (optionally) symbolic
|
|
|
|
information for the debugger.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c link above to some info file(s) like the description of a.out.
|
|
|
|
@c don't forget to describe @sc{gnu} info as well as Unix lossage.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Errors
|
|
|
|
@section Error and Warning Messages
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man begin DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
|
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex error messages
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex warning messages
|
|
|
|
@cindex messages from assembler
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} may write warnings and error messages to the standard error
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
file (usually your terminal). This should not happen when a compiler
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
runs @command{@value{AS}} automatically. Warnings report an assumption made so
|
|
|
|
that @command{@value{AS}} could keep assembling a flawed program; errors report a
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
grave problem that stops the assembly.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man end
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex format of warning messages
|
|
|
|
Warning messages have the format
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
file_name:@b{NNN}:Warning Message Text
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
|
|
@cindex line numbers, in warnings/errors
|
|
|
|
(where @b{NNN} is a line number). If a logical file name has been given
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{File,,@code{.file}}) it is used for the filename, otherwise the name of
|
|
|
|
the current input file is used. If a logical line number was given
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifclear A29K
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{Line,,@code{.line}})
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{Ln,,@code{.ln}})
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
then it is used to calculate the number printed,
|
|
|
|
otherwise the actual line in the current source file is printed. The
|
|
|
|
message text is intended to be self explanatory (in the grand Unix
|
|
|
|
tradition).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex format of error messages
|
|
|
|
Error messages have the format
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
file_name:@b{NNN}:FATAL:Error Message Text
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
The file name and line number are derived as for warning
|
|
|
|
messages. The actual message text may be rather less explanatory
|
|
|
|
because many of them aren't supposed to happen.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Invoking
|
|
|
|
@chapter Command-Line Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex options, all versions of assembler
|
|
|
|
This chapter describes command-line options available in @emph{all}
|
|
|
|
versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler; @pxref{Machine Dependencies}, for options specific
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
to the @value{TARGET} target.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
to particular machine architectures.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man begin DESCRIPTION
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
If you are invoking @command{@value{AS}} via the @sc{gnu} C compiler,
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
you can use the @samp{-Wa} option to pass arguments through to the assembler.
|
|
|
|
The assembler arguments must be separated from each other (and the @samp{-Wa})
|
|
|
|
by commas. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
gcc -c -g -O -Wa,-alh,-L file.c
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
|
|
This passes two options to the assembler: @samp{-alh} (emit a listing to
|
2002-12-19 05:47:45 +00:00
|
|
|
standard output with high-level and assembly source) and @samp{-L} (retain
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
local symbols in the symbol table).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Usually you do not need to use this @samp{-Wa} mechanism, since many compiler
|
|
|
|
command-line options are automatically passed to the assembler by the compiler.
|
|
|
|
(You can call the @sc{gnu} compiler driver with the @samp{-v} option to see
|
|
|
|
precisely what options it passes to each compilation pass, including the
|
|
|
|
assembler.)
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-25 20:32:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@c man end
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* a:: -a[cdhlns] enable listings
|
2004-08-13 19:53:52 +00:00
|
|
|
* alternate:: --alternate enable alternate macro syntax
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* D:: -D for compatibility
|
|
|
|
* f:: -f to work faster
|
|
|
|
* I:: -I for .include search path
|
|
|
|
@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
|
|
* K:: -K for compatibility
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
|
|
* K:: -K for difference tables
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* L:: -L to retain local labels
|
2001-03-23 19:35:02 +00:00
|
|
|
* listing:: --listing-XXX to configure listing output
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* M:: -M or --mri to assemble in MRI compatibility mode
|
|
|
|
* MD:: --MD for dependency tracking
|
|
|
|
* o:: -o to name the object file
|
|
|
|
* R:: -R to join data and text sections
|
|
|
|
* statistics:: --statistics to see statistics about assembly
|
|
|
|
* traditional-format:: --traditional-format for compatible output
|
|
|
|
* v:: -v to announce version
|
1999-10-11 04:07:10 +00:00
|
|
|
* W:: -W, --no-warn, --warn, --fatal-warnings to control warnings
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Z:: -Z to make object file even after errors
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node a
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Enable Listings: @option{-a[cdhlns]}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@kindex -a
|
|
|
|
@kindex -ac
|
|
|
|
@kindex -ad
|
|
|
|
@kindex -ah
|
|
|
|
@kindex -al
|
|
|
|
@kindex -an
|
|
|
|
@kindex -as
|
|
|
|
@cindex listings, enabling
|
|
|
|
@cindex assembly listings, enabling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These options enable listing output from the assembler. By itself,
|
|
|
|
@samp{-a} requests high-level, assembly, and symbols listing.
|
|
|
|
You can use other letters to select specific options for the list:
|
|
|
|
@samp{-ah} requests a high-level language listing,
|
|
|
|
@samp{-al} requests an output-program assembly listing, and
|
|
|
|
@samp{-as} requests a symbol table listing.
|
|
|
|
High-level listings require that a compiler debugging option like
|
|
|
|
@samp{-g} be used, and that assembly listings (@samp{-al}) be requested
|
|
|
|
also.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use the @samp{-ac} option to omit false conditionals from a listing. Any lines
|
|
|
|
which are not assembled because of a false @code{.if} (or @code{.ifdef}, or any
|
|
|
|
other conditional), or a true @code{.if} followed by an @code{.else}, will be
|
|
|
|
omitted from the listing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use the @samp{-ad} option to omit debugging directives from the
|
|
|
|
listing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Once you have specified one of these options, you can further control
|
|
|
|
listing output and its appearance using the directives @code{.list},
|
|
|
|
@code{.nolist}, @code{.psize}, @code{.eject}, @code{.title}, and
|
|
|
|
@code{.sbttl}.
|
|
|
|
The @samp{-an} option turns off all forms processing.
|
|
|
|
If you do not request listing output with one of the @samp{-a} options, the
|
|
|
|
listing-control directives have no effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The letters after @samp{-a} may be combined into one option,
|
|
|
|
@emph{e.g.}, @samp{-aln}.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-23 19:35:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Note if the assembler source is coming from the standard input (eg because it
|
|
|
|
is being created by @code{@value{GCC}} and the @samp{-pipe} command line switch
|
|
|
|
is being used) then the listing will not contain any comments or preprocessor
|
|
|
|
directives. This is because the listing code buffers input source lines from
|
|
|
|
stdin only after they have been preprocessed by the assembler. This reduces
|
|
|
|
memory usage and makes the code more efficient.
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-13 19:53:52 +00:00
|
|
|
@node alternate
|
|
|
|
@section @option{--alternate}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@kindex --alternate
|
|
|
|
Begin in alternate macro mode, see @ref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node D
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@section @option{-D}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@kindex -D
|
|
|
|
This option has no effect whatsoever, but it is accepted to make it more
|
|
|
|
likely that scripts written for other assemblers also work with
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node f
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Work Faster: @option{-f}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@kindex -f
|
|
|
|
@cindex trusted compiler
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex faster processing (@option{-f})
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@samp{-f} should only be used when assembling programs written by a
|
|
|
|
(trusted) compiler. @samp{-f} stops the assembler from doing whitespace
|
|
|
|
and comment preprocessing on
|
|
|
|
the input file(s) before assembling them. @xref{Preprocessing,
|
|
|
|
,Preprocessing}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@quotation
|
|
|
|
@emph{Warning:} if you use @samp{-f} when the files actually need to be
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
preprocessed (if they contain comments, for example), @command{@value{AS}} does
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
not work correctly.
|
|
|
|
@end quotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node I
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@section @code{.include} Search Path: @option{-I} @var{path}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@kindex -I @var{path}
|
|
|
|
@cindex paths for @code{.include}
|
|
|
|
@cindex search path for @code{.include}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{include} directive search path
|
|
|
|
Use this option to add a @var{path} to the list of directories
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} searches for files specified in @code{.include}
|
|
|
|
directives (@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You may use @option{-I} as
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
many times as necessary to include a variety of paths. The current
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
working directory is always searched first; after that, @command{@value{AS}}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
searches any @samp{-I} directories in the same order as they were
|
|
|
|
specified (left to right) on the command line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node K
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Difference Tables: @option{-K}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@kindex -K
|
|
|
|
@ifclear DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
|
|
On the @value{TARGET} family, this option is allowed, but has no effect. It is
|
|
|
|
permitted for compatibility with the @sc{gnu} assembler on other platforms,
|
|
|
|
where it can be used to warn when the assembler alters the machine code
|
|
|
|
generated for @samp{.word} directives in difference tables. The @value{TARGET}
|
|
|
|
family does not have the addressing limitations that sometimes lead to this
|
|
|
|
alteration on other platforms.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
|
|
@cindex difference tables, warning
|
|
|
|
@cindex warning for altered difference tables
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} sometimes alters the code emitted for directives of the form
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@samp{.word @var{sym1}-@var{sym2}}; @pxref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
|
|
|
|
You can use the @samp{-K} option if you want a warning issued when this
|
|
|
|
is done.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node L
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Include Local Labels: @option{-L}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@kindex -L
|
|
|
|
@cindex local labels, retaining in output
|
|
|
|
Labels beginning with @samp{L} (upper case only) are called @dfn{local
|
|
|
|
labels}. @xref{Symbol Names}. Normally you do not see such labels when
|
|
|
|
debugging, because they are intended for the use of programs (like
|
|
|
|
compilers) that compose assembler programs, not for your notice.
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} discard such labels, so you do not
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
normally debug with them.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
This option tells @command{@value{AS}} to retain those @samp{L@dots{}} symbols
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
in the object file. Usually if you do this you also tell the linker
|
|
|
|
@code{@value{LD}} to preserve symbols whose names begin with @samp{L}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, a local label is any label beginning with @samp{L}, but each
|
|
|
|
target is allowed to redefine the local label prefix.
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
On the HPPA local labels begin with @samp{L$}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2001-03-23 19:35:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@node listing
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Configuring listing output: @option{--listing}
|
2001-03-23 19:35:02 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The listing feature of the assembler can be enabled via the command line switch
|
|
|
|
@samp{-a} (@pxref{a}). This feature combines the input source file(s) with a
|
|
|
|
hex dump of the corresponding locations in the output object file, and displays
|
|
|
|
them as a listing file. The format of this listing can be controlled by pseudo
|
|
|
|
ops inside the assembler source (@pxref{List} @pxref{Title} @pxref{Sbttl}
|
|
|
|
@pxref{Psize} @pxref{Eject}) and also by the following switches:
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @gcctabopt
|
2001-03-23 19:35:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@item --listing-lhs-width=@samp{number}
|
|
|
|
@kindex --listing-lhs-width
|
|
|
|
@cindex Width of first line disassembly output
|
|
|
|
Sets the maximum width, in words, of the first line of the hex byte dump. This
|
|
|
|
dump appears on the left hand side of the listing output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --listing-lhs-width2=@samp{number}
|
|
|
|
@kindex --listing-lhs-width2
|
|
|
|
@cindex Width of continuation lines of disassembly output
|
|
|
|
Sets the maximum width, in words, of any further lines of the hex byte dump for
|
2002-07-19 11:35:06 +00:00
|
|
|
a given input source line. If this value is not specified, it defaults to being
|
2001-03-23 19:35:02 +00:00
|
|
|
the same as the value specified for @samp{--listing-lhs-width}. If neither
|
|
|
|
switch is used the default is to one.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --listing-rhs-width=@samp{number}
|
|
|
|
@kindex --listing-rhs-width
|
|
|
|
@cindex Width of source line output
|
|
|
|
Sets the maximum width, in characters, of the source line that is displayed
|
|
|
|
alongside the hex dump. The default value for this parameter is 100. The
|
|
|
|
source line is displayed on the right hand side of the listing output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item --listing-cont-lines=@samp{number}
|
|
|
|
@kindex --listing-cont-lines
|
|
|
|
@cindex Maximum number of continuation lines
|
|
|
|
Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex dump that will be
|
|
|
|
displayed for a given single line of source input. The default value is 4.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node M
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Assemble in MRI Compatibility Mode: @option{-M}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@kindex -M
|
|
|
|
@cindex MRI compatibility mode
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
The @option{-M} or @option{--mri} option selects MRI compatibility mode. This
|
|
|
|
changes the syntax and pseudo-op handling of @command{@value{AS}} to make it
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
compatible with the @code{ASM68K} or the @code{ASM960} (depending upon the
|
|
|
|
configured target) assembler from Microtec Research. The exact nature of the
|
|
|
|
MRI syntax will not be documented here; see the MRI manuals for more
|
|
|
|
information. Note in particular that the handling of macros and macro
|
|
|
|
arguments is somewhat different. The purpose of this option is to permit
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
assembling existing MRI assembler code using @command{@value{AS}}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The MRI compatibility is not complete. Certain operations of the MRI assembler
|
|
|
|
depend upon its object file format, and can not be supported using other object
|
|
|
|
file formats. Supporting these would require enhancing each object file format
|
|
|
|
individually. These are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
|
|
@item global symbols in common section
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The m68k MRI assembler supports common sections which are merged by the linker.
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Other object file formats do not support this. @command{@value{AS}} handles
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
common sections by treating them as a single common symbol. It permits local
|
|
|
|
symbols to be defined within a common section, but it can not support global
|
|
|
|
symbols, since it has no way to describe them.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item complex relocations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The MRI assemblers support relocations against a negated section address, and
|
|
|
|
relocations which combine the start addresses of two or more sections. These
|
|
|
|
are not support by other object file formats.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @code{END} pseudo-op specifying start address
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The MRI @code{END} pseudo-op permits the specification of a start address.
|
|
|
|
This is not supported by other object file formats. The start address may
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
instead be specified using the @option{-e} option to the linker, or in a linker
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
script.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The MRI @code{IDNT}, @code{.ident} and @code{NAME} pseudo-ops assign a module
|
|
|
|
name to the output file. This is not supported by other object file formats.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @code{ORG} pseudo-op
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The m68k MRI @code{ORG} pseudo-op begins an absolute section at a given
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
address. This differs from the usual @command{@value{AS}} @code{.org} pseudo-op,
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
which changes the location within the current section. Absolute sections are
|
|
|
|
not supported by other object file formats. The address of a section may be
|
|
|
|
assigned within a linker script.
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There are some other features of the MRI assembler which are not supported by
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}}, typically either because they are difficult or because they
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
seem of little consequence. Some of these may be supported in future releases.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item EBCDIC strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBCDIC strings are not supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item packed binary coded decimal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Packed binary coded decimal is not supported. This means that the @code{DC.P}
|
|
|
|
and @code{DCB.P} pseudo-ops are not supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @code{FEQU} pseudo-op
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The m68k @code{FEQU} pseudo-op is not supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The m68k @code{NOOBJ} pseudo-op is not supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @code{OPT} branch control options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The m68k @code{OPT} branch control options---@code{B}, @code{BRS}, @code{BRB},
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{BRL}, and @code{BRW}---are ignored. @command{@value{AS}} automatically
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
relaxes all branches, whether forward or backward, to an appropriate size, so
|
|
|
|
these options serve no purpose.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @code{OPT} list control options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following m68k @code{OPT} list control options are ignored: @code{C},
|
|
|
|
@code{CEX}, @code{CL}, @code{CRE}, @code{E}, @code{G}, @code{I}, @code{M},
|
|
|
|
@code{MEX}, @code{MC}, @code{MD}, @code{X}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item other @code{OPT} options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following m68k @code{OPT} options are ignored: @code{NEST}, @code{O},
|
|
|
|
@code{OLD}, @code{OP}, @code{P}, @code{PCO}, @code{PCR}, @code{PCS}, @code{R}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @code{OPT} @code{D} option is default
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The m68k @code{OPT} @code{D} option is the default, unlike the MRI assembler.
|
|
|
|
@code{OPT NOD} may be used to turn it off.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @code{XREF} pseudo-op.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The m68k @code{XREF} pseudo-op is ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @code{.debug} pseudo-op
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The i960 @code{.debug} pseudo-op is not supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @code{.extended} pseudo-op
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The i960 @code{.extended} pseudo-op is not supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @code{.list} pseudo-op.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The various options of the i960 @code{.list} pseudo-op are not supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @code{.optimize} pseudo-op
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The i960 @code{.optimize} pseudo-op is not supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @code{.output} pseudo-op
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The i960 @code{.output} pseudo-op is not supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @code{.setreal} pseudo-op
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The i960 @code{.setreal} pseudo-op is not supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node MD
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Dependency Tracking: @option{--MD}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@kindex --MD
|
|
|
|
@cindex dependency tracking
|
|
|
|
@cindex make rules
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} can generate a dependency file for the file it creates. This
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
file consists of a single rule suitable for @code{make} describing the
|
|
|
|
dependencies of the main source file.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The rule is written to the file named in its argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This feature is used in the automatic updating of makefiles.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node o
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Name the Object File: @option{-o}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@kindex -o
|
|
|
|
@cindex naming object file
|
|
|
|
@cindex object file name
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
There is always one object file output when you run @command{@value{AS}}. By
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
default it has the name
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
|
|
@file{a.out} (or @file{b.out}, for Intel 960 targets only).
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear I960
|
|
|
|
@file{a.out}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
|
|
@file{b.out}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear I960
|
|
|
|
@file{a.out}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
You use this option (which takes exactly one filename) to give the
|
|
|
|
object file a different name.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Whatever the object file is called, @command{@value{AS}} overwrites any
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
existing file of the same name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node R
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Join Data and Text Sections: @option{-R}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@kindex -R
|
|
|
|
@cindex data and text sections, joining
|
|
|
|
@cindex text and data sections, joining
|
|
|
|
@cindex joining text and data sections
|
|
|
|
@cindex merging text and data sections
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@option{-R} tells @command{@value{AS}} to write the object file as if all
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
data-section data lives in the text section. This is only done at
|
|
|
|
the very last moment: your binary data are the same, but data
|
|
|
|
section parts are relocated differently. The data section part of
|
|
|
|
your object file is zero bytes long because all its bytes are
|
|
|
|
appended to the text section. (@xref{Sections,,Sections and Relocation}.)
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
When you specify @option{-R} it would be possible to generate shorter
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
address displacements (because we do not have to cross between text and
|
|
|
|
data section). We refrain from doing this simply for compatibility with
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
older versions of @command{@value{AS}}. In future, @option{-R} may work this way.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF-ELF
|
|
|
|
When @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF or ELF output,
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
this option is only useful if you use sections named @samp{.text} and
|
|
|
|
@samp{.data}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@option{-R} is not supported for any of the HPPA targets. Using
|
|
|
|
@option{-R} generates a warning from @command{@value{AS}}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node statistics
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Display Assembly Statistics: @option{--statistics}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@kindex --statistics
|
|
|
|
@cindex statistics, about assembly
|
|
|
|
@cindex time, total for assembly
|
|
|
|
@cindex space used, maximum for assembly
|
|
|
|
Use @samp{--statistics} to display two statistics about the resources used by
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}}: the maximum amount of space allocated during the assembly
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
(in bytes), and the total execution time taken for the assembly (in @sc{cpu}
|
|
|
|
seconds).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node traditional-format
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Compatible Output: @option{--traditional-format}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@kindex --traditional-format
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
For some targets, the output of @command{@value{AS}} is different in some ways
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
from the output of some existing assembler. This switch requests
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} to use the traditional format instead.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, it disables the exception frame optimizations which
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} normally does by default on @code{@value{GCC}} output.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node v
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Announce Version: @option{-v}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@kindex -v
|
|
|
|
@kindex -version
|
|
|
|
@cindex assembler version
|
|
|
|
@cindex version of assembler
|
|
|
|
You can find out what version of as is running by including the
|
|
|
|
option @samp{-v} (which you can also spell as @samp{-version}) on the
|
|
|
|
command line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node W
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Control Warnings: @option{-W}, @option{--warn}, @option{--no-warn}, @option{--fatal-warnings}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} should never give a warning or error message when
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
assembling compiler output. But programs written by people often
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
cause @command{@value{AS}} to give a warning that a particular assumption was
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
made. All such warnings are directed to the standard error file.
|
1999-10-11 04:07:10 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex -W
|
|
|
|
@kindex --no-warn
|
1999-10-11 04:07:10 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex suppressing warnings
|
|
|
|
@cindex warnings, suppressing
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
If you use the @option{-W} and @option{--no-warn} options, no warnings are issued.
|
1999-10-11 04:07:10 +00:00
|
|
|
This only affects the warning messages: it does not change any particular of
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
how @command{@value{AS}} assembles your file. Errors, which stop the assembly,
|
1999-10-11 04:07:10 +00:00
|
|
|
are still reported.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex --fatal-warnings
|
1999-10-11 04:07:10 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex errors, caused by warnings
|
|
|
|
@cindex warnings, causing error
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
If you use the @option{--fatal-warnings} option, @command{@value{AS}} considers
|
1999-10-11 04:07:10 +00:00
|
|
|
files that generate warnings to be in error.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@kindex --warn
|
1999-10-11 04:07:10 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex warnings, switching on
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
You can switch these options off again by specifying @option{--warn}, which
|
1999-10-11 04:07:10 +00:00
|
|
|
causes warnings to be output as usual.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Z
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Generate Object File in Spite of Errors: @option{-Z}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex object file, after errors
|
|
|
|
@cindex errors, continuing after
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
After an error message, @command{@value{AS}} normally produces no output. If for
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
some reason you are interested in object file output even after
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} gives an error message on your program, use the @samp{-Z}
|
|
|
|
option. If there are any errors, @command{@value{AS}} continues anyways, and
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
writes an object file after a final warning message of the form @samp{@var{n}
|
|
|
|
errors, @var{m} warnings, generating bad object file.}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Syntax
|
|
|
|
@chapter Syntax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex machine-independent syntax
|
|
|
|
@cindex syntax, machine-independent
|
|
|
|
This chapter describes the machine-independent syntax allowed in a
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
source file. @command{@value{AS}} syntax is similar to what many other
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
assemblers use; it is inspired by the BSD 4.2
|
|
|
|
@ifclear VAX
|
|
|
|
assembler.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset VAX
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
assembler, except that @command{@value{AS}} does not assemble Vax bit-fields.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* Preprocessing:: Preprocessing
|
|
|
|
* Whitespace:: Whitespace
|
|
|
|
* Comments:: Comments
|
|
|
|
* Symbol Intro:: Symbols
|
|
|
|
* Statements:: Statements
|
|
|
|
* Constants:: Constants
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Preprocessing
|
|
|
|
@section Preprocessing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex preprocessing
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
The @command{@value{AS}} internal preprocessor:
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
|
|
@cindex whitespace, removed by preprocessor
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
adjusts and removes extra whitespace. It leaves one space or tab before
|
|
|
|
the keywords on a line, and turns any other whitespace on the line into
|
|
|
|
a single space.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex comments, removed by preprocessor
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
removes all comments, replacing them with a single space, or an
|
|
|
|
appropriate number of newlines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex constants, converted by preprocessor
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
converts character constants into the appropriate numeric values.
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
It does not do macro processing, include file handling, or
|
|
|
|
anything else you may get from your C compiler's preprocessor. You can
|
|
|
|
do include file processing with the @code{.include} directive
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{Include,,@code{.include}}). You can use the @sc{gnu} C compiler driver
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
to get other ``CPP'' style preprocessing by giving the input file a
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@samp{.S} suffix. @xref{Overall Options,, Options Controlling the Kind of
|
|
|
|
Output, gcc.info, Using GNU CC}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess whitespace, comments, and character constants
|
|
|
|
cannot be used in the portions of the input text that are not
|
|
|
|
preprocessed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex turning preprocessing on and off
|
|
|
|
@cindex preprocessing, turning on and off
|
|
|
|
@kindex #NO_APP
|
|
|
|
@kindex #APP
|
|
|
|
If the first line of an input file is @code{#NO_APP} or if you use the
|
|
|
|
@samp{-f} option, whitespace and comments are not removed from the input file.
|
|
|
|
Within an input file, you can ask for whitespace and comment removal in
|
|
|
|
specific portions of the by putting a line that says @code{#APP} before the
|
|
|
|
text that may contain whitespace or comments, and putting a line that says
|
|
|
|
@code{#NO_APP} after this text. This feature is mainly intend to support
|
|
|
|
@code{asm} statements in compilers whose output is otherwise free of comments
|
|
|
|
and whitespace.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Whitespace
|
|
|
|
@section Whitespace
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex whitespace
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Whitespace} is one or more blanks or tabs, in any order.
|
|
|
|
Whitespace is used to separate symbols, and to make programs neater for
|
|
|
|
people to read. Unless within character constants
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{Characters,,Character Constants}), any whitespace means the same
|
|
|
|
as exactly one space.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Comments
|
|
|
|
@section Comments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex comments
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
There are two ways of rendering comments to @command{@value{AS}}. In both
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
cases the comment is equivalent to one space.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anything from @samp{/*} through the next @samp{*/} is a comment.
|
|
|
|
This means you may not nest these comments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
The only way to include a newline ('\n') in a comment
|
|
|
|
is to use this sort of comment.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* This sort of comment does not nest. */
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex line comment character
|
|
|
|
Anything from the @dfn{line comment} character to the next newline
|
|
|
|
is considered a comment and is ignored. The line comment character is
|
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
|
|
@samp{;} for the AMD 29K family;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset ARC
|
|
|
|
@samp{;} on the ARC;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-01-10 22:22:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ARM
|
|
|
|
@samp{@@} on the ARM;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset H8/300
|
|
|
|
@samp{;} for the H8/300 family;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8/500
|
|
|
|
@samp{!} for the H8/500 family;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
@samp{;} for the HPPA;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2001-01-06 11:07:06 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset I80386
|
|
|
|
@samp{#} on the i386 and x86-64;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
|
|
@samp{#} on the i960;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2001-02-18 23:33:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset PDP11
|
|
|
|
@samp{;} for the PDP-11;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-09-04 17:29:22 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset PJ
|
|
|
|
@samp{;} for picoJava;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
[gas/ChangeLog]
* config/tc-ppc.c (md_parse_option): New -m7410, -m7450 and -m7455
flags, equivalent to -m7400. New -maltivec to enable AltiVec
instructions. New -mbook64 and -mbooke/-mbooke32 flags to enable
64-bit and 32-bit BookE support, respectively. Change -m403 and
-m405 to set PPC403 option.
(md_show_usage): Adjust for new options.
* doc/all.texi: Set PPC.
* doc/as.texinfo: Add PPC support and pull in c-ppc.texi.
* doc/c-ppc.texi: New file.
* doc/Makefile.am (CPU_DOCS): Add c-ppc.texi.
* doc/Makefile.in: Regenerate.
[gas/testsuite/ChangeLog]
* gas/ppc/booke.s: New test for Motorola BookE.
* gas/ppc/booke.d: New file.
* gas/ppc/ppc.exp: Test booke.s.
[include/opcode/ChangeLog]
* ppc.h (PPC_OPCODE_BOOKE, PPC_OPCODE_403): New opcode flags for
BookE and PowerPC403 instructions.
[opcodes/ChangeLog]
* ppc-opc.c (insert_de, extract_de, insert_des, extract_des): New
instruction field instruction/extraction functions for new BookE
DE form instructions.
(CT): New macro for CT field in an X form instruction.
(DE, DES, DEO, DE_MASK): New macros for DE/DES fields in DE form
instructions.
(PPC64): Don't include PPC_OPCODE_PPC.
(403): New opcode macro for PPC403 processors.
(BOOKE): New opcode macro for BookE processors.
(bce, bcel, bcea, bcela, bclre, bclrel: New BookE instructions.
(bcctre, bcctrel, be, bel, bea, bela, icbt, icbte, lwzxe): Likewise.
(dcbste, lwzuxe, luxe, dcbfe, lbzxe, lwarxe, lbzuxe): Likewise.
(stwcxe, stwxe, stxe, stwuxe, stuxe, stbxe, dcbtste, stbuxe): Likewise.
(mfapidi, dcbte, lhzxe, lhzuxe, lhaxe, lhauxe, subfe64): Likewise.
(subfeo64, adde64, addeo64, sthxe, sthuxe, subfze64): Likewise.
(subfzeo64, addze64, addzeo64, dcbie, subfme64, subfmeo64): Likewise.
(addme64, addmeo64, stdcxe., mcrxr64, lwbrxe, lfsxe, lfsuxe): Likewise.
(lfdxe, lfduxe, stwbrxe, stfsxe, stfsuxe, stfdxe, dcbae): Likewise.
(stfduxe, tlbivax, tlbivaxe, lhbrxe, ldxe, lduxe, tlbsx): Likewise.
(tlbsxe, sthbrxe, stdxe, stduxe, icbie, stfiwxe, dcbze, lbze): Likewise.
(lbzue, ldue, lhze, lhzue, lhae, lhaue, lwze, lwzue): Likewise.
(stbe, stbue, sthe, sthue, stwe, stwue, lfse, lfsue, lfde): Likewise.
(lfdue, stde, stdue, stfse, stfsue, stfde, stfdue): Likewise.
* ppc-dis.c (print_insn_big_powerpc, print_insn_little_powerpc): Look
for a disassembler option of `booke', `booke32' or `booke64' to enable
BookE support in the disassembler.
2001-10-13 01:59:09 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset PPC
|
2003-09-07 12:28:09 +00:00
|
|
|
@samp{#} for Motorola PowerPC;
|
[gas/ChangeLog]
* config/tc-ppc.c (md_parse_option): New -m7410, -m7450 and -m7455
flags, equivalent to -m7400. New -maltivec to enable AltiVec
instructions. New -mbook64 and -mbooke/-mbooke32 flags to enable
64-bit and 32-bit BookE support, respectively. Change -m403 and
-m405 to set PPC403 option.
(md_show_usage): Adjust for new options.
* doc/all.texi: Set PPC.
* doc/as.texinfo: Add PPC support and pull in c-ppc.texi.
* doc/c-ppc.texi: New file.
* doc/Makefile.am (CPU_DOCS): Add c-ppc.texi.
* doc/Makefile.in: Regenerate.
[gas/testsuite/ChangeLog]
* gas/ppc/booke.s: New test for Motorola BookE.
* gas/ppc/booke.d: New file.
* gas/ppc/ppc.exp: Test booke.s.
[include/opcode/ChangeLog]
* ppc.h (PPC_OPCODE_BOOKE, PPC_OPCODE_403): New opcode flags for
BookE and PowerPC403 instructions.
[opcodes/ChangeLog]
* ppc-opc.c (insert_de, extract_de, insert_des, extract_des): New
instruction field instruction/extraction functions for new BookE
DE form instructions.
(CT): New macro for CT field in an X form instruction.
(DE, DES, DEO, DE_MASK): New macros for DE/DES fields in DE form
instructions.
(PPC64): Don't include PPC_OPCODE_PPC.
(403): New opcode macro for PPC403 processors.
(BOOKE): New opcode macro for BookE processors.
(bce, bcel, bcea, bcela, bclre, bclrel: New BookE instructions.
(bcctre, bcctrel, be, bel, bea, bela, icbt, icbte, lwzxe): Likewise.
(dcbste, lwzuxe, luxe, dcbfe, lbzxe, lwarxe, lbzuxe): Likewise.
(stwcxe, stwxe, stxe, stwuxe, stuxe, stbxe, dcbtste, stbuxe): Likewise.
(mfapidi, dcbte, lhzxe, lhzuxe, lhaxe, lhauxe, subfe64): Likewise.
(subfeo64, adde64, addeo64, sthxe, sthuxe, subfze64): Likewise.
(subfzeo64, addze64, addzeo64, dcbie, subfme64, subfmeo64): Likewise.
(addme64, addmeo64, stdcxe., mcrxr64, lwbrxe, lfsxe, lfsuxe): Likewise.
(lfdxe, lfduxe, stwbrxe, stfsxe, stfsuxe, stfdxe, dcbae): Likewise.
(stfduxe, tlbivax, tlbivaxe, lhbrxe, ldxe, lduxe, tlbsx): Likewise.
(tlbsxe, sthbrxe, stdxe, stduxe, icbie, stfiwxe, dcbze, lbze): Likewise.
(lbzue, ldue, lhze, lhzue, lhae, lhaue, lwze, lwzue): Likewise.
(stbe, stbue, sthe, sthue, stwe, stwue, lfse, lfsue, lfde): Likewise.
(lfdue, stde, stdue, stfse, stfsue, stfde, stfdue): Likewise.
* ppc-dis.c (print_insn_big_powerpc, print_insn_little_powerpc): Look
for a disassembler option of `booke', `booke32' or `booke64' to enable
BookE support in the disassembler.
2001-10-13 01:59:09 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset SH
|
2003-04-23 21:09:04 +00:00
|
|
|
@samp{!} for the Renesas / SuperH SH;
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset SPARC
|
|
|
|
@samp{!} on the SPARC;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2002-07-19 07:52:40 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset IP2K
|
|
|
|
@samp{#} on the ip2k;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* configure.in: Add cases for Renesas m32c.
* configure: Regenerated.
bfd/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for m32c-*-elf (Renesas m32c and m16c).
* Makefile.am (ALL_MACHINES): Add cpu-m32c.lo.
(ALL_MACHINES_CFILES): Add cpu-m32c.c.
(BFD32_BACKENDS): Add elf32-m32c.lo.
(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add elf32-m32c.c.
(cpu-m32c.lo, elf32-m32c.lo): New rules, generated by 'make dep-am'.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* archures.c (bfd_arch_m32c, bfd_mach_m16c, bfd_mach_m32c): New
arch and mach codes.
(bfd_m32c_arch): New arch info object.
(bfd_archures_list): List bfd_m32c_arch.
* bfd-in2.h: Regenerated.
* config.bfd: Add case for the m32c.
* configure.in: Add case for the m32c.
* configure: Regenerated.
* cpu-m32c.c, elf32-m32c.c: New files.
* libbfd.h: Regenerated.
* targets.c (bfd_elf32_m32c_vec): Declare.
(_bfd_target_vector): List bfd_elf32_m32c_vec.
binutils/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* readelf.c: #include "elf/m32c.h"
(guess_is_rela, dump_relocations, get_machine_name): Add cases for
EM_M32C.
* Makefile.am (readelf.o): Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
cpu/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* m32c.cpu, m32c.opc: Machine description for the Renesas M32C.
gas/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for the Renesas M32C.
* Makefile.am (CPU_TYPES): List m32c.
(TARGET_CPU_CFILES): List config/tc-m32c.c.
(TARGET_CPU_HFILES): List config/tc-m32c.h.
* configure.in: Add case for m32c.
* configure.tgt: Add cases for m32c and m32c-*-elf.
* configure: Regenerated.
* config/tc-m32c.c, config/tc-m32c.h: New files.
* doc/Makefile.am (CPU_DOCS): Add c-m32c.texi.
* doc/Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* doc/all.texi: Set M32C.
* doc/as.texinfo: Add text for the M32C-specific options and line
comment characters, and refer to c-m32c.texi.
* doc/c-m32c.texi: New file.
include/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* dis-asm.h (print_insn_m32c): New declaration.
include/elf/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for Renesas M32C and M16C.
* common.h (EM_M32C): New machine number.
* m32c.h: New file.
ld/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for the Renesas M32C and M16C.
* Makefile.am (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eelf32m32c.o.
(eelf32m32c.c): New target.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* configure.tgt: Add case for m32c-*-elf.
* emulparams/elf32m32c.sh: New file.
opcodes/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for the Renesas M32C and M16C.
* m32c-asm.c, m32c-desc.c, m32c-dis.c, m32c-ibld.c, m32c-opc.c: New.
* m32c-desc.h, m32c-opc.h: New.
* Makefile.am (HFILES): List m32c-desc.h and m32c-opc.h.
(CFILES): List m32c-asm.c, m32c-desc.c, m32c-dis.c, m32c-ibld.c,
m32c-opc.c.
(ALL_MACHINES): List m32c-asm.lo, m32c-desc.lo, m32c-dis.lo,
m32c-ibld.lo, m32c-opc.lo.
(CLEANFILES): List stamp-m32c.
(M32C_DEPS): List stamp-m32c, if CGEN_MAINT.
(CGEN_CPUS): Add m32c.
(m32c-asm.c, m32c-desc.c, m32c-dis.c, m32c-ibld.c, m32c-opc.c)
(m32c-desc.h, m32c-opc.h): Depend on M32C_DEPS.
(m32c_opc_h): New variable.
(stamp-m32c, m32c-asm.lo, m32c-desc.lo, m32c-dis.lo, m32c-ibld.lo)
(m32c-opc.lo): New rules.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* configure.in: Add case for bfd_m32c_arch.
* configure: Regenerated.
* disassemble.c (ARCH_m32c): New.
[ARCH_m32c]: #include "m32c-desc.h".
(disassembler) [ARCH_m32c]: Add case for bfd_arch_m32c.
(disassemble_init_for_target) [ARCH_m32c]: Same.
* cgen-ops.h, cgen-types.h: New files.
* Makefile.am (HFILES): List them.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
2005-07-14 22:52:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M32C
|
|
|
|
@samp{#} on the m32c;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M32R
|
|
|
|
@samp{#} on the m32r;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset M680X0
|
|
|
|
@samp{|} on the 680x0;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-06-19 01:22:44 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M68HC11
|
|
|
|
@samp{#} on the 68HC11 and 68HC12;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2001-07-05 00:25:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M880X0
|
|
|
|
@samp{;} on the M880x0;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset VAX
|
|
|
|
@samp{#} on the Vax;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset Z8000
|
|
|
|
@samp{!} for the Z8000;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset V850
|
|
|
|
@samp{#} on the V850;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2003-04-01 15:50:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset XTENSA
|
|
|
|
@samp{#} for Xtensa systems;
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
see @ref{Machine Dependencies}. @refill
|
2001-07-05 00:25:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@c FIXME What about i860?
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
On some machines there are two different line comment characters. One
|
|
|
|
character only begins a comment if it is the first non-whitespace character on
|
|
|
|
a line, while the other always begins a comment.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset V850
|
|
|
|
The V850 assembler also supports a double dash as starting a comment that
|
|
|
|
extends to the end of the line.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@samp{--};
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@kindex #
|
|
|
|
@cindex lines starting with @code{#}
|
|
|
|
@cindex logical line numbers
|
|
|
|
To be compatible with past assemblers, lines that begin with @samp{#} have a
|
|
|
|
special interpretation. Following the @samp{#} should be an absolute
|
|
|
|
expression (@pxref{Expressions}): the logical line number of the @emph{next}
|
|
|
|
line. Then a string (@pxref{Strings,, Strings}) is allowed: if present it is a
|
|
|
|
new logical file name. The rest of the line, if any, should be whitespace.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the first non-whitespace characters on the line are not numeric,
|
|
|
|
the line is ignored. (Just like a comment.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
# This is an ordinary comment.
|
|
|
|
# 42-6 "new_file_name" # New logical file name
|
|
|
|
# This is logical line # 36.
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
This feature is deprecated, and may disappear from future versions
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
of @command{@value{AS}}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Symbol Intro
|
|
|
|
@section Symbols
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex characters used in symbols
|
|
|
|
@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
|
|
|
|
A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
|
|
|
|
letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
|
|
|
|
@samp{_.$}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
|
|
A @dfn{symbol} is one or more characters chosen from the set of all
|
|
|
|
letters (both upper and lower case), digits and the three characters
|
|
|
|
@samp{._$}. (Save that, on the H8/300 only, you may not use @samp{$} in
|
|
|
|
symbol names.)
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
On most machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions
|
|
|
|
are noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
No symbol may begin with a digit. Case is significant.
|
|
|
|
There is no length limit: all characters are significant. Symbols are
|
|
|
|
delimited by characters not in that set, or by the beginning of a file
|
|
|
|
(since the source program must end with a newline, the end of a file is
|
|
|
|
not a possible symbol delimiter). @xref{Symbols}.
|
|
|
|
@cindex length of symbols
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Statements
|
|
|
|
@section Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex statements, structure of
|
|
|
|
@cindex line separator character
|
|
|
|
@cindex statement separator character
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifclear abnormal-separator
|
|
|
|
A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or at a
|
|
|
|
semicolon (@samp{;}). The newline or semicolon is considered part of
|
|
|
|
the preceding statement. Newlines and semicolons within character
|
|
|
|
constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset abnormal-separator
|
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
|
|
A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an ``at''
|
|
|
|
sign (@samp{@@}). The newline or at sign is considered part of the
|
|
|
|
preceding statement. Newlines and at signs within character constants
|
|
|
|
are an exception: they do not end statements.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or an exclamation
|
|
|
|
point (@samp{!}). The newline or exclamation point is considered part of the
|
|
|
|
preceding statement. Newlines and exclamation points within character
|
|
|
|
constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
|
|
A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}); or (for the
|
|
|
|
H8/300) a dollar sign (@samp{$}); or (for the
|
2003-04-15 08:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Renesas-SH or the
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
H8/500) a semicolon
|
|
|
|
(@samp{;}). The newline or separator character is considered part of
|
|
|
|
the preceding statement. Newlines and separators within character
|
|
|
|
constants are an exception: they do not end statements.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
A @dfn{statement} ends at a newline character (@samp{\n}) or line
|
|
|
|
separator character. (The line separator is usually @samp{;}, unless
|
|
|
|
this conflicts with the comment character; @pxref{Machine Dependencies}.) The
|
|
|
|
newline or separator character is considered part of the preceding
|
|
|
|
statement. Newlines and separators within character constants are an
|
|
|
|
exception: they do not end statements.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex newline, required at file end
|
|
|
|
@cindex EOF, newline must precede
|
|
|
|
It is an error to end any statement with end-of-file: the last
|
|
|
|
character of any input file should be a newline.@refill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
An empty statement is allowed, and may include whitespace. It is ignored.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex instructions and directives
|
|
|
|
@cindex directives and instructions
|
|
|
|
@c "key symbol" is not used elsewhere in the document; seems pedantic to
|
|
|
|
@c @defn{} it in that case, as was done previously... doc@cygnus.com,
|
|
|
|
@c 13feb91.
|
|
|
|
A statement begins with zero or more labels, optionally followed by a
|
|
|
|
key symbol which determines what kind of statement it is. The key
|
|
|
|
symbol determines the syntax of the rest of the statement. If the
|
|
|
|
symbol begins with a dot @samp{.} then the statement is an assembler
|
|
|
|
directive: typically valid for any computer. If the symbol begins with
|
|
|
|
a letter the statement is an assembly language @dfn{instruction}: it
|
|
|
|
assembles into a machine language instruction.
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Different versions of @command{@value{AS}} for different computers
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
recognize different instructions. In fact, the same symbol may
|
|
|
|
represent a different instruction in a different computer's assembly
|
|
|
|
language.@refill
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{:} (label)
|
|
|
|
@cindex label (@code{:})
|
|
|
|
A label is a symbol immediately followed by a colon (@code{:}).
|
|
|
|
Whitespace before a label or after a colon is permitted, but you may not
|
|
|
|
have whitespace between a label's symbol and its colon. @xref{Labels}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
For HPPA targets, labels need not be immediately followed by a colon, but
|
|
|
|
the definition of a label must begin in column zero. This also implies that
|
|
|
|
only one label may be defined on each line.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
label: .directive followed by something
|
|
|
|
another_label: # This is an empty statement.
|
|
|
|
instruction operand_1, operand_2, @dots{}
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Constants
|
|
|
|
@section Constants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex constants
|
|
|
|
A constant is a number, written so that its value is known by
|
|
|
|
inspection, without knowing any context. Like this:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
@group
|
|
|
|
.byte 74, 0112, 092, 0x4A, 0X4a, 'J, '\J # All the same value.
|
|
|
|
.ascii "Ring the bell\7" # A string constant.
|
|
|
|
.octa 0x123456789abcdef0123456789ABCDEF0 # A bignum.
|
|
|
|
.float 0f-314159265358979323846264338327\
|
|
|
|
95028841971.693993751E-40 # - pi, a flonum.
|
|
|
|
@end group
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* Characters:: Character Constants
|
|
|
|
* Numbers:: Number Constants
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Characters
|
|
|
|
@subsection Character Constants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex character constants
|
|
|
|
@cindex constants, character
|
|
|
|
There are two kinds of character constants. A @dfn{character} stands
|
|
|
|
for one character in one byte and its value may be used in
|
|
|
|
numeric expressions. String constants (properly called string
|
|
|
|
@emph{literals}) are potentially many bytes and their values may not be
|
|
|
|
used in arithmetic expressions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* Strings:: Strings
|
|
|
|
* Chars:: Characters
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Strings
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection Strings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex string constants
|
|
|
|
@cindex constants, string
|
|
|
|
A @dfn{string} is written between double-quotes. It may contain
|
|
|
|
double-quotes or null characters. The way to get special characters
|
|
|
|
into a string is to @dfn{escape} these characters: precede them with
|
|
|
|
a backslash @samp{\} character. For example @samp{\\} represents
|
|
|
|
one backslash: the first @code{\} is an escape which tells
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} to interpret the second character literally as a backslash
|
|
|
|
(which prevents @command{@value{AS}} from recognizing the second @code{\} as an
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
escape character). The complete list of escapes follows.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex escape codes, character
|
|
|
|
@cindex character escape codes
|
|
|
|
@table @kbd
|
|
|
|
@c @item \a
|
|
|
|
@c Mnemonic for ACKnowledge; for ASCII this is octal code 007.
|
|
|
|
@c
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{\b} (backspace character)
|
|
|
|
@cindex backspace (@code{\b})
|
|
|
|
@item \b
|
|
|
|
Mnemonic for backspace; for ASCII this is octal code 010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c @item \e
|
|
|
|
@c Mnemonic for EOText; for ASCII this is octal code 004.
|
|
|
|
@c
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{\f} (formfeed character)
|
|
|
|
@cindex formfeed (@code{\f})
|
|
|
|
@item \f
|
|
|
|
Mnemonic for FormFeed; for ASCII this is octal code 014.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{\n} (newline character)
|
|
|
|
@cindex newline (@code{\n})
|
|
|
|
@item \n
|
|
|
|
Mnemonic for newline; for ASCII this is octal code 012.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c @item \p
|
|
|
|
@c Mnemonic for prefix; for ASCII this is octal code 033, usually known as @code{escape}.
|
|
|
|
@c
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{\r} (carriage return character)
|
|
|
|
@cindex carriage return (@code{\r})
|
|
|
|
@item \r
|
|
|
|
Mnemonic for carriage-Return; for ASCII this is octal code 015.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c @item \s
|
|
|
|
@c Mnemonic for space; for ASCII this is octal code 040. Included for compliance with
|
|
|
|
@c other assemblers.
|
|
|
|
@c
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{\t} (tab)
|
|
|
|
@cindex tab (@code{\t})
|
|
|
|
@item \t
|
|
|
|
Mnemonic for horizontal Tab; for ASCII this is octal code 011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c @item \v
|
|
|
|
@c Mnemonic for Vertical tab; for ASCII this is octal code 013.
|
|
|
|
@c @item \x @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
|
|
|
|
@c A hexadecimal character code. The numeric code is 3 hexadecimal digits.
|
|
|
|
@c
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{\@var{ddd}} (octal character code)
|
|
|
|
@cindex octal character code (@code{\@var{ddd}})
|
|
|
|
@item \ @var{digit} @var{digit} @var{digit}
|
|
|
|
An octal character code. The numeric code is 3 octal digits.
|
|
|
|
For compatibility with other Unix systems, 8 and 9 are accepted as digits:
|
|
|
|
for example, @code{\008} has the value 010, and @code{\009} the value 011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{\@var{xd...}} (hex character code)
|
|
|
|
@cindex hex character code (@code{\@var{xd...}})
|
|
|
|
@item \@code{x} @var{hex-digits...}
|
|
|
|
A hex character code. All trailing hex digits are combined. Either upper or
|
|
|
|
lower case @code{x} works.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{\\} (@samp{\} character)
|
|
|
|
@cindex backslash (@code{\\})
|
|
|
|
@item \\
|
|
|
|
Represents one @samp{\} character.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c @item \'
|
|
|
|
@c Represents one @samp{'} (accent acute) character.
|
|
|
|
@c This is needed in single character literals
|
|
|
|
@c (@xref{Characters,,Character Constants}.) to represent
|
|
|
|
@c a @samp{'}.
|
|
|
|
@c
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{\"} (doublequote character)
|
|
|
|
@cindex doublequote (@code{\"})
|
|
|
|
@item \"
|
|
|
|
Represents one @samp{"} character. Needed in strings to represent
|
|
|
|
this character, because an unescaped @samp{"} would end the string.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item \ @var{anything-else}
|
|
|
|
Any other character when escaped by @kbd{\} gives a warning, but
|
|
|
|
assembles as if the @samp{\} was not present. The idea is that if
|
|
|
|
you used an escape sequence you clearly didn't want the literal
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
interpretation of the following character. However @command{@value{AS}} has no
|
|
|
|
other interpretation, so @command{@value{AS}} knows it is giving you the wrong
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
code and warns you of the fact.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Which characters are escapable, and what those escapes represent,
|
|
|
|
varies widely among assemblers. The current set is what we think
|
|
|
|
the BSD 4.2 assembler recognizes, and is a subset of what most C
|
|
|
|
compilers recognize. If you are in doubt, do not use an escape
|
|
|
|
sequence.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Chars
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection Characters
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex single character constant
|
|
|
|
@cindex character, single
|
|
|
|
@cindex constant, single character
|
|
|
|
A single character may be written as a single quote immediately
|
|
|
|
followed by that character. The same escapes apply to characters as
|
|
|
|
to strings. So if you want to write the character backslash, you
|
|
|
|
must write @kbd{'\\} where the first @code{\} escapes the second
|
|
|
|
@code{\}. As you can see, the quote is an acute accent, not a
|
|
|
|
grave accent. A newline
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifclear abnormal-separator
|
|
|
|
(or semicolon @samp{;})
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset abnormal-separator
|
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
|
|
(or at sign @samp{@@})
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
|
|
(or dollar sign @samp{$}, for the H8/300; or semicolon @samp{;} for the
|
2003-04-15 08:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Renesas SH or H8/500)
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
immediately following an acute accent is taken as a literal character
|
|
|
|
and does not count as the end of a statement. The value of a character
|
|
|
|
constant in a numeric expression is the machine's byte-wide code for
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
that character. @command{@value{AS}} assumes your character code is ASCII:
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@kbd{'A} means 65, @kbd{'B} means 66, and so on. @refill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Numbers
|
|
|
|
@subsection Number Constants
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex constants, number
|
|
|
|
@cindex number constants
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} distinguishes three kinds of numbers according to how they
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
are stored in the target machine. @emph{Integers} are numbers that
|
|
|
|
would fit into an @code{int} in the C language. @emph{Bignums} are
|
|
|
|
integers, but they are stored in more than 32 bits. @emph{Flonums}
|
|
|
|
are floating point numbers, described below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* Integers:: Integers
|
|
|
|
* Bignums:: Bignums
|
|
|
|
* Flonums:: Flonums
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
|
|
* Bit Fields:: Bit Fields
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Integers
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection Integers
|
|
|
|
@cindex integers
|
|
|
|
@cindex constants, integer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex binary integers
|
|
|
|
@cindex integers, binary
|
|
|
|
A binary integer is @samp{0b} or @samp{0B} followed by zero or more of
|
|
|
|
the binary digits @samp{01}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex octal integers
|
|
|
|
@cindex integers, octal
|
|
|
|
An octal integer is @samp{0} followed by zero or more of the octal
|
|
|
|
digits (@samp{01234567}).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex decimal integers
|
|
|
|
@cindex integers, decimal
|
|
|
|
A decimal integer starts with a non-zero digit followed by zero or
|
|
|
|
more digits (@samp{0123456789}).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex hexadecimal integers
|
|
|
|
@cindex integers, hexadecimal
|
|
|
|
A hexadecimal integer is @samp{0x} or @samp{0X} followed by one or
|
|
|
|
more hexadecimal digits chosen from @samp{0123456789abcdefABCDEF}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Integers have the usual values. To denote a negative integer, use
|
|
|
|
the prefix operator @samp{-} discussed under expressions
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{Prefix Ops,,Prefix Operators}).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Bignums
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection Bignums
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex bignums
|
|
|
|
@cindex constants, bignum
|
|
|
|
A @dfn{bignum} has the same syntax and semantics as an integer
|
|
|
|
except that the number (or its negative) takes more than 32 bits to
|
|
|
|
represent in binary. The distinction is made because in some places
|
|
|
|
integers are permitted while bignums are not.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Flonums
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection Flonums
|
|
|
|
@cindex flonums
|
|
|
|
@cindex floating point numbers
|
|
|
|
@cindex constants, floating point
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex precision, floating point
|
|
|
|
A @dfn{flonum} represents a floating point number. The translation is
|
|
|
|
indirect: a decimal floating point number from the text is converted by
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} to a generic binary floating point number of more than
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
sufficient precision. This generic floating point number is converted
|
|
|
|
to a particular computer's floating point format (or formats) by a
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
portion of @command{@value{AS}} specialized to that computer.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A flonum is written by writing (in order)
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
The digit @samp{0}.
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
(@samp{0} is optional on the HPPA.)
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
A letter, to tell @command{@value{AS}} the rest of the number is a flonum.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@kbd{e} is recommended. Case is not important.
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
|
|
@c FIXME: verify if flonum syntax really this vague for most cases
|
|
|
|
(Any otherwise illegal letter works here, but that might be changed. Vax BSD
|
|
|
|
4.2 assembler seems to allow any of @samp{defghDEFGH}.)
|
|
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On the H8/300, H8/500,
|
2003-04-23 21:09:04 +00:00
|
|
|
Renesas / SuperH SH,
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
and AMD 29K architectures, the letter must be
|
|
|
|
one of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On the ARC, the letter must be one of the letters @samp{DFRS}
|
|
|
|
(in upper or lower case).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On the Intel 960 architecture, the letter must be
|
|
|
|
one of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On the HPPA architecture, the letter must be @samp{E} (upper case only).
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
|
|
One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset ARC
|
|
|
|
One of the letters @samp{DFRS} (in upper or lower case).
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
|
|
One of the letters @samp{DFPRSX} (in upper or lower case).
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
The letter @samp{E} (upper case only).
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
|
|
One of the letters @samp{DFT} (in upper or lower case).
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
An optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
An optional @dfn{integer part}: zero or more decimal digits.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
An optional @dfn{fractional part}: @samp{.} followed by zero
|
|
|
|
or more decimal digits.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
An optional exponent, consisting of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
An @samp{E} or @samp{e}.
|
|
|
|
@c I can't find a config where "EXP_CHARS" is other than 'eE', but in
|
|
|
|
@c principle this can perfectly well be different on different targets.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
Optional sign: either @samp{+} or @samp{-}.
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
One or more decimal digits.
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At least one of the integer part or the fractional part must be
|
|
|
|
present. The floating point number has the usual base-10 value.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} does all processing using integers. Flonums are computed
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
independently of any floating point hardware in the computer running
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
|
|
@c Bit fields are written as a general facility but are also controlled
|
|
|
|
@c by a conditional-compilation flag---which is as of now (21mar91)
|
|
|
|
@c turned on only by the i960 config of GAS.
|
|
|
|
@node Bit Fields
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection Bit Fields
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex bit fields
|
|
|
|
@cindex constants, bit field
|
|
|
|
You can also define numeric constants as @dfn{bit fields}.
|
|
|
|
specify two numbers separated by a colon---
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
|
|
@var{mask}:@var{value}
|
|
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} applies a bitwise @sc{and} between @var{mask} and
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@var{value}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The resulting number is then packed
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@c this conditional paren in case bit fields turned on elsewhere than 960
|
|
|
|
(in host-dependent byte order)
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
into a field whose width depends on which assembler directive has the
|
|
|
|
bit-field as its argument. Overflow (a result from the bitwise and
|
|
|
|
requiring more binary digits to represent) is not an error; instead,
|
|
|
|
more constants are generated, of the specified width, beginning with the
|
|
|
|
least significant digits.@refill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The directives @code{.byte}, @code{.hword}, @code{.int}, @code{.long},
|
|
|
|
@code{.short}, and @code{.word} accept bit-field arguments.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Sections
|
|
|
|
@chapter Sections and Relocation
|
|
|
|
@cindex sections
|
|
|
|
@cindex relocation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* Secs Background:: Background
|
|
|
|
* Ld Sections:: Linker Sections
|
|
|
|
* As Sections:: Assembler Internal Sections
|
|
|
|
* Sub-Sections:: Sub-Sections
|
|
|
|
* bss:: bss Section
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Secs Background
|
|
|
|
@section Background
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Roughly, a section is a range of addresses, with no gaps; all data
|
|
|
|
``in'' those addresses is treated the same for some particular purpose.
|
|
|
|
For example there may be a ``read only'' section.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex linker, and assembler
|
|
|
|
@cindex assembler, and linker
|
|
|
|
The linker @code{@value{LD}} reads many object files (partial programs) and
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
combines their contents to form a runnable program. When @command{@value{AS}}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
emits an object file, the partial program is assumed to start at address 0.
|
|
|
|
@code{@value{LD}} assigns the final addresses for the partial program, so that
|
|
|
|
different partial programs do not overlap. This is actually an
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
oversimplification, but it suffices to explain how @command{@value{AS}} uses
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
sections.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@code{@value{LD}} moves blocks of bytes of your program to their run-time
|
|
|
|
addresses. These blocks slide to their run-time addresses as rigid
|
|
|
|
units; their length does not change and neither does the order of bytes
|
|
|
|
within them. Such a rigid unit is called a @emph{section}. Assigning
|
|
|
|
run-time addresses to sections is called @dfn{relocation}. It includes
|
|
|
|
the task of adjusting mentions of object-file addresses so they refer to
|
|
|
|
the proper run-time addresses.
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
|
|
For the H8/300 and H8/500,
|
2003-04-23 21:09:04 +00:00
|
|
|
and for the Renesas / SuperH SH,
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} pads sections if needed to
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
ensure they end on a word (sixteen bit) boundary.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex standard assembler sections
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
An object file written by @command{@value{AS}} has at least three sections, any
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
of which may be empty. These are named @dfn{text}, @dfn{data} and
|
|
|
|
@dfn{bss} sections.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF-ELF
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
When it generates COFF or ELF output,
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you specify
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
using the @samp{.section} directive (@pxref{Section,,@code{.section}}).
|
|
|
|
If you do not use any directives that place output in the @samp{.text}
|
|
|
|
or @samp{.data} sections, these sections still exist, but are empty.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
When @command{@value{AS}} generates SOM or ELF output for the HPPA,
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} can also generate whatever other named sections you
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
specify using the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace} directives. See
|
|
|
|
@cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly Language Reference Manual}
|
|
|
|
(HP 92432-90001) for details on the @samp{.space} and @samp{.subspace}
|
|
|
|
assembler directives.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset SOM
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Additionally, @command{@value{AS}} uses different names for the standard
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
text, data, and bss sections when generating SOM output. Program text
|
|
|
|
is placed into the @samp{$CODE$} section, data into @samp{$DATA$}, and
|
|
|
|
BSS into @samp{$BSS$}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Within the object file, the text section starts at address @code{0}, the
|
|
|
|
data section follows, and the bss section follows the data section.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
When generating either SOM or ELF output files on the HPPA, the text
|
|
|
|
section starts at address @code{0}, the data section at address
|
|
|
|
@code{0x4000000}, and the bss section follows the data section.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To let @code{@value{LD}} know which data changes when the sections are
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
relocated, and how to change that data, @command{@value{AS}} also writes to the
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
object file details of the relocation needed. To perform relocation
|
|
|
|
@code{@value{LD}} must know, each time an address in the object
|
|
|
|
file is mentioned:
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
Where in the object file is the beginning of this reference to
|
|
|
|
an address?
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
How long (in bytes) is this reference?
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
Which section does the address refer to? What is the numeric value of
|
|
|
|
@display
|
|
|
|
(@var{address}) @minus{} (@var{start-address of section})?
|
|
|
|
@end display
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
Is the reference to an address ``Program-Counter relative''?
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex addresses, format of
|
|
|
|
@cindex section-relative addressing
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
In fact, every address @command{@value{AS}} ever uses is expressed as
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@display
|
|
|
|
(@var{section}) + (@var{offset into section})
|
|
|
|
@end display
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Further, most expressions @command{@value{AS}} computes have this section-relative
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
nature.
|
|
|
|
@ifset SOM
|
|
|
|
(For some object formats, such as SOM for the HPPA, some expressions are
|
|
|
|
symbol-relative instead.)
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In this manual we use the notation @{@var{secname} @var{N}@} to mean ``offset
|
|
|
|
@var{N} into section @var{secname}.''
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Apart from text, data and bss sections you need to know about the
|
|
|
|
@dfn{absolute} section. When @code{@value{LD}} mixes partial programs,
|
|
|
|
addresses in the absolute section remain unchanged. For example, address
|
|
|
|
@code{@{absolute 0@}} is ``relocated'' to run-time address 0 by
|
|
|
|
@code{@value{LD}}. Although the linker never arranges two partial programs'
|
|
|
|
data sections with overlapping addresses after linking, @emph{by definition}
|
|
|
|
their absolute sections must overlap. Address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in one
|
|
|
|
part of a program is always the same address when the program is running as
|
|
|
|
address @code{@{absolute@ 239@}} in any other part of the program.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The idea of sections is extended to the @dfn{undefined} section. Any
|
|
|
|
address whose section is unknown at assembly time is by definition
|
|
|
|
rendered @{undefined @var{U}@}---where @var{U} is filled in later.
|
|
|
|
Since numbers are always defined, the only way to generate an undefined
|
|
|
|
address is to mention an undefined symbol. A reference to a named
|
|
|
|
common block would be such a symbol: its value is unknown at assembly
|
|
|
|
time so it has section @emph{undefined}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By analogy the word @emph{section} is used to describe groups of sections in
|
|
|
|
the linked program. @code{@value{LD}} puts all partial programs' text
|
|
|
|
sections in contiguous addresses in the linked program. It is
|
|
|
|
customary to refer to the @emph{text section} of a program, meaning all
|
|
|
|
the addresses of all partial programs' text sections. Likewise for
|
|
|
|
data and bss sections.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Some sections are manipulated by @code{@value{LD}}; others are invented for
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
use of @command{@value{AS}} and have no meaning except during assembly.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Ld Sections
|
|
|
|
@section Linker Sections
|
|
|
|
@code{@value{LD}} deals with just four kinds of sections, summarized below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @strong
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF-ELF
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex named sections
|
|
|
|
@cindex sections, named
|
|
|
|
@item named sections
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
|
|
@cindex text section
|
|
|
|
@cindex data section
|
|
|
|
@itemx text section
|
|
|
|
@itemx data section
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
These sections hold your program. @command{@value{AS}} and @code{@value{LD}} treat them as
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
separate but equal sections. Anything you can say of one section is
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
true of another.
|
|
|
|
@c @ifset aout-bout
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
When the program is running, however, it is
|
|
|
|
customary for the text section to be unalterable. The
|
|
|
|
text section is often shared among processes: it contains
|
|
|
|
instructions, constants and the like. The data section of a running
|
|
|
|
program is usually alterable: for example, C variables would be stored
|
|
|
|
in the data section.
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@c @end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex bss section
|
|
|
|
@item bss section
|
|
|
|
This section contains zeroed bytes when your program begins running. It
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
is used to hold uninitialized variables or common storage. The length of
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
each partial program's bss section is important, but because it starts
|
|
|
|
out containing zeroed bytes there is no need to store explicit zero
|
|
|
|
bytes in the object file. The bss section was invented to eliminate
|
|
|
|
those explicit zeros from object files.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex absolute section
|
|
|
|
@item absolute section
|
|
|
|
Address 0 of this section is always ``relocated'' to runtime address 0.
|
|
|
|
This is useful if you want to refer to an address that @code{@value{LD}} must
|
|
|
|
not change when relocating. In this sense we speak of absolute
|
|
|
|
addresses being ``unrelocatable'': they do not change during relocation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex undefined section
|
|
|
|
@item undefined section
|
|
|
|
This ``section'' is a catch-all for address references to objects not in
|
|
|
|
the preceding sections.
|
|
|
|
@c FIXME: ref to some other doc on obj-file formats could go here.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex relocation example
|
|
|
|
An idealized example of three relocatable sections follows.
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF-ELF
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
The example uses the traditional section names @samp{.text} and @samp{.data}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
Memory addresses are on the horizontal axis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifnottex
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
+-----+----+--+
|
|
|
|
partial program # 1: |ttttt|dddd|00|
|
|
|
|
+-----+----+--+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
text data bss
|
|
|
|
seg. seg. seg.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+---+---+---+
|
|
|
|
partial program # 2: |TTT|DDD|000|
|
|
|
|
+---+---+---+
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
+--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
|
|
|
|
linked program: | |TTT|ttttt| |dddd|DDD|00000|
|
|
|
|
+--+---+-----+--+----+---+-----+~~
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
addresses: 0 @dots{}
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@c TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifnottex
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@need 5000
|
|
|
|
@tex
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
\bigskip
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
\line{\it Partial program \#1: \hfil}
|
|
|
|
\line{\ibox{2.5cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
|
|
|
|
\line{\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt ttttt}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 00}\hfil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\line{\it Partial program \#2: \hfil}
|
|
|
|
\line{\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{1.5cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
|
|
|
|
\line{\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt DDDD}\boxit{1cm}{\tt 000}\hfil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\line{\it linked program: \hfil}
|
|
|
|
\line{\ibox{.5cm}{}\ibox{1cm}{\tt text}\ibox{2.5cm}{}\ibox{.75cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt data}\ibox{1.5cm}{}\ibox{2cm}{\tt bss}\hfil}
|
|
|
|
\line{\boxit{.5cm}{}\boxit{1cm}{\tt TTT}\boxit{2.5cm}{\tt
|
|
|
|
ttttt}\boxit{.75cm}{}\boxit{2cm}{\tt dddd}\boxit{1.5cm}{\tt
|
|
|
|
DDDD}\boxit{2cm}{\tt 00000}\ \dots\hfil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
\line{\it addresses: \hfil}
|
|
|
|
\line{0\dots\hfil}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end tex
|
|
|
|
@c END TEXI2ROFF-KILL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node As Sections
|
|
|
|
@section Assembler Internal Sections
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex internal assembler sections
|
|
|
|
@cindex sections in messages, internal
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
These sections are meant only for the internal use of @command{@value{AS}}. They
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
have no meaning at run-time. You do not really need to know about these
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
sections for most purposes; but they can be mentioned in @command{@value{AS}}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
warning messages, so it might be helpful to have an idea of their
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
meanings to @command{@value{AS}}. These sections are used to permit the
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
value of every expression in your assembly language program to be a
|
|
|
|
section-relative address.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @b
|
|
|
|
@cindex assembler internal logic error
|
|
|
|
@item ASSEMBLER-INTERNAL-LOGIC-ERROR!
|
|
|
|
An internal assembler logic error has been found. This means there is a
|
|
|
|
bug in the assembler.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex expr (internal section)
|
|
|
|
@item expr section
|
|
|
|
The assembler stores complex expression internally as combinations of
|
|
|
|
symbols. When it needs to represent an expression as a symbol, it puts
|
|
|
|
it in the expr section.
|
|
|
|
@c FIXME item debug
|
|
|
|
@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector preload
|
|
|
|
@c FIXME item transfer[t] vector postload
|
|
|
|
@c FIXME item register
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Sub-Sections
|
|
|
|
@section Sub-Sections
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex numbered subsections
|
|
|
|
@cindex grouping data
|
|
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
|
|
Assembled bytes
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF-ELF
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
conventionally
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
fall into two sections: text and data.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
You may have separate groups of
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
data in named sections
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifclear aout-bout
|
|
|
|
data in named sections
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
|
|
text or data
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
that you want to end up near to each other in the object file, even though they
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
are not contiguous in the assembler source. @command{@value{AS}} allows you to
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
use @dfn{subsections} for this purpose. Within each section, there can be
|
|
|
|
numbered subsections with values from 0 to 8192. Objects assembled into the
|
|
|
|
same subsection go into the object file together with other objects in the same
|
|
|
|
subsection. For example, a compiler might want to store constants in the text
|
|
|
|
section, but might not want to have them interspersed with the program being
|
|
|
|
assembled. In this case, the compiler could issue a @samp{.text 0} before each
|
|
|
|
section of code being output, and a @samp{.text 1} before each group of
|
|
|
|
constants being output.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsections are optional. If you do not use subsections, everything
|
|
|
|
goes in subsection number zero.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
Each subsection is zero-padded up to a multiple of four bytes.
|
|
|
|
(Subsections may be padded a different amount on different flavors
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
of @command{@value{AS}}.)
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
|
|
On the H8/300 and H8/500 platforms, each subsection is zero-padded to a word
|
|
|
|
boundary (two bytes).
|
2003-04-15 08:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
The same is true on the Renesas SH.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
|
|
@c FIXME section padding (alignment)?
|
|
|
|
@c Rich Pixley says padding here depends on target obj code format; that
|
|
|
|
@c doesn't seem particularly useful to say without further elaboration,
|
|
|
|
@c so for now I say nothing about it. If this is a generic BFD issue,
|
|
|
|
@c these paragraphs might need to vanish from this manual, and be
|
|
|
|
@c discussed in BFD chapter of binutils (or some such).
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
|
|
On the AMD 29K family, no particular padding is added to section or
|
|
|
|
subsection sizes; @value{AS} forces no alignment on this platform.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subsections appear in your object file in numeric order, lowest numbered
|
|
|
|
to highest. (All this to be compatible with other people's assemblers.)
|
|
|
|
The object file contains no representation of subsections; @code{@value{LD}} and
|
|
|
|
other programs that manipulate object files see no trace of them.
|
|
|
|
They just see all your text subsections as a text section, and all your
|
|
|
|
data subsections as a data section.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To specify which subsection you want subsequent statements assembled
|
|
|
|
into, use a numeric argument to specify it, in a @samp{.text
|
|
|
|
@var{expression}} or a @samp{.data @var{expression}} statement.
|
2004-04-13 17:56:13 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
2004-04-13 17:56:13 +00:00
|
|
|
When generating COFF output, you
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
You
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
can also use an extra subsection
|
|
|
|
argument with arbitrary named sections: @samp{.section @var{name},
|
|
|
|
@var{expression}}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2004-04-13 17:56:13 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
When generating ELF output, you
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
You
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
can also use the @code{.subsection} directive (@pxref{SubSection})
|
|
|
|
to specify a subsection: @samp{.subsection @var{expression}}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@var{Expression} should be an absolute expression.
|
|
|
|
(@xref{Expressions}.) If you just say @samp{.text} then @samp{.text 0}
|
|
|
|
is assumed. Likewise @samp{.data} means @samp{.data 0}. Assembly
|
|
|
|
begins in @code{text 0}. For instance:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.text 0 # The default subsection is text 0 anyway.
|
|
|
|
.ascii "This lives in the first text subsection. *"
|
|
|
|
.text 1
|
|
|
|
.ascii "But this lives in the second text subsection."
|
|
|
|
.data 0
|
|
|
|
.ascii "This lives in the data section,"
|
|
|
|
.ascii "in the first data subsection."
|
|
|
|
.text 0
|
|
|
|
.ascii "This lives in the first text section,"
|
|
|
|
.ascii "immediately following the asterisk (*)."
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each section has a @dfn{location counter} incremented by one for every byte
|
|
|
|
assembled into that section. Because subsections are merely a convenience
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
restricted to @command{@value{AS}} there is no concept of a subsection location
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
counter. There is no way to directly manipulate a location counter---but the
|
|
|
|
@code{.align} directive changes it, and any label definition captures its
|
|
|
|
current value. The location counter of the section where statements are being
|
|
|
|
assembled is said to be the @dfn{active} location counter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node bss
|
|
|
|
@section bss Section
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex bss section
|
|
|
|
@cindex common variable storage
|
|
|
|
The bss section is used for local common variable storage.
|
|
|
|
You may allocate address space in the bss section, but you may
|
|
|
|
not dictate data to load into it before your program executes. When
|
|
|
|
your program starts running, all the contents of the bss
|
|
|
|
section are zeroed bytes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The @code{.lcomm} pseudo-op defines a symbol in the bss section; see
|
|
|
|
@ref{Lcomm,,@code{.lcomm}}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The @code{.comm} pseudo-op may be used to declare a common symbol, which is
|
|
|
|
another form of uninitialized symbol; see @xref{Comm,,@code{.comm}}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
When assembling for a target which supports multiple sections, such as ELF or
|
|
|
|
COFF, you may switch into the @code{.bss} section and define symbols as usual;
|
|
|
|
see @ref{Section,,@code{.section}}. You may only assemble zero values into the
|
|
|
|
section. Typically the section will only contain symbol definitions and
|
|
|
|
@code{.skip} directives (@pxref{Skip,,@code{.skip}}).
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Symbols
|
|
|
|
@chapter Symbols
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbols
|
|
|
|
Symbols are a central concept: the programmer uses symbols to name
|
|
|
|
things, the linker uses symbols to link, and the debugger uses symbols
|
|
|
|
to debug.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@quotation
|
|
|
|
@cindex debuggers, and symbol order
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@emph{Warning:} @command{@value{AS}} does not place symbols in the object file in
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
the same order they were declared. This may break some debuggers.
|
|
|
|
@end quotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* Labels:: Labels
|
|
|
|
* Setting Symbols:: Giving Symbols Other Values
|
|
|
|
* Symbol Names:: Symbol Names
|
|
|
|
* Dot:: The Special Dot Symbol
|
|
|
|
* Symbol Attributes:: Symbol Attributes
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Labels
|
|
|
|
@section Labels
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex labels
|
|
|
|
A @dfn{label} is written as a symbol immediately followed by a colon
|
|
|
|
@samp{:}. The symbol then represents the current value of the
|
|
|
|
active location counter, and is, for example, a suitable instruction
|
|
|
|
operand. You are warned if you use the same symbol to represent two
|
|
|
|
different locations: the first definition overrides any other
|
|
|
|
definitions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
On the HPPA, the usual form for a label need not be immediately followed by a
|
|
|
|
colon, but instead must start in column zero. Only one label may be defined on
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
a single line. To work around this, the HPPA version of @command{@value{AS}} also
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
provides a special directive @code{.label} for defining labels more flexibly.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Setting Symbols
|
|
|
|
@section Giving Symbols Other Values
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex assigning values to symbols
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol values, assigning
|
|
|
|
A symbol can be given an arbitrary value by writing a symbol, followed
|
|
|
|
by an equals sign @samp{=}, followed by an expression
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{Expressions}). This is equivalent to using the @code{.set}
|
|
|
|
directive. @xref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Symbol Names
|
|
|
|
@section Symbol Names
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol names
|
|
|
|
@cindex names, symbol
|
|
|
|
@ifclear SPECIAL-SYMS
|
|
|
|
Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On most
|
|
|
|
machines, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names; exceptions are
|
|
|
|
noted in @ref{Machine Dependencies}. That character may be followed by any
|
|
|
|
string of digits, letters, dollar signs (unless otherwise noted in
|
|
|
|
@ref{Machine Dependencies}), and underscores.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
|
|
For the AMD 29K family, @samp{?} is also allowed in the
|
|
|
|
body of a symbol name, though not at its beginning.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset SPECIAL-SYMS
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
|
|
Symbol names begin with a letter or with one of @samp{._}. On the
|
2003-04-15 08:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Renesas SH or the H8/500, you can also use @code{$} in symbol names. That
|
|
|
|
character may be followed by any string of digits, letters, dollar signs (save
|
|
|
|
on the H8/300), and underscores.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Case of letters is significant: @code{foo} is a different symbol name
|
|
|
|
than @code{Foo}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each symbol has exactly one name. Each name in an assembly language program
|
|
|
|
refers to exactly one symbol. You may use that symbol name any number of times
|
|
|
|
in a program.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@subheading Local Symbol Names
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex local symbol names
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol names, local
|
|
|
|
@cindex temporary symbol names
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol names, temporary
|
|
|
|
Local symbols help compilers and programmers use names temporarily.
|
2001-09-19 07:55:23 +00:00
|
|
|
They create symbols which are guaranteed to be unique over the entire scope of
|
|
|
|
the input source code and which can be referred to by a simple notation.
|
|
|
|
To define a local symbol, write a label of the form @samp{@b{N}:} (where @b{N}
|
|
|
|
represents any positive integer). To refer to the most recent previous
|
|
|
|
definition of that symbol write @samp{@b{N}b}, using the same number as when
|
|
|
|
you defined the label. To refer to the next definition of a local label, write
|
|
|
|
@samp{@b{N}f}--- The @samp{b} stands for``backwards'' and the @samp{f} stands
|
|
|
|
for ``forwards''.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is no restriction on how you can use these labels, and you can reuse them
|
|
|
|
too. So that it is possible to repeatedly define the same local label (using
|
|
|
|
the same number @samp{@b{N}}), although you can only refer to the most recently
|
|
|
|
defined local label of that number (for a backwards reference) or the next
|
|
|
|
definition of a specific local label for a forward reference. It is also worth
|
|
|
|
noting that the first 10 local labels (@samp{@b{0:}}@dots{}@samp{@b{9:}}) are
|
|
|
|
implemented in a slightly more efficient manner than the others.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here is an example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
1: branch 1f
|
|
|
|
2: branch 1b
|
|
|
|
1: branch 2f
|
|
|
|
2: branch 1b
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Which is the equivalent of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
label_1: branch label_3
|
|
|
|
label_2: branch label_1
|
|
|
|
label_3: branch label_4
|
|
|
|
label_4: branch label_3
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Local symbol names are only a notational device. They are immediately
|
|
|
|
transformed into more conventional symbol names before the assembler uses them.
|
|
|
|
The symbol names stored in the symbol table, appearing in error messages and
|
|
|
|
optionally emitted to the object file. The names are constructed using these
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
parts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item L
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
All local labels begin with @samp{L}. Normally both @command{@value{AS}} and
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{@value{LD}} forget symbols that start with @samp{L}. These labels are
|
|
|
|
used for symbols you are never intended to see. If you use the
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@samp{-L} option then @command{@value{AS}} retains these symbols in the
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
object file. If you also instruct @code{@value{LD}} to retain these symbols,
|
|
|
|
you may use them in debugging.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-19 07:55:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@item @var{number}
|
|
|
|
This is the number that was used in the local label definition. So if the
|
|
|
|
label is written @samp{55:} then the number is @samp{55}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-09-19 07:55:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@item @kbd{C-B}
|
|
|
|
This unusual character is included so you do not accidentally invent a symbol
|
|
|
|
of the same name. The character has ASCII value of @samp{\002} (control-B).
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item @emph{ordinal number}
|
2001-09-19 07:55:23 +00:00
|
|
|
This is a serial number to keep the labels distinct. The first definition of
|
|
|
|
@samp{0:} gets the number @samp{1}. The 15th definition of @samp{0:} gets the
|
|
|
|
number @samp{15}, and so on. Likewise the first definition of @samp{1:} gets
|
|
|
|
the number @samp{1} and its 15th defintion gets @samp{15} as well.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-19 07:55:23 +00:00
|
|
|
So for example, the first @code{1:} is named @code{L1@kbd{C-B}1}, the 44th
|
|
|
|
@code{3:} is named @code{L3@kbd{C-B}44}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@subheading Dollar Local Labels
|
|
|
|
@cindex dollar local symbols
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@code{@value{AS}} also supports an even more local form of local labels called
|
|
|
|
dollar labels. These labels go out of scope (ie they become undefined) as soon
|
|
|
|
as a non-local label is defined. Thus they remain valid for only a small
|
|
|
|
region of the input source code. Normal local labels, by contrast, remain in
|
|
|
|
scope for the entire file, or until they are redefined by another occurrence of
|
|
|
|
the same local label.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar labels are defined in exactly the same way as ordinary local labels,
|
|
|
|
except that instead of being terminated by a colon, they are terminated by a
|
|
|
|
dollar sign. eg @samp{@b{55$}}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
They can also be distinguished from ordinary local labels by their transformed
|
|
|
|
name which uses ASCII character @samp{\001} (control-A) as the magic character
|
|
|
|
to distinguish them from ordinary labels. Thus the 5th defintion of @samp{6$}
|
|
|
|
is named @samp{L6@kbd{C-A}5}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Dot
|
|
|
|
@section The Special Dot Symbol
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex dot (symbol)
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{.} (symbol)
|
|
|
|
@cindex current address
|
|
|
|
@cindex location counter
|
|
|
|
The special symbol @samp{.} refers to the current address that
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} is assembling into. Thus, the expression @samp{melvin:
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
.long .} defines @code{melvin} to contain its own address.
|
|
|
|
Assigning a value to @code{.} is treated the same as a @code{.org}
|
|
|
|
directive. Thus, the expression @samp{.=.+4} is the same as saying
|
|
|
|
@ifclear no-space-dir
|
|
|
|
@samp{.space 4}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset no-space-dir
|
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
|
|
@samp{.block 4}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Symbol Attributes
|
|
|
|
@section Symbol Attributes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol attributes
|
|
|
|
@cindex attributes, symbol
|
|
|
|
Every symbol has, as well as its name, the attributes ``Value'' and
|
|
|
|
``Type''. Depending on output format, symbols can also have auxiliary
|
|
|
|
attributes.
|
|
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
|
|
|
The detailed definitions are in @file{a.out.h}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
If you use a symbol without defining it, @command{@value{AS}} assumes zero for
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
all these attributes, and probably won't warn you. This makes the
|
|
|
|
symbol an externally defined symbol, which is generally what you
|
|
|
|
would want.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* Symbol Value:: Value
|
|
|
|
* Symbol Type:: Type
|
|
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifclear BOUT
|
|
|
|
* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
* a.out Symbols:: Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
* COFF Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for COFF
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset SOM
|
|
|
|
* SOM Symbols:: Symbol Attributes for SOM
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Symbol Value
|
|
|
|
@subsection Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex value of a symbol
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol value
|
|
|
|
The value of a symbol is (usually) 32 bits. For a symbol which labels a
|
|
|
|
location in the text, data, bss or absolute sections the value is the
|
|
|
|
number of addresses from the start of that section to the label.
|
|
|
|
Naturally for text, data and bss sections the value of a symbol changes
|
|
|
|
as @code{@value{LD}} changes section base addresses during linking. Absolute
|
|
|
|
symbols' values do not change during linking: that is why they are
|
|
|
|
called absolute.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The value of an undefined symbol is treated in a special way. If it is
|
|
|
|
0 then the symbol is not defined in this assembler source file, and
|
|
|
|
@code{@value{LD}} tries to determine its value from other files linked into the
|
|
|
|
same program. You make this kind of symbol simply by mentioning a symbol
|
|
|
|
name without defining it. A non-zero value represents a @code{.comm}
|
|
|
|
common declaration. The value is how much common storage to reserve, in
|
|
|
|
bytes (addresses). The symbol refers to the first address of the
|
|
|
|
allocated storage.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Symbol Type
|
|
|
|
@subsection Type
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex type of a symbol
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol type
|
|
|
|
The type attribute of a symbol contains relocation (section)
|
|
|
|
information, any flag settings indicating that a symbol is external, and
|
|
|
|
(optionally), other information for linkers and debuggers. The exact
|
|
|
|
format depends on the object-code output format in use.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
@c The following avoids a "widow" subsection title. @group would be
|
|
|
|
@c better if it were available outside examples.
|
|
|
|
@need 1000
|
|
|
|
@node a.out Symbols
|
|
|
|
@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}, @code{b.out}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{b.out} symbol attributes
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol attributes, @code{b.out}
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
These symbol attributes appear only when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
one of the Berkeley-descended object output formats---@code{a.out} or
|
|
|
|
@code{b.out}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear BOUT
|
|
|
|
@node a.out Symbols
|
|
|
|
@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@node a.out Symbols
|
|
|
|
@subsection Symbol Attributes: @code{a.out}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{a.out} symbol attributes
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol attributes, @code{a.out}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* Symbol Desc:: Descriptor
|
|
|
|
* Symbol Other:: Other
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Symbol Desc
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection Descriptor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex descriptor, of @code{a.out} symbol
|
|
|
|
This is an arbitrary 16-bit value. You may establish a symbol's
|
|
|
|
descriptor value by using a @code{.desc} statement
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{Desc,,@code{.desc}}). A descriptor value means nothing to
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Symbol Other
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex other attribute, of @code{a.out} symbol
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
This is an arbitrary 8-bit value. It means nothing to @command{@value{AS}}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
@node COFF Symbols
|
|
|
|
@subsection Symbol Attributes for COFF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex COFF symbol attributes
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol attributes, COFF
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The COFF format supports a multitude of auxiliary symbol attributes;
|
|
|
|
like the primary symbol attributes, they are set between @code{.def} and
|
|
|
|
@code{.endef} directives.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection Primary Attributes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex primary attributes, COFF symbols
|
|
|
|
The symbol name is set with @code{.def}; the value and type,
|
|
|
|
respectively, with @code{.val} and @code{.type}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@subsubsection Auxiliary Attributes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex auxiliary attributes, COFF symbols
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
The @command{@value{AS}} directives @code{.dim}, @code{.line}, @code{.scl},
|
2004-07-03 16:07:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{.size}, @code{.tag}, and @code{.weak} can generate auxiliary symbol
|
|
|
|
table information for COFF.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset SOM
|
|
|
|
@node SOM Symbols
|
|
|
|
@subsection Symbol Attributes for SOM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex SOM symbol attributes
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol attributes, SOM
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The SOM format for the HPPA supports a multitude of symbol attributes set with
|
|
|
|
the @code{.EXPORT} and @code{.IMPORT} directives.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The attributes are described in @cite{HP9000 Series 800 Assembly
|
|
|
|
Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) under the @code{IMPORT} and
|
|
|
|
@code{EXPORT} assembler directive documentation.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Expressions
|
|
|
|
@chapter Expressions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex expressions
|
|
|
|
@cindex addresses
|
|
|
|
@cindex numeric values
|
|
|
|
An @dfn{expression} specifies an address or numeric value.
|
|
|
|
Whitespace may precede and/or follow an expression.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The result of an expression must be an absolute number, or else an offset into
|
|
|
|
a particular section. If an expression is not absolute, and there is not
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
enough information when @command{@value{AS}} sees the expression to know its
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
section, a second pass over the source program might be necessary to interpret
|
|
|
|
the expression---but the second pass is currently not implemented.
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} aborts with an error message in this situation.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* Empty Exprs:: Empty Expressions
|
|
|
|
* Integer Exprs:: Integer Expressions
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Empty Exprs
|
|
|
|
@section Empty Expressions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex empty expressions
|
|
|
|
@cindex expressions, empty
|
|
|
|
An empty expression has no value: it is just whitespace or null.
|
|
|
|
Wherever an absolute expression is required, you may omit the
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
expression, and @command{@value{AS}} assumes a value of (absolute) 0. This
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
is compatible with other assemblers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Integer Exprs
|
|
|
|
@section Integer Expressions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex integer expressions
|
|
|
|
@cindex expressions, integer
|
|
|
|
An @dfn{integer expression} is one or more @emph{arguments} delimited
|
|
|
|
by @emph{operators}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* Arguments:: Arguments
|
|
|
|
* Operators:: Operators
|
|
|
|
* Prefix Ops:: Prefix Operators
|
|
|
|
* Infix Ops:: Infix Operators
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Arguments
|
|
|
|
@subsection Arguments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex expression arguments
|
|
|
|
@cindex arguments in expressions
|
|
|
|
@cindex operands in expressions
|
|
|
|
@cindex arithmetic operands
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Arguments} are symbols, numbers or subexpressions. In other
|
|
|
|
contexts arguments are sometimes called ``arithmetic operands''. In
|
|
|
|
this manual, to avoid confusing them with the ``instruction operands'' of
|
|
|
|
the machine language, we use the term ``argument'' to refer to parts of
|
|
|
|
expressions only, reserving the word ``operand'' to refer only to machine
|
|
|
|
instruction operands.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Symbols are evaluated to yield @{@var{section} @var{NNN}@} where
|
|
|
|
@var{section} is one of text, data, bss, absolute,
|
|
|
|
or undefined. @var{NNN} is a signed, 2's complement 32 bit
|
|
|
|
integer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Numbers are usually integers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A number can be a flonum or bignum. In this case, you are warned
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
that only the low order 32 bits are used, and @command{@value{AS}} pretends
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
these 32 bits are an integer. You may write integer-manipulating
|
|
|
|
instructions that act on exotic constants, compatible with other
|
|
|
|
assemblers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex subexpressions
|
|
|
|
Subexpressions are a left parenthesis @samp{(} followed by an integer
|
|
|
|
expression, followed by a right parenthesis @samp{)}; or a prefix
|
|
|
|
operator followed by an argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Operators
|
|
|
|
@subsection Operators
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex operators, in expressions
|
|
|
|
@cindex arithmetic functions
|
|
|
|
@cindex functions, in expressions
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Operators} are arithmetic functions, like @code{+} or @code{%}. Prefix
|
|
|
|
operators are followed by an argument. Infix operators appear
|
|
|
|
between their arguments. Operators may be preceded and/or followed by
|
|
|
|
whitespace.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Prefix Ops
|
|
|
|
@subsection Prefix Operator
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex prefix operators
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} has the following @dfn{prefix operators}. They each take
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
one argument, which must be absolute.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c the tex/end tex stuff surrounding this small table is meant to make
|
|
|
|
@c it align, on the printed page, with the similar table in the next
|
|
|
|
@c section (which is inside an enumerate).
|
|
|
|
@tex
|
|
|
|
\global\advance\leftskip by \itemindent
|
|
|
|
@end tex
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item -
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Negation}. Two's complement negation.
|
|
|
|
@item ~
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Complementation}. Bitwise not.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@tex
|
|
|
|
\global\advance\leftskip by -\itemindent
|
|
|
|
@end tex
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Infix Ops
|
|
|
|
@subsection Infix Operators
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex infix operators
|
|
|
|
@cindex operators, permitted arguments
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Infix operators} take two arguments, one on either side. Operators
|
|
|
|
have precedence, but operations with equal precedence are performed left
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
to right. Apart from @code{+} or @option{-}, both arguments must be
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
absolute, and the result is absolute.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@enumerate
|
|
|
|
@cindex operator precedence
|
|
|
|
@cindex precedence of operators
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
Highest Precedence
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item *
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Multiplication}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item /
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Division}. Truncation is the same as the C operator @samp{/}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item %
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Remainder}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item <
|
|
|
|
@itemx <<
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Shift Left}. Same as the C operator @samp{<<}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item >
|
|
|
|
@itemx >>
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Shift Right}. Same as the C operator @samp{>>}.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
Intermediate precedence
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Bitwise Inclusive Or}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item &
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Bitwise And}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item ^
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Bitwise Exclusive Or}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item !
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Bitwise Or Not}.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
2001-06-12 15:56:04 +00:00
|
|
|
Low Precedence
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@cindex addition, permitted arguments
|
|
|
|
@cindex plus, permitted arguments
|
|
|
|
@cindex arguments for addition
|
|
|
|
@item +
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Addition}. If either argument is absolute, the result has the section of
|
|
|
|
the other argument. You may not add together arguments from different
|
|
|
|
sections.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex subtraction, permitted arguments
|
|
|
|
@cindex minus, permitted arguments
|
|
|
|
@cindex arguments for subtraction
|
|
|
|
@item -
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Subtraction}. If the right argument is absolute, the
|
|
|
|
result has the section of the left argument.
|
|
|
|
If both arguments are in the same section, the result is absolute.
|
|
|
|
You may not subtract arguments from different sections.
|
|
|
|
@c FIXME is there still something useful to say about undefined - undefined ?
|
2001-06-12 15:56:04 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex comparison expressions
|
|
|
|
@cindex expressions, comparison
|
|
|
|
@item ==
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Is Equal To}
|
|
|
|
@item <>
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Is Not Equal To}
|
|
|
|
@item <
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Is Less Than}
|
|
|
|
@itemx >
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Is Greater Than}
|
|
|
|
@itemx >=
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Is Greater Than Or Equal To}
|
|
|
|
@itemx <=
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Is Less Than Or Equal To}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The comparison operators can be used as infix operators. A true results has a
|
|
|
|
value of -1 whereas a false result has a value of 0. Note, these operators
|
|
|
|
perform signed comparisons.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item Lowest Precedence
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item &&
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Logical And}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item ||
|
|
|
|
@dfn{Logical Or}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
These two logical operations can be used to combine the results of sub
|
|
|
|
expressions. Note, unlike the comparison operators a true result returns a
|
|
|
|
value of 1 but a false results does still return 0. Also note that the logical
|
|
|
|
or operator has a slightly lower precedence than logical and.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end enumerate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In short, it's only meaningful to add or subtract the @emph{offsets} in an
|
|
|
|
address; you can only have a defined section in one of the two arguments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Pseudo Ops
|
|
|
|
@chapter Assembler Directives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex directives, machine independent
|
|
|
|
@cindex pseudo-ops, machine independent
|
|
|
|
@cindex machine independent directives
|
|
|
|
All assembler directives have names that begin with a period (@samp{.}).
|
|
|
|
The rest of the name is letters, usually in lower case.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This chapter discusses directives that are available regardless of the
|
|
|
|
target machine configuration for the @sc{gnu} assembler.
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
Some machine configurations provide additional directives.
|
|
|
|
@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset machine-directives
|
|
|
|
@xref{Machine Dependencies} for additional directives.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* Abort:: @code{.abort}
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
* ABORT:: @code{.ABORT}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Align:: @code{.align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
|
2004-08-13 19:53:52 +00:00
|
|
|
* Altmacro:: @code{.altmacro}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Ascii:: @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
|
|
|
|
* Asciz:: @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
|
|
|
|
* Balign:: @code{.balign @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
|
|
|
|
* Byte:: @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
* Comm:: @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
|
2003-05-20 07:58:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-06-11 23:16:58 +00:00
|
|
|
* CFI directives:: @code{.cfi_startproc}, @code{.cfi_endproc}, etc.
|
2003-05-20 07:58:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Data:: @code{.data @var{subsection}}
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
* Def:: @code{.def @var{name}}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
|
|
* Desc:: @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
* Dim:: @code{.dim}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Double:: @code{.double @var{flonums}}
|
|
|
|
* Eject:: @code{.eject}
|
|
|
|
* Else:: @code{.else}
|
2000-02-08 14:13:57 +00:00
|
|
|
* Elseif:: @code{.elseif}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* End:: @code{.end}
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
* Endef:: @code{.endef}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Endfunc:: @code{.endfunc}
|
|
|
|
* Endif:: @code{.endif}
|
|
|
|
* Equ:: @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
|
|
|
* Equiv:: @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
|
|
|
* Err:: @code{.err}
|
2004-11-22 13:05:27 +00:00
|
|
|
* Error:: @code{.error @var{string}}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Exitm:: @code{.exitm}
|
|
|
|
* Extern:: @code{.extern}
|
|
|
|
* Fail:: @code{.fail}
|
|
|
|
@ifclear no-file-dir
|
|
|
|
* File:: @code{.file @var{string}}
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Fill:: @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
|
|
|
|
* Float:: @code{.float @var{flonums}}
|
|
|
|
* Func:: @code{.func}
|
|
|
|
* Global:: @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
* Hidden:: @code{.hidden @var{names}}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* hword:: @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
* Ident:: @code{.ident}
|
|
|
|
* If:: @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
|
2001-07-09 08:19:18 +00:00
|
|
|
* Incbin:: @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Include:: @code{.include "@var{file}"}
|
|
|
|
* Int:: @code{.int @var{expressions}}
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
* Internal:: @code{.internal @var{names}}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Irp:: @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
|
|
|
|
* Irpc:: @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
|
|
|
|
* Lcomm:: @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
|
|
|
|
* Lflags:: @code{.lflags}
|
|
|
|
@ifclear no-line-dir
|
|
|
|
* Line:: @code{.line @var{line-number}}
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Ln:: @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
|
|
|
|
* Linkonce:: @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
|
|
|
|
* List:: @code{.list}
|
|
|
|
* Long:: @code{.long @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
|
|
* Lsym:: @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
|
|
|
@end ignore
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Macro:: @code{.macro @var{name} @var{args}}@dots{}
|
|
|
|
* MRI:: @code{.mri @var{val}}
|
2004-08-13 19:53:52 +00:00
|
|
|
* Noaltmacro:: @code{.noaltmacro}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Nolist:: @code{.nolist}
|
|
|
|
* Octa:: @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
|
|
|
|
* Org:: @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
|
|
|
|
* P2align:: @code{.p2align @var{abs-expr} , @var{abs-expr}}
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
* PopSection:: @code{.popsection}
|
|
|
|
* Previous:: @code{.previous}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Print:: @code{.print @var{string}}
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
* Protected:: @code{.protected @var{names}}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Psize:: @code{.psize @var{lines}, @var{columns}}
|
|
|
|
* Purgem:: @code{.purgem @var{name}}
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
* PushSection:: @code{.pushsection @var{name}}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Quad:: @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
|
|
|
|
* Rept:: @code{.rept @var{count}}
|
|
|
|
* Sbttl:: @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
* Scl:: @code{.scl @var{class}}
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF-ELF
|
|
|
|
* Section:: @code{.section @var{name}}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Set:: @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
|
|
|
* Short:: @code{.short @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
* Single:: @code{.single @var{flonums}}
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF-ELF
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
* Size:: @code{.size [@var{name} , @var{expression}]}
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Skip:: @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
|
|
|
|
* Sleb128:: @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
* Space:: @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
|
|
|
|
@ifset have-stabs
|
|
|
|
* Stab:: @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* String:: @code{.string "@var{str}"}
|
|
|
|
* Struct:: @code{.struct @var{expression}}
|
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
* SubSection:: @code{.subsection}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Symver:: @code{.symver @var{name},@var{name2@@nodename}}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
* Tag:: @code{.tag @var{structname}}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Text:: @code{.text @var{subsection}}
|
|
|
|
* Title:: @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF-ELF
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
* Type:: @code{.type <@var{int} | @var{name} , @var{type description}>}
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
* Uleb128:: @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
* Val:: @code{.val @var{addr}}
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-01-03 18:34:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
* Version:: @code{.version "@var{string}"}
|
|
|
|
* VTableEntry:: @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
|
|
|
|
* VTableInherit:: @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
|
2000-01-03 18:34:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-05 18:41:46 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-11-22 13:05:27 +00:00
|
|
|
* Warning:: @code{.warning @var{string}}
|
2004-07-03 16:07:51 +00:00
|
|
|
* Weak:: @code{.weak @var{names}}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* Word:: @code{.word @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
* Deprecated:: Deprecated Directives
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Abort
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.abort}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{abort} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex stopping the assembly
|
|
|
|
This directive stops the assembly immediately. It is for
|
|
|
|
compatibility with other assemblers. The original idea was that the
|
|
|
|
assembly language source would be piped into the assembler. If the sender
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
of the source quit, it could use this directive tells @command{@value{AS}} to
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
quit also. One day @code{.abort} will not be supported.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
@node ABORT
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.ABORT}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ABORT} directive
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
When producing COFF output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive as a
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
synonym for @samp{.abort}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
When producing @code{b.out} output, @command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive,
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
but ignores it.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Align
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.align @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex padding the location counter
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{align} directive
|
|
|
|
Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular storage
|
|
|
|
boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the alignment
|
|
|
|
required, as described below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
|
|
|
|
padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
|
|
|
|
padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
|
|
|
|
marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
|
|
|
|
with no-op instructions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
|
|
|
|
it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
|
|
|
|
directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
|
|
|
|
specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
|
|
|
|
fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
|
|
|
|
required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
|
|
|
|
with no-op instructions when appropriate.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The way the required alignment is specified varies from system to system.
|
2003-10-15 14:16:29 +00:00
|
|
|
For the a29k, arc, hppa, i386 using ELF, i860, iq2000, m68k, m88k, or32,
|
|
|
|
s390, sparc, tic4x, tic80 and xtensa, the first expression is the
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.align 8} advances
|
|
|
|
the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
|
2003-10-15 14:16:29 +00:00
|
|
|
is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed. For the tic54x, the
|
|
|
|
first expression is the alignment request in words.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-04-24 23:57:30 +00:00
|
|
|
For other systems, including the i386 using a.out format, and the arm and
|
|
|
|
strongarm, it is the
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
|
|
|
|
advancement. For example @samp{.align 3} advances the location
|
|
|
|
counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
|
|
|
|
multiple of 8, no change is needed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This inconsistency is due to the different behaviors of the various
|
|
|
|
native assemblers for these systems which GAS must emulate.
|
|
|
|
GAS also provides @code{.balign} and @code{.p2align} directives,
|
|
|
|
described later, which have a consistent behavior across all
|
|
|
|
architectures (but are specific to GAS).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Ascii
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.ascii "@var{string}"}@dots{}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ascii} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex string literals
|
|
|
|
@code{.ascii} expects zero or more string literals (@pxref{Strings})
|
|
|
|
separated by commas. It assembles each string (with no automatic
|
|
|
|
trailing zero byte) into consecutive addresses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Asciz
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.asciz "@var{string}"}@dots{}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{asciz} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex zero-terminated strings
|
|
|
|
@cindex null-terminated strings
|
|
|
|
@code{.asciz} is just like @code{.ascii}, but each string is followed by
|
|
|
|
a zero byte. The ``z'' in @samp{.asciz} stands for ``zero''.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Balign
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.balign[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex padding the location counter given number of bytes
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{balign} directive
|
|
|
|
Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
|
|
|
|
storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
|
|
|
|
alignment request in bytes. For example @samp{.balign 8} advances
|
|
|
|
the location counter until it is a multiple of 8. If the location counter
|
|
|
|
is already a multiple of 8, no change is needed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
|
|
|
|
padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
|
|
|
|
padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
|
|
|
|
marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
|
|
|
|
with no-op instructions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
|
|
|
|
it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
|
|
|
|
directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
|
|
|
|
specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
|
|
|
|
fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
|
|
|
|
required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
|
|
|
|
with no-op instructions when appropriate.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{balignw} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{balignl} directive
|
|
|
|
The @code{.balignw} and @code{.balignl} directives are variants of the
|
|
|
|
@code{.balign} directive. The @code{.balignw} directive treats the fill
|
|
|
|
pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.balignl} directives treats the
|
|
|
|
fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.balignw
|
|
|
|
4,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
|
|
|
|
filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
|
|
|
|
the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
|
|
|
|
undefined.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Byte
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.byte @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{byte} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex integers, one byte
|
|
|
|
@code{.byte} expects zero or more expressions, separated by commas.
|
|
|
|
Each expression is assembled into the next byte.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-12 14:32:19 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Comm
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.comm @var{symbol} , @var{length} }
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{comm} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol, common
|
|
|
|
@code{.comm} declares a common symbol named @var{symbol}. When linking, a
|
|
|
|
common symbol in one object file may be merged with a defined or common symbol
|
|
|
|
of the same name in another object file. If @code{@value{LD}} does not see a
|
|
|
|
definition for the symbol--just one or more common symbols--then it will
|
|
|
|
allocate @var{length} bytes of uninitialized memory. @var{length} must be an
|
|
|
|
absolute expression. If @code{@value{LD}} sees multiple common symbols with
|
|
|
|
the same name, and they do not all have the same size, it will allocate space
|
|
|
|
using the largest size.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
When using ELF, the @code{.comm} directive takes an optional third argument.
|
|
|
|
This is the desired alignment of the symbol, specified as a byte boundary (for
|
|
|
|
example, an alignment of 16 means that the least significant 4 bits of the
|
|
|
|
address should be zero). The alignment must be an absolute expression, and it
|
|
|
|
must be a power of two. If @code{@value{LD}} allocates uninitialized memory
|
|
|
|
for the common symbol, it will use the alignment when placing the symbol. If
|
|
|
|
no alignment is specified, @command{@value{AS}} will set the alignment to the
|
|
|
|
largest power of two less than or equal to the size of the symbol, up to a
|
|
|
|
maximum of 16.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
The syntax for @code{.comm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
|
|
|
|
@samp{@var{symbol} .comm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2003-05-20 07:58:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@node CFI directives
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.cfi_startproc}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{cfi_startproc} directive
|
|
|
|
@code{.cfi_startproc} is used at the beginning of each function that
|
|
|
|
should have an entry in @code{.eh_frame}. It initializes some internal
|
|
|
|
data structures and emits architecture dependent initial CFI instructions.
|
|
|
|
Don't forget to close the function by
|
|
|
|
@code{.cfi_endproc}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.cfi_endproc}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{cfi_endproc} directive
|
|
|
|
@code{.cfi_endproc} is used at the end of a function where it closes its
|
|
|
|
unwind entry previously opened by
|
|
|
|
@code{.cfi_startproc}. and emits it to @code{.eh_frame}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa @var{register}, @var{offset}}
|
|
|
|
@code{.cfi_def_cfa} defines a rule for computing CFA as: @i{take
|
|
|
|
address from @var{register} and add @var{offset} to it}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_register @var{register}}
|
|
|
|
@code{.cfi_def_cfa_register} modifies a rule for computing CFA. From
|
|
|
|
now on @var{register} will be used instead of the old one. Offset
|
|
|
|
remains the same.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
|
|
|
|
@code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} modifies a rule for computing CFA. Register
|
|
|
|
remains the same, but @var{offset} is new. Note that it is the
|
|
|
|
absolute offset that will be added to a defined register to compute
|
|
|
|
CFA address.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.cfi_adjust_cfa_offset @var{offset}}
|
|
|
|
Same as @code{.cfi_def_cfa_offset} but @var{offset} is a relative
|
|
|
|
value that is added/substracted from the previous offset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.cfi_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
|
|
|
|
Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
|
|
|
|
CFA.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-08 10:06:17 +00:00
|
|
|
@section @code{.cfi_rel_offset @var{register}, @var{offset}}
|
|
|
|
Previous value of @var{register} is saved at offset @var{offset} from
|
|
|
|
the current CFA register. This is transformed to @code{.cfi_offset}
|
|
|
|
using the known displacement of the CFA register from the CFA.
|
|
|
|
This is often easier to use, because the number will match the
|
|
|
|
code it's annotating.
|
2003-05-20 07:58:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-08-29 20:32:56 +00:00
|
|
|
@section @code{.cfi_window_save}
|
2003-08-29 20:20:18 +00:00
|
|
|
SPARC register window has been saved.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-06-11 23:16:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@section @code{.cfi_escape} @var{expression}[, @dots{}]
|
|
|
|
Allows the user to add arbitrary bytes to the unwind info. One
|
|
|
|
might use this to add OS-specific CFI opcodes, or generic CFI
|
|
|
|
opcodes that GAS does not yet support.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Data
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.data @var{subsection}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{data} directive
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{.data} tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
end of the data subsection numbered @var{subsection} (which is an
|
|
|
|
absolute expression). If @var{subsection} is omitted, it defaults
|
|
|
|
to zero.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
@node Def
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.def @var{name}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{def} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex COFF symbols, debugging
|
|
|
|
@cindex debugging COFF symbols
|
|
|
|
Begin defining debugging information for a symbol @var{name}; the
|
|
|
|
definition extends until the @code{.endef} directive is encountered.
|
|
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
This directive is only observed when @command{@value{AS}} is configured for COFF
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
format output; when producing @code{b.out}, @samp{.def} is recognized,
|
|
|
|
but ignored.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
|
|
@node Desc
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.desc @var{symbol}, @var{abs-expression}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{desc} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex COFF symbol descriptor
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol descriptor, COFF
|
|
|
|
This directive sets the descriptor of the symbol (@pxref{Symbol Attributes})
|
|
|
|
to the low 16 bits of an absolute expression.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
The @samp{.desc} directive is not available when @command{@value{AS}} is
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
configured for COFF output; it is only for @code{a.out} or @code{b.out}
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
object format. For the sake of compatibility, @command{@value{AS}} accepts
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
it, but produces no output, when configured for COFF.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
@node Dim
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.dim}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{dim} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex COFF auxiliary symbol information
|
|
|
|
@cindex auxiliary symbol information, COFF
|
|
|
|
This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
|
|
|
|
information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
|
|
|
|
@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs.
|
|
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@samp{.dim} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
ignores it.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Double
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.double @var{flonums}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{double} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex floating point numbers (double)
|
|
|
|
@code{.double} expects zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
|
|
|
|
assembles floating point numbers.
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset IEEEFLOAT
|
|
|
|
On the @value{TARGET} family @samp{.double} emits 64-bit floating-point numbers
|
|
|
|
in @sc{ieee} format.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Eject
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.eject}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{eject} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex new page, in listings
|
|
|
|
@cindex page, in listings
|
|
|
|
@cindex listing control: new page
|
|
|
|
Force a page break at this point, when generating assembly listings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Else
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.else}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{else} directive
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{.else} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
assembly; @pxref{If,,@code{.if}}. It marks the beginning of a section
|
|
|
|
of code to be assembled if the condition for the preceding @code{.if}
|
|
|
|
was false.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-02-08 14:13:57 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Elseif
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.elseif}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{elseif} directive
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{.elseif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional
|
2000-02-08 14:13:57 +00:00
|
|
|
assembly; @pxref{If,,@code{.if}}. It is shorthand for beginning a new
|
|
|
|
@code{.if} block that would otherwise fill the entire @code{.else} section.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node End
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.end}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{end} directive
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{.end} marks the end of the assembly file. @command{@value{AS}} does not
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
process anything in the file past the @code{.end} directive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
@node Endef
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.endef}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{endef} directive
|
|
|
|
This directive flags the end of a symbol definition begun with
|
|
|
|
@code{.def}.
|
|
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@samp{.endef} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; if
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} is configured to generate @code{b.out}, it accepts this
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
directive but ignores it.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Endfunc
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.endfunc}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{endfunc} directive
|
|
|
|
@code{.endfunc} marks the end of a function specified with @code{.func}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Endif
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.endif}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{endif} directive
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{.endif} is part of the @command{@value{AS}} support for conditional assembly;
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
it marks the end of a block of code that is only assembled
|
|
|
|
conditionally. @xref{If,,@code{.if}}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Equ
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.equ @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{equ} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex assigning values to symbols
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbols, assigning values to
|
|
|
|
This directive sets the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}.
|
|
|
|
It is synonymous with @samp{.set}; @pxref{Set,,@code{.set}}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
The syntax for @code{equ} on the HPPA is
|
|
|
|
@samp{@var{symbol} .equ @var{expression}}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Equiv
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.equiv @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{equiv} directive
|
|
|
|
The @code{.equiv} directive is like @code{.equ} and @code{.set}, except that
|
2002-07-19 11:35:06 +00:00
|
|
|
the assembler will signal an error if @var{symbol} is already defined. Note a
|
|
|
|
symbol which has been referenced but not actually defined is considered to be
|
|
|
|
undefined.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Except for the contents of the error message, this is roughly equivalent to
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.ifdef SYM
|
|
|
|
.err
|
|
|
|
.endif
|
|
|
|
.equ SYM,VAL
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Err
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.err}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{err} directive
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
If @command{@value{AS}} assembles a @code{.err} directive, it will print an error
|
|
|
|
message and, unless the @option{-Z} option was used, it will not generate an
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
object file. This can be used to signal error an conditionally compiled code.
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-22 13:05:27 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Error
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.error "@var{string}"}
|
|
|
|
@cindex error directive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Similarly to @code{.err}, this directive emits an error, but you can specify a
|
|
|
|
string that will be emitted as the error message. If you don't specify the
|
|
|
|
message, it defaults to @code{".error directive invoked in source file"}.
|
|
|
|
@xref{Errors, ,Error and Warning Messages}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.error "This code has not been assembled and tested."
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Exitm
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.exitm}
|
|
|
|
Exit early from the current macro definition. @xref{Macro}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Extern
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.extern}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{extern} directive
|
|
|
|
@code{.extern} is accepted in the source program---for compatibility
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
with other assemblers---but it is ignored. @command{@value{AS}} treats
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
all undefined symbols as external.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Fail
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.fail @var{expression}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{fail} directive
|
|
|
|
Generates an error or a warning. If the value of the @var{expression} is 500
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
or more, @command{@value{AS}} will print a warning message. If the value is less
|
|
|
|
than 500, @command{@value{AS}} will print an error message. The message will
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
include the value of @var{expression}. This can occasionally be useful inside
|
|
|
|
complex nested macros or conditional assembly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifclear no-file-dir
|
|
|
|
@node File
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.file @var{string}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{file} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex logical file name
|
|
|
|
@cindex file name, logical
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{.file} tells @command{@value{AS}} that we are about to start a new logical
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
file. @var{string} is the new file name. In general, the filename is
|
|
|
|
recognized whether or not it is surrounded by quotes @samp{"}; but if you wish
|
|
|
|
to specify an empty file name, you must give the quotes--@code{""}. This
|
|
|
|
statement may go away in future: it is only recognized to be compatible with
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
old @command{@value{AS}} programs.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
In some configurations of @command{@value{AS}}, @code{.file} has already been
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
removed to avoid conflicts with other assemblers. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Fill
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.fill @var{repeat} , @var{size} , @var{value}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{fill} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex writing patterns in memory
|
|
|
|
@cindex patterns, writing in memory
|
2001-03-27 04:51:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@var{repeat}, @var{size} and @var{value} are absolute expressions.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
This emits @var{repeat} copies of @var{size} bytes. @var{Repeat}
|
|
|
|
may be zero or more. @var{Size} may be zero or more, but if it is
|
|
|
|
more than 8, then it is deemed to have the value 8, compatible with
|
|
|
|
other people's assemblers. The contents of each @var{repeat} bytes
|
|
|
|
is taken from an 8-byte number. The highest order 4 bytes are
|
|
|
|
zero. The lowest order 4 bytes are @var{value} rendered in the
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
byte-order of an integer on the computer @command{@value{AS}} is assembling for.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Each @var{size} bytes in a repetition is taken from the lowest order
|
|
|
|
@var{size} bytes of this number. Again, this bizarre behavior is
|
|
|
|
compatible with other people's assemblers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@var{size} and @var{value} are optional.
|
|
|
|
If the second comma and @var{value} are absent, @var{value} is
|
|
|
|
assumed zero. If the first comma and following tokens are absent,
|
|
|
|
@var{size} is assumed to be 1.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Float
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.float @var{flonums}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex floating point numbers (single)
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{float} directive
|
|
|
|
This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
|
|
|
|
has the same effect as @code{.single}.
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} is configured.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset IEEEFLOAT
|
|
|
|
On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.float} emits 32-bit floating point numbers
|
|
|
|
in @sc{ieee} format.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Func
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.func @var{name}[,@var{label}]}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{func} directive
|
|
|
|
@code{.func} emits debugging information to denote function @var{name}, and
|
|
|
|
is ignored unless the file is assembled with debugging enabled.
|
2003-10-08 14:37:20 +00:00
|
|
|
Only @samp{--gstabs[+]} is currently supported.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@var{label} is the entry point of the function and if omitted @var{name}
|
|
|
|
prepended with the @samp{leading char} is used.
|
|
|
|
@samp{leading char} is usually @code{_} or nothing, depending on the target.
|
|
|
|
All functions are currently defined to have @code{void} return type.
|
|
|
|
The function must be terminated with @code{.endfunc}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Global
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.global @var{symbol}}, @code{.globl @var{symbol}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{global} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol, making visible to linker
|
|
|
|
@code{.global} makes the symbol visible to @code{@value{LD}}. If you define
|
|
|
|
@var{symbol} in your partial program, its value is made available to
|
|
|
|
other partial programs that are linked with it. Otherwise,
|
|
|
|
@var{symbol} takes its attributes from a symbol of the same name
|
|
|
|
from another file linked into the same program.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Both spellings (@samp{.globl} and @samp{.global}) are accepted, for
|
|
|
|
compatibility with other assemblers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
On the HPPA, @code{.global} is not always enough to make it accessible to other
|
|
|
|
partial programs. You may need the HPPA-only @code{.EXPORT} directive as well.
|
|
|
|
@xref{HPPA Directives,, HPPA Assembler Directives}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@node Hidden
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.hidden @var{names}}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{hidden} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex visibility
|
2004-04-13 17:56:13 +00:00
|
|
|
This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal,,@code{.internal}}) and
|
|
|
|
@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
|
|
|
|
their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
|
|
|
|
@code{hidden} which means that the symbols are not visible to other components.
|
|
|
|
Such symbols are always considered to be @code{protected} as well.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node hword
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.hword @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{hword} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex integers, 16-bit
|
|
|
|
@cindex numbers, 16-bit
|
|
|
|
@cindex sixteen bit integers
|
|
|
|
This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
|
|
|
|
a 16 bit number for each.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}; depending on the target
|
|
|
|
architecture, it may also be a synonym for @samp{.word}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset W32
|
|
|
|
This directive is a synonym for @samp{.short}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset W16
|
|
|
|
This directive is a synonym for both @samp{.short} and @samp{.word}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Ident
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.ident}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ident} directive
|
|
|
|
This directive is used by some assemblers to place tags in object files.
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} simply accepts the directive for source-file
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
compatibility with such assemblers, but does not actually emit anything
|
|
|
|
for it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node If
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.if @var{absolute expression}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex conditional assembly
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{if} directive
|
|
|
|
@code{.if} marks the beginning of a section of code which is only
|
|
|
|
considered part of the source program being assembled if the argument
|
|
|
|
(which must be an @var{absolute expression}) is non-zero. The end of
|
|
|
|
the conditional section of code must be marked by @code{.endif}
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{Endif,,@code{.endif}}); optionally, you may include code for the
|
|
|
|
alternative condition, flagged by @code{.else} (@pxref{Else,,@code{.else}}).
|
2000-02-08 14:13:57 +00:00
|
|
|
If you have several conditions to check, @code{.elseif} may be used to avoid
|
|
|
|
nesting blocks if/else within each subsequent @code{.else} block.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following variants of @code{.if} are also supported:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ifdef} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .ifdef @var{symbol}
|
|
|
|
Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
|
2002-07-19 11:35:06 +00:00
|
|
|
has been defined. Note a symbol which has been referenced but not yet defined
|
|
|
|
is considered to be undefined.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-05-06 06:38:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ifb} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .ifb @var{text}
|
|
|
|
Assembles the following section of code if the operand is blank (empty).
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ifc} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .ifc @var{string1},@var{string2}
|
|
|
|
Assembles the following section of code if the two strings are the same. The
|
|
|
|
strings may be optionally quoted with single quotes. If they are not quoted,
|
|
|
|
the first string stops at the first comma, and the second string stops at the
|
|
|
|
end of the line. Strings which contain whitespace should be quoted. The
|
|
|
|
string comparison is case sensitive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ifeq} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .ifeq @var{absolute expression}
|
|
|
|
Assembles the following section of code if the argument is zero.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ifeqs} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .ifeqs @var{string1},@var{string2}
|
|
|
|
Another form of @code{.ifc}. The strings must be quoted using double quotes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ifge} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .ifge @var{absolute expression}
|
|
|
|
Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than or
|
|
|
|
equal to zero.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ifgt} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .ifgt @var{absolute expression}
|
|
|
|
Assembles the following section of code if the argument is greater than zero.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ifle} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .ifle @var{absolute expression}
|
|
|
|
Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than or equal
|
|
|
|
to zero.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{iflt} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .iflt @var{absolute expression}
|
|
|
|
Assembles the following section of code if the argument is less than zero.
|
|
|
|
|
2005-05-06 06:38:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ifnb} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .ifnb @var{text}
|
|
|
|
Like @code{.ifb}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
|
|
|
|
following section of code if the operand is non-blank (non-empty).
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ifnc} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .ifnc @var{string1},@var{string2}.
|
|
|
|
Like @code{.ifc}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
|
|
|
|
following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ifndef} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ifnotdef} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .ifndef @var{symbol}
|
|
|
|
@itemx .ifnotdef @var{symbol}
|
|
|
|
Assembles the following section of code if the specified @var{symbol}
|
2002-07-19 11:35:06 +00:00
|
|
|
has not been defined. Both spelling variants are equivalent. Note a symbol
|
|
|
|
which has been referenced but not yet defined is considered to be undefined.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ifne} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .ifne @var{absolute expression}
|
|
|
|
Assembles the following section of code if the argument is not equal to zero
|
|
|
|
(in other words, this is equivalent to @code{.if}).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ifnes} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .ifnes @var{string1},@var{string2}
|
|
|
|
Like @code{.ifeqs}, but the sense of the test is reversed: this assembles the
|
|
|
|
following section of code if the two strings are not the same.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
2001-07-09 08:19:18 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Incbin
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.incbin "@var{file}"[,@var{skip}[,@var{count}]]}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{incbin} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex binary files, including
|
|
|
|
The @code{incbin} directive includes @var{file} verbatim at the current
|
|
|
|
location. You can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line
|
|
|
|
option (@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
|
|
|
|
around @var{file}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The @var{skip} argument skips a number of bytes from the start of the
|
|
|
|
@var{file}. The @var{count} argument indicates the maximum number of bytes to
|
2001-07-10 10:11:35 +00:00
|
|
|
read. Note that the data is not aligned in any way, so it is the user's
|
|
|
|
responsibility to make sure that proper alignment is provided both before and
|
|
|
|
after the @code{incbin} directive.
|
2001-07-09 08:19:18 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Include
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.include "@var{file}"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{include} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex supporting files, including
|
|
|
|
@cindex files, including
|
|
|
|
This directive provides a way to include supporting files at specified
|
|
|
|
points in your source program. The code from @var{file} is assembled as
|
|
|
|
if it followed the point of the @code{.include}; when the end of the
|
|
|
|
included file is reached, assembly of the original file continues. You
|
|
|
|
can control the search paths used with the @samp{-I} command-line option
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}). Quotation marks are required
|
|
|
|
around @var{file}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Int
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.int @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{int} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex integers, 32-bit
|
|
|
|
Expect zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section, separated by commas.
|
|
|
|
For each expression, emit a number that, at run time, is the value of that
|
|
|
|
expression. The byte order and bit size of the number depends on what kind
|
|
|
|
of target the assembly is for.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8
|
|
|
|
On the H8/500 and most forms of the H8/300, @code{.int} emits 16-bit
|
2003-04-15 08:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
integers. On the H8/300H and the Renesas SH, however, @code{.int} emits
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
32-bit integers.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@node Internal
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.internal @var{names}}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{internal} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex visibility
|
2004-04-13 17:56:13 +00:00
|
|
|
This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden,,@code{.hidden}}) and
|
|
|
|
@code{.protected} (@pxref{Protected,,@code{.protected}}).
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
|
|
|
|
their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
|
|
|
|
@code{internal} which means that the symbols are considered to be @code{hidden}
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
(i.e., not visible to other components), and that some extra, processor specific
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
processing must also be performed upon the symbols as well.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Irp
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.irp @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{irp} directive
|
|
|
|
Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
|
|
|
|
The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irp} directive, and is
|
|
|
|
terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each @var{value}, @var{symbol} is
|
|
|
|
set to @var{value}, and the sequence of statements is assembled. If no
|
|
|
|
@var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is assembled once, with
|
|
|
|
@var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to @var{symbol} within the
|
|
|
|
sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, assembling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
|
|
.irp param,1,2,3
|
|
|
|
move d\param,sp@@-
|
|
|
|
.endr
|
|
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is equivalent to assembling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
|
|
move d1,sp@@-
|
|
|
|
move d2,sp@@-
|
|
|
|
move d3,sp@@-
|
|
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
|
2005-04-11 12:46:38 +00:00
|
|
|
For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
|
|
|
|
at @xref{Macro}.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Irpc
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.irpc @var{symbol},@var{values}}@dots{}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{irpc} directive
|
|
|
|
Evaluate a sequence of statements assigning different values to @var{symbol}.
|
|
|
|
The sequence of statements starts at the @code{.irpc} directive, and is
|
|
|
|
terminated by an @code{.endr} directive. For each character in @var{value},
|
|
|
|
@var{symbol} is set to the character, and the sequence of statements is
|
|
|
|
assembled. If no @var{value} is listed, the sequence of statements is
|
|
|
|
assembled once, with @var{symbol} set to the null string. To refer to
|
|
|
|
@var{symbol} within the sequence of statements, use @var{\symbol}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, assembling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
|
|
.irpc param,123
|
|
|
|
move d\param,sp@@-
|
|
|
|
.endr
|
|
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is equivalent to assembling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
|
|
move d1,sp@@-
|
|
|
|
move d2,sp@@-
|
|
|
|
move d3,sp@@-
|
|
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
|
2005-04-11 12:46:38 +00:00
|
|
|
For some caveats with the spelling of @var{symbol}, see also the discussion
|
|
|
|
at @xref{Macro}.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Lcomm
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.lcomm @var{symbol} , @var{length}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{lcomm} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex local common symbols
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbols, local common
|
|
|
|
Reserve @var{length} (an absolute expression) bytes for a local common
|
|
|
|
denoted by @var{symbol}. The section and value of @var{symbol} are
|
|
|
|
those of the new local common. The addresses are allocated in the bss
|
|
|
|
section, so that at run-time the bytes start off zeroed. @var{Symbol}
|
|
|
|
is not declared global (@pxref{Global,,@code{.global}}), so is normally
|
|
|
|
not visible to @code{@value{LD}}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
Some targets permit a third argument to be used with @code{.lcomm}. This
|
|
|
|
argument specifies the desired alignment of the symbol in the bss section.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
The syntax for @code{.lcomm} differs slightly on the HPPA. The syntax is
|
|
|
|
@samp{@var{symbol} .lcomm, @var{length}}; @var{symbol} is optional.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Lflags
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.lflags}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{lflags} directive (ignored)
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} accepts this directive, for compatibility with other
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
assemblers, but ignores it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifclear no-line-dir
|
|
|
|
@node Line
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.line @var{line-number}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{line} directive
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset no-line-dir
|
|
|
|
@node Ln
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ln} directive
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@cindex logical line number
|
|
|
|
@ifset aout-bout
|
|
|
|
Change the logical line number. @var{line-number} must be an absolute
|
|
|
|
expression. The next line has that logical line number. Therefore any other
|
|
|
|
statements on the current line (after a statement separator character) are
|
|
|
|
reported as on logical line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1. One day
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} will no longer support this directive: it is recognized only
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
for compatibility with existing assembler programs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
|
|
@emph{Warning:} In the AMD29K configuration of @value{AS}, this command is
|
|
|
|
not available; use the synonym @code{.ln} in that context.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifclear no-line-dir
|
|
|
|
Even though this is a directive associated with the @code{a.out} or
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{b.out} object-code formats, @command{@value{AS}} still recognizes it
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
when producing COFF output, and treats @samp{.line} as though it
|
|
|
|
were the COFF @samp{.ln} @emph{if} it is found outside a
|
|
|
|
@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inside a @code{.def}, @samp{.line} is, instead, one of the directives
|
|
|
|
used by compilers to generate auxiliary symbol information for
|
|
|
|
debugging.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Linkonce
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.linkonce [@var{type}]}
|
|
|
|
@cindex COMDAT
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{linkonce} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex common sections
|
|
|
|
Mark the current section so that the linker only includes a single copy of it.
|
|
|
|
This may be used to include the same section in several different object files,
|
|
|
|
but ensure that the linker will only include it once in the final output file.
|
|
|
|
The @code{.linkonce} pseudo-op must be used for each instance of the section.
|
|
|
|
Duplicate sections are detected based on the section name, so it should be
|
|
|
|
unique.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This directive is only supported by a few object file formats; as of this
|
|
|
|
writing, the only object file format which supports it is the Portable
|
|
|
|
Executable format used on Windows NT.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The @var{type} argument is optional. If specified, it must be one of the
|
|
|
|
following strings. For example:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.linkonce same_size
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
Not all types may be supported on all object file formats.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item discard
|
|
|
|
Silently discard duplicate sections. This is the default.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item one_only
|
|
|
|
Warn if there are duplicate sections, but still keep only one copy.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item same_size
|
|
|
|
Warn if any of the duplicates have different sizes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item same_contents
|
|
|
|
Warn if any of the duplicates do not have exactly the same contents.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Ln
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.ln @var{line-number}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{ln} directive
|
|
|
|
@ifclear no-line-dir
|
|
|
|
@samp{.ln} is a synonym for @samp{.line}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset no-line-dir
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Tell @command{@value{AS}} to change the logical line number. @var{line-number}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
must be an absolute expression. The next line has that logical
|
|
|
|
line number, so any other statements on the current line (after a
|
|
|
|
statement separator character @code{;}) are reported as on logical
|
|
|
|
line number @var{line-number} @minus{} 1.
|
|
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
This directive is accepted, but ignored, when @command{@value{AS}} is
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
configured for @code{b.out}; its effect is only associated with COFF
|
|
|
|
output format.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node MRI
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.mri @var{val}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{mri} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex MRI mode, temporarily
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
If @var{val} is non-zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to enter MRI mode. If
|
|
|
|
@var{val} is zero, this tells @command{@value{AS}} to exit MRI mode. This change
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
affects code assembled until the next @code{.mri} directive, or until the end
|
|
|
|
of the file. @xref{M, MRI mode, MRI mode}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node List
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.list}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{list} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex listing control, turning on
|
|
|
|
Control (in conjunction with the @code{.nolist} directive) whether or
|
|
|
|
not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
|
|
|
|
internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
|
|
|
|
counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
|
|
|
|
generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By default, listings are disabled. When you enable them (with the
|
|
|
|
@samp{-a} command line option; @pxref{Invoking,,Command-Line Options}),
|
|
|
|
the initial value of the listing counter is one.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Long
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.long @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{long} directive
|
|
|
|
@code{.long} is the same as @samp{.int}, @pxref{Int,,@code{.int}}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ignore
|
|
|
|
@c no one seems to know what this is for or whether this description is
|
|
|
|
@c what it really ought to do
|
|
|
|
@node Lsym
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.lsym @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{lsym} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol, not referenced in assembly
|
|
|
|
@code{.lsym} creates a new symbol named @var{symbol}, but does not put it in
|
|
|
|
the hash table, ensuring it cannot be referenced by name during the
|
|
|
|
rest of the assembly. This sets the attributes of the symbol to be
|
|
|
|
the same as the expression value:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
@var{other} = @var{descriptor} = 0
|
|
|
|
@var{type} = @r{(section of @var{expression})}
|
|
|
|
@var{value} = @var{expression}
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
|
|
The new symbol is not flagged as external.
|
|
|
|
@end ignore
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Macro
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.macro}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex macros
|
|
|
|
The commands @code{.macro} and @code{.endm} allow you to define macros that
|
|
|
|
generate assembly output. For example, this definition specifies a macro
|
|
|
|
@code{sum} that puts a sequence of numbers into memory:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
|
|
.macro sum from=0, to=5
|
|
|
|
.long \from
|
|
|
|
.if \to-\from
|
|
|
|
sum "(\from+1)",\to
|
|
|
|
.endif
|
|
|
|
.endm
|
|
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@noindent
|
|
|
|
With that definition, @samp{SUM 0,5} is equivalent to this assembly input:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
|
|
.long 0
|
|
|
|
.long 1
|
|
|
|
.long 2
|
|
|
|
.long 3
|
|
|
|
.long 4
|
|
|
|
.long 5
|
|
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ftable @code
|
|
|
|
@item .macro @var{macname}
|
|
|
|
@itemx .macro @var{macname} @var{macargs} @dots{}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{macro} directive
|
|
|
|
Begin the definition of a macro called @var{macname}. If your macro
|
|
|
|
definition requires arguments, specify their names after the macro name,
|
2005-05-06 06:50:31 +00:00
|
|
|
separated by commas or spaces. You can qualify the macro argument to
|
|
|
|
indicate whether all invocations must specify a non-blank value (through
|
|
|
|
@samp{:@code{req}}), or whether it takes all of the remaining arguments
|
|
|
|
(through @samp{:@code{vararg}}). You can supply a default value for any
|
2005-03-08 13:59:23 +00:00
|
|
|
macro argument by following the name with @samp{=@var{deflt}}. You
|
|
|
|
cannot define two macros with the same @var{macname} unless it has been
|
|
|
|
subject to the @code{.purgem} directive (@xref{Purgem}.) between the two
|
|
|
|
definitions. For example, these are all valid @code{.macro} statements:
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item .macro comm
|
|
|
|
Begin the definition of a macro called @code{comm}, which takes no
|
|
|
|
arguments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item .macro plus1 p, p1
|
|
|
|
@itemx .macro plus1 p p1
|
|
|
|
Either statement begins the definition of a macro called @code{plus1},
|
|
|
|
which takes two arguments; within the macro definition, write
|
|
|
|
@samp{\p} or @samp{\p1} to evaluate the arguments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item .macro reserve_str p1=0 p2
|
|
|
|
Begin the definition of a macro called @code{reserve_str}, with two
|
|
|
|
arguments. The first argument has a default value, but not the second.
|
|
|
|
After the definition is complete, you can call the macro either as
|
|
|
|
@samp{reserve_str @var{a},@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating to
|
|
|
|
@var{a} and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}), or as @samp{reserve_str
|
|
|
|
,@var{b}} (with @samp{\p1} evaluating as the default, in this case
|
|
|
|
@samp{0}, and @samp{\p2} evaluating to @var{b}).
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
2005-05-06 06:50:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@item .macro m p1:req, p2=0, p3:vararg
|
|
|
|
Begin the definition of a macro called @code{m}, with at least three
|
|
|
|
arguments. The first argument must always have a value specified, but
|
|
|
|
not the second, which instead has a default value. The third formal
|
|
|
|
will get assigned all remaining arguments specified at invocation time.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
When you call a macro, you can specify the argument values either by
|
|
|
|
position, or by keyword. For example, @samp{sum 9,17} is equivalent to
|
|
|
|
@samp{sum to=17, from=9}.
|
|
|
|
|
2005-04-11 12:46:38 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that since each of the @var{macargs} can be an identifier exactly
|
|
|
|
as any other one permitted by the target architecture, there may be
|
|
|
|
occasional problems if the target hand-crafts special meanings to certain
|
|
|
|
characters when they occur in a special position. For example, if colon
|
|
|
|
(@code{:}) is generally permitted to be part of a symbol name, but the
|
|
|
|
architecture specific code special-cases it when occuring as the final
|
|
|
|
character of a symbol (to denote a label), then the macro parameter
|
|
|
|
replacement code will have no way of knowing that and consider the whole
|
|
|
|
construct (including the colon) an identifier, and check only this
|
|
|
|
identifier for being the subject to parameter substitution. In this
|
|
|
|
example, besides the potential of just separating identifier and colon
|
|
|
|
by white space, using alternate macro syntax (@xref{Altmacro}.) and
|
|
|
|
ampersand (@code{&}) as the character to separate literal text from macro
|
|
|
|
parameters (or macro parameters from one another) would provide a way to
|
|
|
|
achieve the same effect:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
|
|
.altmacro
|
|
|
|
.macro label l
|
|
|
|
l&:
|
|
|
|
.endm
|
|
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This applies identically to the identifiers used in @code{.irp} (@xref{Irp}.)
|
|
|
|
and @code{.irpc} (@xref{Irpc}.).
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@item .endm
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{endm} directive
|
|
|
|
Mark the end of a macro definition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item .exitm
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{exitm} directive
|
|
|
|
Exit early from the current macro definition.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex number of macros executed
|
|
|
|
@cindex macros, count executed
|
|
|
|
@item \@@
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} maintains a counter of how many macros it has
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
executed in this pseudo-variable; you can copy that number to your
|
|
|
|
output with @samp{\@@}, but @emph{only within a macro definition}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
|
|
|
|
@emph{Warning: @code{LOCAL} is only available if you select ``alternate
|
2004-08-13 19:53:52 +00:00
|
|
|
macro syntax'' with @samp{--alternate} or @code{.altmacro}.}
|
|
|
|
@xref{Altmacro,,@code{.altmacro}}.
|
|
|
|
@end ftable
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-08-13 19:53:52 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Altmacro
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.altmacro}
|
|
|
|
Enable alternate macro mode, enabling:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ftable @code
|
|
|
|
@item LOCAL @var{name} [ , @dots{} ]
|
|
|
|
One additional directive, @code{LOCAL}, is available. It is used to
|
|
|
|
generate a string replacement for each of the @var{name} arguments, and
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
replace any instances of @var{name} in each macro expansion. The
|
|
|
|
replacement string is unique in the assembly, and different for each
|
|
|
|
separate macro expansion. @code{LOCAL} allows you to write macros that
|
|
|
|
define symbols, without fear of conflict between separate macro expansions.
|
2004-08-13 19:53:52 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item String delimiters
|
|
|
|
You can write strings delimited in these other ways besides
|
|
|
|
@code{"@var{string}"}:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item '@var{string}'
|
|
|
|
You can delimit strings with single-quote charaters.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item <@var{string}>
|
|
|
|
You can delimit strings with matching angle brackets.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item single-character string escape
|
|
|
|
To include any single character literally in a string (even if the
|
|
|
|
character would otherwise have some special meaning), you can prefix the
|
|
|
|
character with @samp{!} (an exclamation mark). For example, you can
|
|
|
|
write @samp{<4.3 !> 5.4!!>} to get the literal text @samp{4.3 > 5.4!}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item Expression results as strings
|
|
|
|
You can write @samp{%@var{expr}} to evaluate the expression @var{expr}
|
|
|
|
and use the result as a string.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ftable
|
|
|
|
|
2004-08-13 19:53:52 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Noaltmacro
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.noaltmacro}
|
|
|
|
Disable alternate macro mode. @ref{Altmacro}
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Nolist
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.nolist}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{nolist} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex listing control, turning off
|
|
|
|
Control (in conjunction with the @code{.list} directive) whether or
|
|
|
|
not assembly listings are generated. These two directives maintain an
|
|
|
|
internal counter (which is zero initially). @code{.list} increments the
|
|
|
|
counter, and @code{.nolist} decrements it. Assembly listings are
|
|
|
|
generated whenever the counter is greater than zero.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Octa
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.octa @var{bignums}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c FIXME: double size emitted for "octa" on i960, others? Or warn?
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{octa} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex integer, 16-byte
|
|
|
|
@cindex sixteen byte integer
|
|
|
|
This directive expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For each
|
|
|
|
bignum, it emits a 16-byte integer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The term ``octa'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
|
|
|
|
hence @emph{octa}-word for 16 bytes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Org
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.org @var{new-lc} , @var{fill}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{org} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex location counter, advancing
|
|
|
|
@cindex advancing location counter
|
|
|
|
@cindex current address, advancing
|
|
|
|
Advance the location counter of the current section to
|
|
|
|
@var{new-lc}. @var{new-lc} is either an absolute expression or an
|
|
|
|
expression with the same section as the current subsection. That is,
|
|
|
|
you can't use @code{.org} to cross sections: if @var{new-lc} has the
|
|
|
|
wrong section, the @code{.org} directive is ignored. To be compatible
|
|
|
|
with former assemblers, if the section of @var{new-lc} is absolute,
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} issues a warning, then pretends the section of @var{new-lc}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
is the same as the current subsection.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@code{.org} may only increase the location counter, or leave it
|
|
|
|
unchanged; you cannot use @code{.org} to move the location counter
|
|
|
|
backwards.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c double negative used below "not undefined" because this is a specific
|
|
|
|
@c reference to "undefined" (as SEG_UNKNOWN is called in this manual)
|
|
|
|
@c section. doc@cygnus.com 18feb91
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Because @command{@value{AS}} tries to assemble programs in one pass, @var{new-lc}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
may not be undefined. If you really detest this restriction we eagerly await
|
|
|
|
a chance to share your improved assembler.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beware that the origin is relative to the start of the section, not
|
|
|
|
to the start of the subsection. This is compatible with other
|
|
|
|
people's assemblers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the location counter (of the current subsection) is advanced, the
|
|
|
|
intervening bytes are filled with @var{fill} which should be an
|
|
|
|
absolute expression. If the comma and @var{fill} are omitted,
|
|
|
|
@var{fill} defaults to zero.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node P2align
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.p2align[wl] @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}, @var{abs-expr}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex padding the location counter given a power of two
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{p2align} directive
|
|
|
|
Pad the location counter (in the current subsection) to a particular
|
|
|
|
storage boundary. The first expression (which must be absolute) is the
|
|
|
|
number of low-order zero bits the location counter must have after
|
|
|
|
advancement. For example @samp{.p2align 3} advances the location
|
|
|
|
counter until it a multiple of 8. If the location counter is already a
|
|
|
|
multiple of 8, no change is needed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The second expression (also absolute) gives the fill value to be stored in the
|
|
|
|
padding bytes. It (and the comma) may be omitted. If it is omitted, the
|
|
|
|
padding bytes are normally zero. However, on some systems, if the section is
|
|
|
|
marked as containing code and the fill value is omitted, the space is filled
|
|
|
|
with no-op instructions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The third expression is also absolute, and is also optional. If it is present,
|
|
|
|
it is the maximum number of bytes that should be skipped by this alignment
|
|
|
|
directive. If doing the alignment would require skipping more bytes than the
|
|
|
|
specified maximum, then the alignment is not done at all. You can omit the
|
|
|
|
fill value (the second argument) entirely by simply using two commas after the
|
|
|
|
required alignment; this can be useful if you want the alignment to be filled
|
|
|
|
with no-op instructions when appropriate.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{p2alignw} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{p2alignl} directive
|
|
|
|
The @code{.p2alignw} and @code{.p2alignl} directives are variants of the
|
|
|
|
@code{.p2align} directive. The @code{.p2alignw} directive treats the fill
|
|
|
|
pattern as a two byte word value. The @code{.p2alignl} directives treats the
|
|
|
|
fill pattern as a four byte longword value. For example, @code{.p2alignw
|
|
|
|
2,0x368d} will align to a multiple of 4. If it skips two bytes, they will be
|
|
|
|
filled in with the value 0x368d (the exact placement of the bytes depends upon
|
|
|
|
the endianness of the processor). If it skips 1 or 3 bytes, the fill value is
|
|
|
|
undefined.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@node Previous
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.previous}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{previous} directive
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Section Stack
|
|
|
|
This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
|
|
|
|
@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.popsection}
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{PopSection}).
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This directive swaps the current section (and subsection) with most recently
|
|
|
|
referenced section (and subsection) prior to this one. Multiple
|
|
|
|
@code{.previous} directives in a row will flip between two sections (and their
|
|
|
|
subsections).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In terms of the section stack, this directive swaps the current section with
|
|
|
|
the top section on the section stack.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@node PopSection
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.popsection}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{popsection} directive
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Section Stack
|
|
|
|
This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
|
|
|
|
@code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}), and @code{.previous}
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{Previous}).
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This directive replaces the current section (and subsection) with the top
|
|
|
|
section (and subsection) on the section stack. This section is popped off the
|
|
|
|
stack.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Print
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.print @var{string}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{print} directive
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} will print @var{string} on the standard output during
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
assembly. You must put @var{string} in double quotes.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@node Protected
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.protected @var{names}}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{protected} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex visibility
|
2004-04-13 17:56:13 +00:00
|
|
|
This is one of the ELF visibility directives. The other two are
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{.hidden} (@pxref{Hidden}) and @code{.internal} (@pxref{Internal}).
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This directive overrides the named symbols default visibility (which is set by
|
|
|
|
their binding: local, global or weak). The directive sets the visibility to
|
|
|
|
@code{protected} which means that any references to the symbols from within the
|
|
|
|
components that defines them must be resolved to the definition in that
|
|
|
|
component, even if a definition in another component would normally preempt
|
|
|
|
this.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Psize
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.psize @var{lines} , @var{columns}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{psize} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex listing control: paper size
|
|
|
|
@cindex paper size, for listings
|
|
|
|
Use this directive to declare the number of lines---and, optionally, the
|
|
|
|
number of columns---to use for each page, when generating listings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you do not use @code{.psize}, listings use a default line-count
|
|
|
|
of 60. You may omit the comma and @var{columns} specification; the
|
|
|
|
default width is 200 columns.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} generates formfeeds whenever the specified number of
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
lines is exceeded (or whenever you explicitly request one, using
|
|
|
|
@code{.eject}).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you specify @var{lines} as @code{0}, no formfeeds are generated save
|
|
|
|
those explicitly specified with @code{.eject}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Purgem
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.purgem @var{name}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{purgem} directive
|
|
|
|
Undefine the macro @var{name}, so that later uses of the string will not be
|
|
|
|
expanded. @xref{Macro}.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@node PushSection
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.pushsection @var{name} , @var{subsection}}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{pushsection} directive
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Section Stack
|
|
|
|
This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}),
|
|
|
|
@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{Previous}).
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-07-26 03:34:35 +00:00
|
|
|
This directive pushes the current section (and subsection) onto the
|
|
|
|
top of the section stack, and then replaces the current section and
|
|
|
|
subsection with @code{name} and @code{subsection}.
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Quad
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.quad @var{bignums}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{quad} directive
|
|
|
|
@code{.quad} expects zero or more bignums, separated by commas. For
|
|
|
|
each bignum, it emits
|
|
|
|
@ifclear bignum-16
|
|
|
|
an 8-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 8 bytes, it prints a
|
|
|
|
warning message; and just takes the lowest order 8 bytes of the bignum.
|
|
|
|
@cindex eight-byte integer
|
|
|
|
@cindex integer, 8-byte
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The term ``quad'' comes from contexts in which a ``word'' is two bytes;
|
|
|
|
hence @emph{quad}-word for 8 bytes.
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset bignum-16
|
|
|
|
a 16-byte integer. If the bignum won't fit in 16 bytes, it prints a
|
|
|
|
warning message; and just takes the lowest order 16 bytes of the bignum.
|
|
|
|
@cindex sixteen-byte integer
|
|
|
|
@cindex integer, 16-byte
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Rept
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.rept @var{count}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{rept} directive
|
|
|
|
Repeat the sequence of lines between the @code{.rept} directive and the next
|
|
|
|
@code{.endr} directive @var{count} times.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For example, assembling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
|
|
.rept 3
|
|
|
|
.long 0
|
|
|
|
.endr
|
|
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
is equivalent to assembling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@example
|
|
|
|
.long 0
|
|
|
|
.long 0
|
|
|
|
.long 0
|
|
|
|
@end example
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Sbttl
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.sbttl "@var{subheading}"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{sbttl} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex subtitles for listings
|
|
|
|
@cindex listing control: subtitle
|
|
|
|
Use @var{subheading} as the title (third line, immediately after the
|
|
|
|
title line) when generating assembly listings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
|
|
|
|
it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
@node Scl
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.scl @var{class}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{scl} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol storage class (COFF)
|
|
|
|
@cindex COFF symbol storage class
|
|
|
|
Set the storage-class value for a symbol. This directive may only be
|
|
|
|
used inside a @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pair. Storage class may flag
|
|
|
|
whether a symbol is static or external, or it may record further
|
|
|
|
symbolic debugging information.
|
|
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The @samp{.scl} directive is primarily associated with COFF output; when
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
configured to generate @code{b.out} output format, @command{@value{AS}}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
accepts this directive but ignores it.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF-ELF
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Section
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@section @code{.section @var{name}}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex named section
|
|
|
|
Use the @code{.section} directive to assemble the following code into a section
|
|
|
|
named @var{name}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This directive is only supported for targets that actually support arbitrarily
|
|
|
|
named sections; on @code{a.out} targets, for example, it is not accepted, even
|
|
|
|
with a standard @code{a.out} section name.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
|
|
|
|
@subheading COFF Version
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{section} directive (COFF version)
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
For COFF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used in one of the following
|
|
|
|
ways:
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.section @var{name}[, "@var{flags}"]
|
|
|
|
.section @var{name}[, @var{subsegment}]
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the optional argument is quoted, it is taken as flags to use for the
|
|
|
|
section. Each flag is a single character. The following flags are recognized:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item b
|
|
|
|
bss section (uninitialized data)
|
|
|
|
@item n
|
|
|
|
section is not loaded
|
|
|
|
@item w
|
|
|
|
writable section
|
|
|
|
@item d
|
|
|
|
data section
|
|
|
|
@item r
|
|
|
|
read-only section
|
|
|
|
@item x
|
|
|
|
executable section
|
1999-08-08 16:53:30 +00:00
|
|
|
@item s
|
|
|
|
shared section (meaningful for PE targets)
|
2002-05-23 10:45:14 +00:00
|
|
|
@item a
|
|
|
|
ignored. (For compatibility with the ELF version)
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
|
|
|
|
the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to be
|
2001-02-21 19:43:36 +00:00
|
|
|
loaded and writable. Note the @code{n} and @code{w} flags remove attributes
|
|
|
|
from the section, rather than adding them, so if they are used on their own it
|
|
|
|
will be as if no flags had been specified at all.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the optional argument to the @code{.section} directive is not quoted, it is
|
|
|
|
taken as a subsegment number (@pxref{Sub-Sections}).
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
|
|
|
|
@subheading ELF Version
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Section Stack
|
|
|
|
This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{.subsection} (@pxref{SubSection}), @code{.pushsection}
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{PushSection}), @code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and
|
|
|
|
@code{.previous} (@pxref{Previous}).
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{section} directive (ELF version)
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
For ELF targets, the @code{.section} directive is used like this:
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
2004-05-11 15:53:47 +00:00
|
|
|
.section @var{name} [, "@var{flags}"[, @@@var{type}[,@var{flag_specific_arguments}]]
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
The optional @var{flags} argument is a quoted string which may contain any
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
combination of the following characters:
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item a
|
|
|
|
section is allocatable
|
|
|
|
@item w
|
|
|
|
section is writable
|
|
|
|
@item x
|
|
|
|
section is executable
|
2001-10-05 16:36:55 +00:00
|
|
|
@item M
|
|
|
|
section is mergeable
|
|
|
|
@item S
|
|
|
|
section contains zero terminated strings
|
2004-05-11 15:53:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@item G
|
|
|
|
section is a member of a section group
|
|
|
|
@item T
|
|
|
|
section is used for thread-local-storage
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The optional @var{type} argument may contain one of the following constants:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item @@progbits
|
|
|
|
section contains data
|
|
|
|
@item @@nobits
|
|
|
|
section does not contain data (i.e., section only occupies space)
|
2004-05-11 15:53:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@item @@note
|
|
|
|
section contains data which is used by things other than the program
|
2004-09-08 20:52:49 +00:00
|
|
|
@item @@init_array
|
|
|
|
section contains an array of pointers to init functions
|
|
|
|
@item @@fini_array
|
|
|
|
section contains an array of pointers to finish functions
|
|
|
|
@item @@preinit_array
|
|
|
|
section contains an array of pointers to pre-init functions
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
2004-09-08 20:52:49 +00:00
|
|
|
Many targets only support the first three section types.
|
|
|
|
|
2002-08-22 20:10:53 +00:00
|
|
|
Note on targets where the @code{@@} character is the start of a comment (eg
|
|
|
|
ARM) then another character is used instead. For example the ARM port uses the
|
|
|
|
@code{%} character.
|
|
|
|
|
2004-05-11 15:53:47 +00:00
|
|
|
If @var{flags} contains the @code{M} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
|
|
|
|
be specified as well as an extra argument - @var{entsize} - like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"M, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sections with the @code{M} flag but not @code{S} flag must contain fixed size
|
|
|
|
constants, each @var{entsize} octets long. Sections with both @code{M} and
|
|
|
|
@code{S} must contain zero terminated strings where each character is
|
|
|
|
@var{entsize} bytes long. The linker may remove duplicates within sections with
|
|
|
|
the same name, same entity size and same flags. @var{entsize} must be an
|
|
|
|
absolute expression.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If @var{flags} contains the @code{G} symbol then the @var{type} argument must
|
|
|
|
be present along with an additional field like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"G, @@@var{type}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The @var{GroupName} field specifies the name of the section group to which this
|
|
|
|
particular section belongs. The optional linkage field can contain:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item comdat
|
|
|
|
indicates that only one copy of this section should be retained
|
|
|
|
@item .gnu.linkonce
|
|
|
|
an alias for comdat
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note - if both the @var{M} and @var{G} flags are present then the fields for
|
|
|
|
the Merge flag should come first, like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.section @var{name} , "@var{flags}"MG, @@@var{type}, @var{entsize}, @var{GroupName}[, @var{linkage}]
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
2001-10-05 16:36:55 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
If no flags are specified, the default flags depend upon the section name. If
|
|
|
|
the section name is not recognized, the default will be for the section to have
|
|
|
|
none of the above flags: it will not be allocated in memory, nor writable, nor
|
|
|
|
executable. The section will contain data.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For ELF targets, the assembler supports another type of @code{.section}
|
|
|
|
directive for compatibility with the Solaris assembler:
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.section "@var{name}"[, @var{flags}...]
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Note that the section name is quoted. There may be a sequence of comma
|
|
|
|
separated flags:
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@item #alloc
|
|
|
|
section is allocatable
|
|
|
|
@item #write
|
|
|
|
section is writable
|
|
|
|
@item #execinstr
|
|
|
|
section is executable
|
2004-05-11 15:53:47 +00:00
|
|
|
@item #tls
|
|
|
|
section is used for thread local storage
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end table
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-07-26 03:34:35 +00:00
|
|
|
This directive replaces the current section and subsection. See the
|
|
|
|
contents of the gas testsuite directory @code{gas/testsuite/gas/elf} for
|
|
|
|
some examples of how this directive and the other section stack directives
|
|
|
|
work.
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Set
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.set @var{symbol}, @var{expression}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{set} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol value, setting
|
|
|
|
Set the value of @var{symbol} to @var{expression}. This
|
|
|
|
changes @var{symbol}'s value and type to conform to
|
|
|
|
@var{expression}. If @var{symbol} was flagged as external, it remains
|
|
|
|
flagged (@pxref{Symbol Attributes}).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You may @code{.set} a symbol many times in the same assembly.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you @code{.set} a global symbol, the value stored in the object
|
|
|
|
file is the last value stored into it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
The syntax for @code{set} on the HPPA is
|
|
|
|
@samp{@var{symbol} .set @var{expression}}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Short
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.short @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{short} directive
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@code{.short} is normally the same as @samp{.word}.
|
|
|
|
@xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In some configurations, however, @code{.short} and @code{.word} generate
|
|
|
|
numbers of different lengths; @pxref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset W16
|
|
|
|
@code{.short} is the same as @samp{.word}. @xref{Word,,@code{.word}}.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset W32
|
|
|
|
This expects zero or more @var{expressions}, and emits
|
|
|
|
a 16 bit number for each.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Single
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.single @var{flonums}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{single} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex floating point numbers (single)
|
|
|
|
This directive assembles zero or more flonums, separated by commas. It
|
|
|
|
has the same effect as @code{.float}.
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
The exact kind of floating point numbers emitted depends on how
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} is configured. @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset IEEEFLOAT
|
|
|
|
On the @value{TARGET} family, @code{.single} emits 32-bit floating point
|
|
|
|
numbers in @sc{ieee} format.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF-ELF
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Size
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@section @code{.size}
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
This directive is used to set the size associated with a symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
|
|
|
|
@subheading COFF Version
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{size} directive (COFF version)
|
|
|
|
For COFF targets, the @code{.size} directive is only permitted inside
|
|
|
|
@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.size @var{expression}
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@samp{.size} is only meaningful when generating COFF format output; when
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
ignores it.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
|
|
|
|
@subheading ELF Version
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{size} directive (ELF version)
|
|
|
|
For ELF targets, the @code{.size} directive is used like this:
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.size @var{name} , @var{expression}
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This directive sets the size associated with a symbol @var{name}.
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
The size in bytes is computed from @var{expression} which can make use of label
|
|
|
|
arithmetic. This directive is typically used to set the size of function
|
|
|
|
symbols.
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Sleb128
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.sleb128 @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{sleb128} directive
|
|
|
|
@var{sleb128} stands for ``signed little endian base 128.'' This is a
|
|
|
|
compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
|
|
|
|
symbolic debugging format. @xref{Uleb128,@code{.uleb128}}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifclear no-space-dir
|
|
|
|
@node Skip
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.skip @var{size} , @var{fill}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{skip} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex filling memory
|
|
|
|
This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
|
|
|
|
@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma and
|
|
|
|
@var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same as
|
|
|
|
@samp{.space}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Space
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.space @var{size} , @var{fill}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{space} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex filling memory
|
|
|
|
This directive emits @var{size} bytes, each of value @var{fill}. Both
|
|
|
|
@var{size} and @var{fill} are absolute expressions. If the comma
|
|
|
|
and @var{fill} are omitted, @var{fill} is assumed to be zero. This is the same
|
|
|
|
as @samp{.skip}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
@quotation
|
|
|
|
@emph{Warning:} @code{.space} has a completely different meaning for HPPA
|
|
|
|
targets; use @code{.block} as a substitute. See @cite{HP9000 Series 800
|
|
|
|
Assembly Language Reference Manual} (HP 92432-90001) for the meaning of the
|
|
|
|
@code{.space} directive. @xref{HPPA Directives,,HPPA Assembler Directives},
|
|
|
|
for a summary.
|
|
|
|
@end quotation
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@node Space
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.space}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{space} directive
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
On the AMD 29K, this directive is ignored; it is accepted for
|
|
|
|
compatibility with other AMD 29K assemblers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@quotation
|
|
|
|
@emph{Warning:} In most versions of the @sc{gnu} assembler, the directive
|
|
|
|
@code{.space} has the effect of @code{.block} @xref{Machine Dependencies}.
|
|
|
|
@end quotation
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset have-stabs
|
|
|
|
@node Stab
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.stabd, .stabn, .stabs}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbolic debuggers, information for
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{stab@var{x}} directives
|
|
|
|
There are three directives that begin @samp{.stab}.
|
|
|
|
All emit symbols (@pxref{Symbols}), for use by symbolic debuggers.
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
The symbols are not entered in the @command{@value{AS}} hash table: they
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
cannot be referenced elsewhere in the source file.
|
|
|
|
Up to five fields are required:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @var
|
|
|
|
@item string
|
|
|
|
This is the symbol's name. It may contain any character except
|
|
|
|
@samp{\000}, so is more general than ordinary symbol names. Some
|
|
|
|
debuggers used to code arbitrarily complex structures into symbol names
|
|
|
|
using this field.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item type
|
|
|
|
An absolute expression. The symbol's type is set to the low 8 bits of
|
|
|
|
this expression. Any bit pattern is permitted, but @code{@value{LD}}
|
|
|
|
and debuggers choke on silly bit patterns.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item other
|
|
|
|
An absolute expression. The symbol's ``other'' attribute is set to the
|
|
|
|
low 8 bits of this expression.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item desc
|
|
|
|
An absolute expression. The symbol's descriptor is set to the low 16
|
|
|
|
bits of this expression.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item value
|
|
|
|
An absolute expression which becomes the symbol's value.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If a warning is detected while reading a @code{.stabd}, @code{.stabn},
|
|
|
|
or @code{.stabs} statement, the symbol has probably already been created;
|
|
|
|
you get a half-formed symbol in your object file. This is
|
|
|
|
compatible with earlier assemblers!
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@table @code
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{stabd} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .stabd @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The ``name'' of the symbol generated is not even an empty string.
|
|
|
|
It is a null pointer, for compatibility. Older assemblers used a
|
|
|
|
null pointer so they didn't waste space in object files with empty
|
|
|
|
strings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The symbol's value is set to the location counter,
|
|
|
|
relocatably. When your program is linked, the value of this symbol
|
|
|
|
is the address of the location counter when the @code{.stabd} was
|
|
|
|
assembled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{stabn} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .stabn @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
|
|
|
|
The name of the symbol is set to the empty string @code{""}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{stabs} directive
|
|
|
|
@item .stabs @var{string} , @var{type} , @var{other} , @var{desc} , @var{value}
|
|
|
|
All five fields are specified.
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@c end have-stabs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node String
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.string} "@var{str}"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex string, copying to object file
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{string} directive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Copy the characters in @var{str} to the object file. You may specify more than
|
|
|
|
one string to copy, separated by commas. Unless otherwise specified for a
|
|
|
|
particular machine, the assembler marks the end of each string with a 0 byte.
|
|
|
|
You can use any of the escape sequences described in @ref{Strings,,Strings}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Struct
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.struct @var{expression}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{struct} directive
|
|
|
|
Switch to the absolute section, and set the section offset to @var{expression},
|
|
|
|
which must be an absolute expression. You might use this as follows:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.struct 0
|
|
|
|
field1:
|
|
|
|
.struct field1 + 4
|
|
|
|
field2:
|
|
|
|
.struct field2 + 4
|
|
|
|
field3:
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
This would define the symbol @code{field1} to have the value 0, the symbol
|
|
|
|
@code{field2} to have the value 4, and the symbol @code{field3} to have the
|
|
|
|
value 8. Assembly would be left in the absolute section, and you would need to
|
|
|
|
use a @code{.section} directive of some sort to change to some other section
|
|
|
|
before further assembly.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@node SubSection
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.subsection @var{name}}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{subsection} directive
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex Section Stack
|
|
|
|
This is one of the ELF section stack manipulation directives. The others are
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{.section} (@pxref{Section}), @code{.pushsection} (@pxref{PushSection}),
|
|
|
|
@code{.popsection} (@pxref{PopSection}), and @code{.previous}
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{Previous}).
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This directive replaces the current subsection with @code{name}. The current
|
|
|
|
section is not changed. The replaced subsection is put onto the section stack
|
|
|
|
in place of the then current top of stack subsection.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@node Symver
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.symver}
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{symver} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol versioning
|
|
|
|
@cindex versions of symbols
|
|
|
|
Use the @code{.symver} directive to bind symbols to specific version nodes
|
|
|
|
within a source file. This is only supported on ELF platforms, and is
|
|
|
|
typically used when assembling files to be linked into a shared library.
|
|
|
|
There are cases where it may make sense to use this in objects to be bound
|
|
|
|
into an application itself so as to override a versioned symbol from a
|
|
|
|
shared library.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-11-13 21:23:34 +00:00
|
|
|
For ELF targets, the @code{.symver} directive can be used like this:
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@nodename}
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
2000-11-08 00:24:23 +00:00
|
|
|
If the symbol @var{name} is defined within the file
|
2000-11-13 21:23:34 +00:00
|
|
|
being assembled, the @code{.symver} directive effectively creates a symbol
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
alias with the name @var{name2@@nodename}, and in fact the main reason that we
|
|
|
|
just don't try and create a regular alias is that the @var{@@} character isn't
|
|
|
|
permitted in symbol names. The @var{name2} part of the name is the actual name
|
|
|
|
of the symbol by which it will be externally referenced. The name @var{name}
|
|
|
|
itself is merely a name of convenience that is used so that it is possible to
|
|
|
|
have definitions for multiple versions of a function within a single source
|
|
|
|
file, and so that the compiler can unambiguously know which version of a
|
|
|
|
function is being mentioned. The @var{nodename} portion of the alias should be
|
|
|
|
the name of a node specified in the version script supplied to the linker when
|
|
|
|
building a shared library. If you are attempting to override a versioned
|
|
|
|
symbol from a shared library, then @var{nodename} should correspond to the
|
|
|
|
nodename of the symbol you are trying to override.
|
2000-11-08 00:24:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the symbol @var{name} is not defined within the file being assembled, all
|
|
|
|
references to @var{name} will be changed to @var{name2@@nodename}. If no
|
|
|
|
reference to @var{name} is made, @var{name2@@nodename} will be removed from the
|
|
|
|
symbol table.
|
2000-11-13 21:23:34 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Another usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@nodename}
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
In this case, the symbol @var{name} must exist and be defined within
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
the file being assembled. It is similar to @var{name2@@nodename}. The
|
2000-11-13 21:23:34 +00:00
|
|
|
difference is @var{name2@@@@nodename} will also be used to resolve
|
|
|
|
references to @var{name2} by the linker.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The third usage of the @code{.symver} directive is:
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.symver @var{name}, @var{name2@@@@@@nodename}
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
When @var{name} is not defined within the
|
|
|
|
file being assembled, it is treated as @var{name2@@nodename}. When
|
|
|
|
@var{name} is defined within the file being assembled, the symbol
|
|
|
|
name, @var{name}, will be changed to @var{name2@@@@nodename}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
@node Tag
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.tag @var{structname}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex COFF structure debugging
|
|
|
|
@cindex structure debugging, COFF
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{tag} directive
|
|
|
|
This directive is generated by compilers to include auxiliary debugging
|
|
|
|
information in the symbol table. It is only permitted inside
|
|
|
|
@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. Tags are used to link structure
|
|
|
|
definitions in the symbol table with instances of those structures.
|
|
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@samp{.tag} is only used when generating COFF format output; when
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} is generating @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
ignores it.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Text
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.text @var{subsection}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{text} directive
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Tells @command{@value{AS}} to assemble the following statements onto the end of
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
the text subsection numbered @var{subsection}, which is an absolute
|
|
|
|
expression. If @var{subsection} is omitted, subsection number zero
|
|
|
|
is used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Title
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.title "@var{heading}"}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{title} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex listing control: title line
|
|
|
|
Use @var{heading} as the title (second line, immediately after the
|
|
|
|
source file name and pagenumber) when generating assembly listings.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This directive affects subsequent pages, as well as the current page if
|
|
|
|
it appears within ten lines of the top of a page.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset COFF-ELF
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Type
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@section @code{.type}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This directive is used to set the type of a symbol.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
|
|
|
|
@subheading COFF Version
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex COFF symbol type
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol type, COFF
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{type} directive (COFF version)
|
|
|
|
For COFF targets, this directive is permitted only within
|
|
|
|
@code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs. It is used like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.type @var{int}
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This records the integer @var{int} as the type attribute of a symbol table
|
|
|
|
entry.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@samp{.type} is associated only with COFF format output; when
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} is configured for @code{b.out} output, it accepts this
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
directive but ignores it.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
@c only print the extra heading if both COFF and ELF are set
|
|
|
|
@subheading ELF Version
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex ELF symbol type
|
|
|
|
@cindex symbol type, ELF
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{type} directive (ELF version)
|
|
|
|
For ELF targets, the @code{.type} directive is used like this:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.type @var{name} , @var{type description}
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This sets the type of symbol @var{name} to be either a
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
function symbol or an object symbol. There are five different syntaxes
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
supported for the @var{type description} field, in order to provide
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
compatibility with various other assemblers. The syntaxes supported are:
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@smallexample
|
|
|
|
.type <name>,#function
|
|
|
|
.type <name>,#object
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.type <name>,@@function
|
|
|
|
.type <name>,@@object
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.type <name>,%function
|
|
|
|
.type <name>,%object
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.type <name>,"function"
|
|
|
|
.type <name>,"object"
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
.type <name> STT_FUNCTION
|
|
|
|
.type <name> STT_OBJECT
|
|
|
|
@end smallexample
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Uleb128
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.uleb128 @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{uleb128} directive
|
|
|
|
@var{uleb128} stands for ``unsigned little endian base 128.'' This is a
|
|
|
|
compact, variable length representation of numbers used by the DWARF
|
|
|
|
symbolic debugging format. @xref{Sleb128,@code{.sleb128}}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset COFF
|
|
|
|
@node Val
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.val @var{addr}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{val} directive
|
|
|
|
@cindex COFF value attribute
|
|
|
|
@cindex value attribute, COFF
|
|
|
|
This directive, permitted only within @code{.def}/@code{.endef} pairs,
|
|
|
|
records the address @var{addr} as the value attribute of a symbol table
|
|
|
|
entry.
|
|
|
|
@ifset BOUT
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@samp{.val} is used only for COFF output; when @command{@value{AS}} is
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
configured for @code{b.out}, it accepts this directive but ignores it.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2000-01-03 18:34:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Version
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.version "@var{string}"}
|
2000-01-03 18:34:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{version} directive
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
This directive creates a @code{.note} section and places into it an ELF
|
|
|
|
formatted note of type NT_VERSION. The note's name is set to @code{string}.
|
2000-08-04 20:47:06 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-01-03 18:34:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ELF
|
|
|
|
@node VTableEntry
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.vtable_entry @var{table}, @var{offset}}
|
2000-01-03 18:34:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-10-11 16:39:34 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{vtable_entry} directive
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
This directive finds or creates a symbol @code{table} and creates a
|
|
|
|
@code{VTABLE_ENTRY} relocation for it with an addend of @code{offset}.
|
2000-01-03 18:34:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@node VTableInherit
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.vtable_inherit @var{child}, @var{parent}}
|
2000-01-03 18:34:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-10-11 16:39:34 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{vtable_inherit} directive
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
This directive finds the symbol @code{child} and finds or creates the symbol
|
|
|
|
@code{parent} and then creates a @code{VTABLE_INHERIT} relocation for the
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
parent whose addend is the value of the child symbol. As a special case the
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
parent name of @code{0} is treated as refering the @code{*ABS*} section.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-01-03 18:34:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-11-22 13:05:27 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Warning
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.warning "@var{string}"}
|
|
|
|
@cindex warning directive
|
|
|
|
Similar to the directive @code{.error}
|
|
|
|
(@pxref{Error,,@code{.error "@var{string}"}}), but just emits a warning.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Weak
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.weak @var{names}}
|
2000-01-03 18:34:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex @code{weak} directive
|
2001-01-13 22:39:55 +00:00
|
|
|
This directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
|
2000-08-04 20:39:01 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
|
2004-07-03 16:07:51 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-11-08 08:12:53 +00:00
|
|
|
On COFF targets other than PE, weak symbols are a GNU extension. This
|
|
|
|
directive sets the weak attribute on the comma separated list of symbol
|
2004-07-03 16:07:51 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{names}. If the symbols do not already exist, they will be created.
|
|
|
|
|
2004-11-08 08:12:53 +00:00
|
|
|
On the PE target, weak symbols are supported natively as weak aliases.
|
|
|
|
When a weak symbol is created that is not an alias, GAS creates an
|
|
|
|
alternate symbol to hold the default value.
|
2000-01-03 18:34:24 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Word
|
|
|
|
@section @code{.word @var{expressions}}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex @code{word} directive
|
|
|
|
This directive expects zero or more @var{expressions}, of any section,
|
|
|
|
separated by commas.
|
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@ifset W32
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 32-bit number.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset W16
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
For each expression, @command{@value{AS}} emits a 16-bit number.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The size of the number emitted, and its byte order,
|
|
|
|
depend on what target computer the assembly is for.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c on amd29k, i960, sparc the "special treatment to support compilers" doesn't
|
|
|
|
@c happen---32-bit addressability, period; no long/short jumps.
|
|
|
|
@ifset DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
|
|
@cindex difference tables altered
|
|
|
|
@cindex altered difference tables
|
|
|
|
@quotation
|
|
|
|
@emph{Warning: Special Treatment to support Compilers}
|
|
|
|
@end quotation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
Machines with a 32-bit address space, but that do less than 32-bit
|
|
|
|
addressing, require the following special treatment. If the machine of
|
|
|
|
interest to you does 32-bit addressing (or doesn't require it;
|
|
|
|
@pxref{Machine Dependencies}), you can ignore this issue.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
In order to assemble compiler output into something that works,
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} occasionally does strange things to @samp{.word} directives.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Directives of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2} are often emitted by
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
compilers as part of jump tables. Therefore, when @command{@value{AS}} assembles a
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
directive of the form @samp{.word sym1-sym2}, and the difference between
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@code{sym1} and @code{sym2} does not fit in 16 bits, @command{@value{AS}}
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
creates a @dfn{secondary jump table}, immediately before the next label.
|
|
|
|
This secondary jump table is preceded by a short-jump to the
|
|
|
|
first byte after the secondary table. This short-jump prevents the flow
|
|
|
|
of control from accidentally falling into the new table. Inside the
|
|
|
|
table is a long-jump to @code{sym2}. The original @samp{.word}
|
|
|
|
contains @code{sym1} minus the address of the long-jump to
|
|
|
|
@code{sym2}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If there were several occurrences of @samp{.word sym1-sym2} before the
|
|
|
|
secondary jump table, all of them are adjusted. If there was a
|
|
|
|
@samp{.word sym3-sym4}, that also did not fit in sixteen bits, a
|
|
|
|
long-jump to @code{sym4} is included in the secondary jump table,
|
|
|
|
and the @code{.word} directives are adjusted to contain @code{sym3}
|
|
|
|
minus the address of the long-jump to @code{sym4}; and so on, for as many
|
|
|
|
entries in the original jump table as necessary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset INTERNALS
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@emph{This feature may be disabled by compiling @command{@value{AS}} with the
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@samp{-DWORKING_DOT_WORD} option.} This feature is likely to confuse
|
|
|
|
assembly language programmers.
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@c end DIFF-TBL-KLUGE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Deprecated
|
|
|
|
@section Deprecated Directives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex deprecated directives
|
|
|
|
@cindex obsolescent directives
|
|
|
|
One day these directives won't work.
|
|
|
|
They are included for compatibility with older assemblers.
|
|
|
|
@table @t
|
|
|
|
@item .abort
|
|
|
|
@item .line
|
|
|
|
@end table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@node Machine Dependencies
|
|
|
|
@chapter Machine Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex machine dependencies
|
|
|
|
The machine instruction sets are (almost by definition) different on
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
each machine where @command{@value{AS}} runs. Floating point representations
|
|
|
|
vary as well, and @command{@value{AS}} often supports a few additional
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
directives or command-line options for compatibility with other
|
|
|
|
assemblers on a particular platform. Finally, some versions of
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} support special pseudo-instructions for branch
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
optimization.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This chapter discusses most of these differences, though it does not
|
|
|
|
include details on any machine's instruction set. For details on that
|
|
|
|
subject, see the hardware manufacturer's manual.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
|
|
* AMD29K-Dependent:: AMD 29K Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2002-02-10 23:25:17 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ALPHA
|
|
|
|
* Alpha-Dependent:: Alpha Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ARC
|
|
|
|
* ARC-Dependent:: ARC Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset ARM
|
|
|
|
* ARM-Dependent:: ARM Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2002-02-16 11:01:58 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset CRIS
|
2002-02-09 03:12:24 +00:00
|
|
|
* CRIS-Dependent:: CRIS Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset D10V
|
|
|
|
* D10V-Dependent:: D10V Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset D30V
|
|
|
|
* D30V-Dependent:: D30V Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8/300
|
2003-04-15 08:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8/500
|
2003-04-15 08:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
* H8/500-Dependent:: Renesas H8/500 Dependent Features
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
* HPPA-Dependent:: HPPA Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-02-23 13:52:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset I370
|
|
|
|
* ESA/390-Dependent:: IBM ESA/390 Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset I80386
|
2001-01-06 11:07:06 +00:00
|
|
|
* i386-Dependent:: Intel 80386 and AMD x86-64 Dependent Features
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-08-01 01:57:46 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset I860
|
|
|
|
* i860-Dependent:: Intel 80860 Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
|
|
* i960-Dependent:: Intel 80960 Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2005-02-11 06:29:08 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset IA64
|
|
|
|
* IA-64-Dependent:: Intel IA-64 Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2002-07-19 07:52:40 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset IP2K
|
|
|
|
* IP2K-Dependent:: IP2K Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* configure.in: Add cases for Renesas m32c.
* configure: Regenerated.
bfd/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for m32c-*-elf (Renesas m32c and m16c).
* Makefile.am (ALL_MACHINES): Add cpu-m32c.lo.
(ALL_MACHINES_CFILES): Add cpu-m32c.c.
(BFD32_BACKENDS): Add elf32-m32c.lo.
(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add elf32-m32c.c.
(cpu-m32c.lo, elf32-m32c.lo): New rules, generated by 'make dep-am'.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* archures.c (bfd_arch_m32c, bfd_mach_m16c, bfd_mach_m32c): New
arch and mach codes.
(bfd_m32c_arch): New arch info object.
(bfd_archures_list): List bfd_m32c_arch.
* bfd-in2.h: Regenerated.
* config.bfd: Add case for the m32c.
* configure.in: Add case for the m32c.
* configure: Regenerated.
* cpu-m32c.c, elf32-m32c.c: New files.
* libbfd.h: Regenerated.
* targets.c (bfd_elf32_m32c_vec): Declare.
(_bfd_target_vector): List bfd_elf32_m32c_vec.
binutils/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* readelf.c: #include "elf/m32c.h"
(guess_is_rela, dump_relocations, get_machine_name): Add cases for
EM_M32C.
* Makefile.am (readelf.o): Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
cpu/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* m32c.cpu, m32c.opc: Machine description for the Renesas M32C.
gas/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for the Renesas M32C.
* Makefile.am (CPU_TYPES): List m32c.
(TARGET_CPU_CFILES): List config/tc-m32c.c.
(TARGET_CPU_HFILES): List config/tc-m32c.h.
* configure.in: Add case for m32c.
* configure.tgt: Add cases for m32c and m32c-*-elf.
* configure: Regenerated.
* config/tc-m32c.c, config/tc-m32c.h: New files.
* doc/Makefile.am (CPU_DOCS): Add c-m32c.texi.
* doc/Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* doc/all.texi: Set M32C.
* doc/as.texinfo: Add text for the M32C-specific options and line
comment characters, and refer to c-m32c.texi.
* doc/c-m32c.texi: New file.
include/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* dis-asm.h (print_insn_m32c): New declaration.
include/elf/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for Renesas M32C and M16C.
* common.h (EM_M32C): New machine number.
* m32c.h: New file.
ld/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for the Renesas M32C and M16C.
* Makefile.am (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eelf32m32c.o.
(eelf32m32c.c): New target.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* configure.tgt: Add case for m32c-*-elf.
* emulparams/elf32m32c.sh: New file.
opcodes/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for the Renesas M32C and M16C.
* m32c-asm.c, m32c-desc.c, m32c-dis.c, m32c-ibld.c, m32c-opc.c: New.
* m32c-desc.h, m32c-opc.h: New.
* Makefile.am (HFILES): List m32c-desc.h and m32c-opc.h.
(CFILES): List m32c-asm.c, m32c-desc.c, m32c-dis.c, m32c-ibld.c,
m32c-opc.c.
(ALL_MACHINES): List m32c-asm.lo, m32c-desc.lo, m32c-dis.lo,
m32c-ibld.lo, m32c-opc.lo.
(CLEANFILES): List stamp-m32c.
(M32C_DEPS): List stamp-m32c, if CGEN_MAINT.
(CGEN_CPUS): Add m32c.
(m32c-asm.c, m32c-desc.c, m32c-dis.c, m32c-ibld.c, m32c-opc.c)
(m32c-desc.h, m32c-opc.h): Depend on M32C_DEPS.
(m32c_opc_h): New variable.
(stamp-m32c, m32c-asm.lo, m32c-desc.lo, m32c-dis.lo, m32c-ibld.lo)
(m32c-opc.lo): New rules.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* configure.in: Add case for bfd_m32c_arch.
* configure: Regenerated.
* disassemble.c (ARCH_m32c): New.
[ARCH_m32c]: #include "m32c-desc.h".
(disassembler) [ARCH_m32c]: Add case for bfd_arch_m32c.
(disassemble_init_for_target) [ARCH_m32c]: Same.
* cgen-ops.h, cgen-types.h: New files.
* Makefile.am (HFILES): List them.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
2005-07-14 22:52:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M32C
|
|
|
|
* M32C-Dependent:: M32C Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-04-09 20:25:17 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M32R
|
|
|
|
* M32R-Dependent:: M32R Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M680X0
|
|
|
|
* M68K-Dependent:: M680x0 Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-06-19 01:22:44 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M68HC11
|
|
|
|
* M68HC11-Dependent:: M68HC11 and 68HC12 Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2001-07-05 00:25:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M880X0
|
|
|
|
* M88K-Dependent:: M880x0 Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset MIPS
|
|
|
|
* MIPS-Dependent:: MIPS Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2001-10-30 15:20:14 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset MMIX
|
|
|
|
* MMIX-Dependent:: MMIX Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2002-12-30 19:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset MSP430
|
|
|
|
* MSP430-Dependent:: MSP430 Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset SH
|
2003-04-23 21:09:04 +00:00
|
|
|
* SH-Dependent:: Renesas / SuperH SH Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
* SH64-Dependent:: SuperH SH64 Dependent Features
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2001-02-18 23:33:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset PDP11
|
|
|
|
* PDP-11-Dependent:: PDP-11 Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-09-04 17:29:22 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset PJ
|
|
|
|
* PJ-Dependent:: picoJava Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
[gas/ChangeLog]
* config/tc-ppc.c (md_parse_option): New -m7410, -m7450 and -m7455
flags, equivalent to -m7400. New -maltivec to enable AltiVec
instructions. New -mbook64 and -mbooke/-mbooke32 flags to enable
64-bit and 32-bit BookE support, respectively. Change -m403 and
-m405 to set PPC403 option.
(md_show_usage): Adjust for new options.
* doc/all.texi: Set PPC.
* doc/as.texinfo: Add PPC support and pull in c-ppc.texi.
* doc/c-ppc.texi: New file.
* doc/Makefile.am (CPU_DOCS): Add c-ppc.texi.
* doc/Makefile.in: Regenerate.
[gas/testsuite/ChangeLog]
* gas/ppc/booke.s: New test for Motorola BookE.
* gas/ppc/booke.d: New file.
* gas/ppc/ppc.exp: Test booke.s.
[include/opcode/ChangeLog]
* ppc.h (PPC_OPCODE_BOOKE, PPC_OPCODE_403): New opcode flags for
BookE and PowerPC403 instructions.
[opcodes/ChangeLog]
* ppc-opc.c (insert_de, extract_de, insert_des, extract_des): New
instruction field instruction/extraction functions for new BookE
DE form instructions.
(CT): New macro for CT field in an X form instruction.
(DE, DES, DEO, DE_MASK): New macros for DE/DES fields in DE form
instructions.
(PPC64): Don't include PPC_OPCODE_PPC.
(403): New opcode macro for PPC403 processors.
(BOOKE): New opcode macro for BookE processors.
(bce, bcel, bcea, bcela, bclre, bclrel: New BookE instructions.
(bcctre, bcctrel, be, bel, bea, bela, icbt, icbte, lwzxe): Likewise.
(dcbste, lwzuxe, luxe, dcbfe, lbzxe, lwarxe, lbzuxe): Likewise.
(stwcxe, stwxe, stxe, stwuxe, stuxe, stbxe, dcbtste, stbuxe): Likewise.
(mfapidi, dcbte, lhzxe, lhzuxe, lhaxe, lhauxe, subfe64): Likewise.
(subfeo64, adde64, addeo64, sthxe, sthuxe, subfze64): Likewise.
(subfzeo64, addze64, addzeo64, dcbie, subfme64, subfmeo64): Likewise.
(addme64, addmeo64, stdcxe., mcrxr64, lwbrxe, lfsxe, lfsuxe): Likewise.
(lfdxe, lfduxe, stwbrxe, stfsxe, stfsuxe, stfdxe, dcbae): Likewise.
(stfduxe, tlbivax, tlbivaxe, lhbrxe, ldxe, lduxe, tlbsx): Likewise.
(tlbsxe, sthbrxe, stdxe, stduxe, icbie, stfiwxe, dcbze, lbze): Likewise.
(lbzue, ldue, lhze, lhzue, lhae, lhaue, lwze, lwzue): Likewise.
(stbe, stbue, sthe, sthue, stwe, stwue, lfse, lfsue, lfde): Likewise.
(lfdue, stde, stdue, stfse, stfsue, stfde, stfdue): Likewise.
* ppc-dis.c (print_insn_big_powerpc, print_insn_little_powerpc): Look
for a disassembler option of `booke', `booke32' or `booke64' to enable
BookE support in the disassembler.
2001-10-13 01:59:09 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset PPC
|
|
|
|
* PPC-Dependent:: PowerPC Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset SPARC
|
|
|
|
* Sparc-Dependent:: SPARC Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2000-06-20 13:52:32 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset TIC54X
|
|
|
|
* TIC54X-Dependent:: TI TMS320C54x Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset V850
|
|
|
|
* V850-Dependent:: V850 Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
2003-04-01 15:50:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset XTENSA
|
|
|
|
* Xtensa-Dependent:: Xtensa Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset Z8000
|
|
|
|
* Z8000-Dependent:: Z8000 Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@ifset VAX
|
|
|
|
* Vax-Dependent:: VAX Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@lowersections
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@c The following major nodes are *sections* in the GENERIC version, *chapters*
|
|
|
|
@c in single-cpu versions. This is mainly achieved by @lowersections. There is a
|
|
|
|
@c peculiarity: to preserve cross-references, there must be a node called
|
|
|
|
@c "Machine Dependencies". Hence the conditional nodenames in each
|
|
|
|
@c major node below. Node defaulting in makeinfo requires adjacency of
|
|
|
|
@c node and sectioning commands; hence the repetition of @chapter BLAH
|
|
|
|
@c in both conditional blocks.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset A29K
|
|
|
|
@include c-a29k.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-10 23:25:17 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ALPHA
|
|
|
|
@include c-alpha.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset ARC
|
|
|
|
@include c-arc.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset ARM
|
|
|
|
@include c-arm.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-09 03:12:24 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset CRIS
|
|
|
|
@include c-cris.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2003-04-15 08:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset Renesas-all
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifclear GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@node Machine Dependencies
|
|
|
|
@chapter Machine Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
|
2003-04-15 08:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
The machine instruction sets are different on each Renesas chip family,
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
and there are also some syntax differences among the families. This
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
chapter describes the specific @command{@value{AS}} features for each
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
family.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
2003-04-15 08:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
* H8/300-Dependent:: Renesas H8/300 Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
* H8/500-Dependent:: Renesas H8/500 Dependent Features
|
|
|
|
* SH-Dependent:: Renesas SH Dependent Features
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
@lowersections
|
|
|
|
@end ifclear
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset D10V
|
|
|
|
@include c-d10v.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset D30V
|
|
|
|
@include c-d30v.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8/300
|
|
|
|
@include c-h8300.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset H8/500
|
|
|
|
@include c-h8500.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset HPPA
|
|
|
|
@include c-hppa.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2000-02-23 13:52:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset I370
|
|
|
|
@include c-i370.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset I80386
|
|
|
|
@include c-i386.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2000-08-01 01:57:46 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset I860
|
|
|
|
@include c-i860.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset I960
|
|
|
|
@include c-i960.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2002-02-25 10:34:25 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset IA64
|
|
|
|
@include c-ia64.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2002-07-19 07:52:40 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset IP2K
|
|
|
|
@include c-ip2k.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* configure.in: Add cases for Renesas m32c.
* configure: Regenerated.
bfd/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for m32c-*-elf (Renesas m32c and m16c).
* Makefile.am (ALL_MACHINES): Add cpu-m32c.lo.
(ALL_MACHINES_CFILES): Add cpu-m32c.c.
(BFD32_BACKENDS): Add elf32-m32c.lo.
(BFD32_BACKENDS_CFILES): Add elf32-m32c.c.
(cpu-m32c.lo, elf32-m32c.lo): New rules, generated by 'make dep-am'.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* archures.c (bfd_arch_m32c, bfd_mach_m16c, bfd_mach_m32c): New
arch and mach codes.
(bfd_m32c_arch): New arch info object.
(bfd_archures_list): List bfd_m32c_arch.
* bfd-in2.h: Regenerated.
* config.bfd: Add case for the m32c.
* configure.in: Add case for the m32c.
* configure: Regenerated.
* cpu-m32c.c, elf32-m32c.c: New files.
* libbfd.h: Regenerated.
* targets.c (bfd_elf32_m32c_vec): Declare.
(_bfd_target_vector): List bfd_elf32_m32c_vec.
binutils/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* readelf.c: #include "elf/m32c.h"
(guess_is_rela, dump_relocations, get_machine_name): Add cases for
EM_M32C.
* Makefile.am (readelf.o): Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
cpu/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* m32c.cpu, m32c.opc: Machine description for the Renesas M32C.
gas/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for the Renesas M32C.
* Makefile.am (CPU_TYPES): List m32c.
(TARGET_CPU_CFILES): List config/tc-m32c.c.
(TARGET_CPU_HFILES): List config/tc-m32c.h.
* configure.in: Add case for m32c.
* configure.tgt: Add cases for m32c and m32c-*-elf.
* configure: Regenerated.
* config/tc-m32c.c, config/tc-m32c.h: New files.
* doc/Makefile.am (CPU_DOCS): Add c-m32c.texi.
* doc/Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* doc/all.texi: Set M32C.
* doc/as.texinfo: Add text for the M32C-specific options and line
comment characters, and refer to c-m32c.texi.
* doc/c-m32c.texi: New file.
include/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
* dis-asm.h (print_insn_m32c): New declaration.
include/elf/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for Renesas M32C and M16C.
* common.h (EM_M32C): New machine number.
* m32c.h: New file.
ld/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for the Renesas M32C and M16C.
* Makefile.am (ALL_EMULATIONS): Add eelf32m32c.o.
(eelf32m32c.c): New target.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* configure.tgt: Add case for m32c-*-elf.
* emulparams/elf32m32c.sh: New file.
opcodes/ChangeLog:
2005-07-14 Jim Blandy <jimb@redhat.com>
Add support for the Renesas M32C and M16C.
* m32c-asm.c, m32c-desc.c, m32c-dis.c, m32c-ibld.c, m32c-opc.c: New.
* m32c-desc.h, m32c-opc.h: New.
* Makefile.am (HFILES): List m32c-desc.h and m32c-opc.h.
(CFILES): List m32c-asm.c, m32c-desc.c, m32c-dis.c, m32c-ibld.c,
m32c-opc.c.
(ALL_MACHINES): List m32c-asm.lo, m32c-desc.lo, m32c-dis.lo,
m32c-ibld.lo, m32c-opc.lo.
(CLEANFILES): List stamp-m32c.
(M32C_DEPS): List stamp-m32c, if CGEN_MAINT.
(CGEN_CPUS): Add m32c.
(m32c-asm.c, m32c-desc.c, m32c-dis.c, m32c-ibld.c, m32c-opc.c)
(m32c-desc.h, m32c-opc.h): Depend on M32C_DEPS.
(m32c_opc_h): New variable.
(stamp-m32c, m32c-asm.lo, m32c-desc.lo, m32c-dis.lo, m32c-ibld.lo)
(m32c-opc.lo): New rules.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
* configure.in: Add case for bfd_m32c_arch.
* configure: Regenerated.
* disassemble.c (ARCH_m32c): New.
[ARCH_m32c]: #include "m32c-desc.h".
(disassembler) [ARCH_m32c]: Add case for bfd_arch_m32c.
(disassemble_init_for_target) [ARCH_m32c]: Same.
* cgen-ops.h, cgen-types.h: New files.
* Makefile.am (HFILES): List them.
* Makefile.in: Regenerated.
2005-07-14 22:52:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M32C
|
|
|
|
@include c-m32c.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2000-04-09 20:25:17 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M32R
|
|
|
|
@include c-m32r.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset M680X0
|
|
|
|
@include c-m68k.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-19 01:22:44 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M68HC11
|
|
|
|
@include c-m68hc11.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2001-07-05 00:25:28 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset M880X0
|
|
|
|
@include c-m88k.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset MIPS
|
|
|
|
@include c-mips.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-30 15:20:14 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset MMIX
|
|
|
|
@include c-mmix.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2002-12-30 19:25:13 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset MSP430
|
|
|
|
@include c-msp430.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset NS32K
|
|
|
|
@include c-ns32k.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2001-02-18 23:33:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset PDP11
|
|
|
|
@include c-pdp11.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-09-04 17:29:22 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset PJ
|
|
|
|
@include c-pj.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
[gas/ChangeLog]
* config/tc-ppc.c (md_parse_option): New -m7410, -m7450 and -m7455
flags, equivalent to -m7400. New -maltivec to enable AltiVec
instructions. New -mbook64 and -mbooke/-mbooke32 flags to enable
64-bit and 32-bit BookE support, respectively. Change -m403 and
-m405 to set PPC403 option.
(md_show_usage): Adjust for new options.
* doc/all.texi: Set PPC.
* doc/as.texinfo: Add PPC support and pull in c-ppc.texi.
* doc/c-ppc.texi: New file.
* doc/Makefile.am (CPU_DOCS): Add c-ppc.texi.
* doc/Makefile.in: Regenerate.
[gas/testsuite/ChangeLog]
* gas/ppc/booke.s: New test for Motorola BookE.
* gas/ppc/booke.d: New file.
* gas/ppc/ppc.exp: Test booke.s.
[include/opcode/ChangeLog]
* ppc.h (PPC_OPCODE_BOOKE, PPC_OPCODE_403): New opcode flags for
BookE and PowerPC403 instructions.
[opcodes/ChangeLog]
* ppc-opc.c (insert_de, extract_de, insert_des, extract_des): New
instruction field instruction/extraction functions for new BookE
DE form instructions.
(CT): New macro for CT field in an X form instruction.
(DE, DES, DEO, DE_MASK): New macros for DE/DES fields in DE form
instructions.
(PPC64): Don't include PPC_OPCODE_PPC.
(403): New opcode macro for PPC403 processors.
(BOOKE): New opcode macro for BookE processors.
(bce, bcel, bcea, bcela, bclre, bclrel: New BookE instructions.
(bcctre, bcctrel, be, bel, bea, bela, icbt, icbte, lwzxe): Likewise.
(dcbste, lwzuxe, luxe, dcbfe, lbzxe, lwarxe, lbzuxe): Likewise.
(stwcxe, stwxe, stxe, stwuxe, stuxe, stbxe, dcbtste, stbuxe): Likewise.
(mfapidi, dcbte, lhzxe, lhzuxe, lhaxe, lhauxe, subfe64): Likewise.
(subfeo64, adde64, addeo64, sthxe, sthuxe, subfze64): Likewise.
(subfzeo64, addze64, addzeo64, dcbie, subfme64, subfmeo64): Likewise.
(addme64, addmeo64, stdcxe., mcrxr64, lwbrxe, lfsxe, lfsuxe): Likewise.
(lfdxe, lfduxe, stwbrxe, stfsxe, stfsuxe, stfdxe, dcbae): Likewise.
(stfduxe, tlbivax, tlbivaxe, lhbrxe, ldxe, lduxe, tlbsx): Likewise.
(tlbsxe, sthbrxe, stdxe, stduxe, icbie, stfiwxe, dcbze, lbze): Likewise.
(lbzue, ldue, lhze, lhzue, lhae, lhaue, lwze, lwzue): Likewise.
(stbe, stbue, sthe, sthue, stwe, stwue, lfse, lfsue, lfde): Likewise.
(lfdue, stde, stdue, stfse, stfsue, stfde, stfdue): Likewise.
* ppc-dis.c (print_insn_big_powerpc, print_insn_little_powerpc): Look
for a disassembler option of `booke', `booke32' or `booke64' to enable
BookE support in the disassembler.
2001-10-13 01:59:09 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset PPC
|
|
|
|
@include c-ppc.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset SH
|
|
|
|
@include c-sh.texi
|
Contribute sh64-elf.
2002-02-08 Alexandre Oliva <aoliva@redhat.com>
Stephen Clarke <Stephen.Clarke@st.com>
* doc/c-sh64.texi: Fix citation of SH64 architecture manual.
2002-01-31 Alexandre Oliva <aoliva@redhat.com>
* config/tc-sh.c (md_relax_table): Added default sizes for
non-PC-relative UNDEF_MOVI, and relaxation sequences for
MOVI_16, MOVI_32 and MOVI_48.
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_md_apply_fix3): Fix warning.
(shmedia_md_convert_frag): Handle non-PC-relative UNDEF_MOVI
and MOVI_16.
(shmedia_md_estimate_size_before_relax): Remove redundant
blocks. Set fragP->fr_var even if relaxation type unchanged.
Retain UNDEF_MOVI until expression decays to number.
2002-01-24 Alexandre Oliva <aoliva@redhat.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_init_reloc): Handle new SHmedia PIC
relocation types. Take fixP->fx_addnumber into account too.
(shmedia_md_apply_fix): Likewise.
(shmedia_md_convert_frag): Likewise.
(shmedia_build_Mytes): Likewise.
(sh64_consume_datalabel): Complain about nested datalabel.
Support PIC relocs. Call sh_parse_name.
* config/tc-sh64.h (TC_RELOC_RTSYM_LOC_FIXUP): Extend definition
in tc-sh.h to SHmedia reloc types.
* config/tc-sh.c (SH64PCRELPLT, MOVI_PLT, MOVI_GOTOFF,
MOVI_GOTPC): New relaxation constants.
(md_relax_table): Introduce relaxation directives for PIC-related
constants.
(sh_PIC_related_p): Handle datalabel.
(sh_check_fixup): Choose SH5 PIC relocations.
(sh_cons_fix_new): Added BDF_RELOC_64.
(md_apply_fix3, sh_parse_name): Handle GOTPLT.
2002-01-18 Alexandre Oliva <aoliva@redhat.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (sh64_max_mem_for_rs_align_code): If the
current ISA is SHmedia, get 7 bytes.
2001-11-28 Nick Clifton <nickc@cambridge.redhat.com>
* config/tc-sh.c (md_apply_fix3): Treat shmedia_md_apply_fix3 as a
void function.
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_apply_fix): Rename to
shmedia_apply_fix3 and make void.
2001-05-17 Alexandre Oliva <aoliva@redhat.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (s_sh64_abi): Remove unused arguments passed to
as_bad.
2001-04-12 Alexandre Oliva <aoliva@redhat.com>
* config/tc-sh64.h (md_parse_name): Take &c as argument.
2001-03-14 DJ Delorie <dj@redhat.com>
* doc/Makefile.am (CPU_DOCS): Added c-sh64.texi
* doc/Makefile.in(CPU_DOCS): Ditto.
* doc/c-sh64.texi: New file.
* doc/as.texinfo: Add SH64 support.
2001-03-13 DJ Delorie <dj@redhat.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_get_operands): Rename A_RESV_Fx to
A_REUSE_PREV so that its purpose is more obvious.
(shmedia_build_Mytes): Ditto.
2001-03-07 DJ Delorie <dj@redhat.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (sh64_vtable_entry): New, strip datalabels
before processing.
(sh64_vtable_inherit): Ditto.
(strip_datalabels): New, strip "datalabel" from given line.
* config/tc-sh.c (md_pseudo_table): Add sh64-specific vtable
pseudos.
2001-03-06 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_md_assemble): Move dwarf2_emit_insn
call ...
(shmedia_build_Mytes): ... to here.
2001-03-06 DJ Delorie <dj@redhat.com>
* config/tc-sh.c: Remove sh64-specific uaquad now that there
is a generic one.
2001-01-21 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.h (DWARF2_LINE_MIN_INSN_LENGTH): Override.
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_md_assemble): Offset recorded insn
address by one in call to dwarf2_emit_insn.
2001-01-13 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
Implement ".abi" pseudo and correct .cranges descriptors. Correct
alignment handling broken by imported changes.
* config/tc-sh64.h (HANDLE_ALIGN): Override definition in tc-sh.h.
(sh64_handle_align): Declare.
(MAX_MEM_FOR_RS_ALIGN_CODE): Override definition in tc-sh.h.
(sh64_max_mem_for_rs_align_code): Declare.
(enum sh64_isa_values): Moved here from tc-sh64.c.
(md_do_align): Define.
(sh64_do_align): Declare.
(struct sh64_tc_frag_data): New.
(TC_FRAG_TYPE): Change to struct sh64_tc_frag_data. Users
changed.
(TC_FRAG_INIT): Change to set new datatype.
(struct sh64_segment_info_type): Rename member
last_flushed_location to last_contents_mark. All users changed.
(md_elf_section_change_hook, TC_CONS_FIX_NEW): Do not define.
(shmedia_elf_new_section, sh64_tc_cons_fix_new): Do not prototype.
* config/tc-sh.c (md_pseudo_table): Add ".abi".
(sh_elf_cons) [HAVE_SH64]: Call sh64_update_contents_mark instead
of unsetting seen_insn.
(md_assemble) [HAVE_SH64] <before new SHcompact sequence>: Also
call sh64_update_contents_mark.
(sh_handle_align): Remove HAVE_SH64-conditioned code.
* config/tc-sh64.c (sh64_isa_mode): Correct type from boolean to
enum sh64_isa_values.
(sh64_set_contents_type): Drop segT parameter. All callers changed.
(emitting_crange): Boolean guard moved to file scope from function
scope in sh64_set_contents_type.
(s_sh64_abi): New.
(sh64_update_contents_mark): New; most split out from
sh64_flush_pending_output.
(shmedia_md_end): Call sh64_update_contents_mark. Set
sh64_isa_mode to sh64_isa_sh5_guard unless sh64_isa_unspecified.
(sh64_do_align): New function.
(sh64_max_mem_for_rs_align_code): New function.
(sh64_handle_align): Rename from shmedia_do_align. Make
non-static. Add head comment. Emit zero bytes for n bytes modulo
four. Change return-type to void.
(shmedia_elf_new_section): Remove.
(shmedia_md_assemble): Call sh64_update_contents_mark.
(s_sh64_mode): Ditto. Do not call md_flush_pending_output. Make
new frag. Call sh64_update_contents_mark after making the new
frag.
(sh64_flush_pending_output): Just call sh64_update_contents_mark
and sh_flush_pending_output.
(sh64_flag_output): Also call md_flush_pending_output, but add
condition on not emitting_crange.
(sh64_tc_cons_fix_new): Remove.
2001-01-12 Nick Clifton <nickc@redhat.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_do_align): Fix to work with new
alignment handling scheme imported from sourceware.
2001-01-12 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.h (TARGET_FORMAT): Define.
(sh64_target_format): Prototype.
* config/tc-sh64.c (sh64_target_mach): New function.
2001-01-07 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_md_end): When equating a symbol, use
zero_address_frag instead of copying the frag of the symbol.
(shmedia_frob_file_before_adjust): Ditto.
(shmedia_md_apply_fix) <case BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16>: Cast mask
to valueT to remove signedness.
(shmedia_md_convert_frag): Add parameter final. Rename parameter
headers to output_bfd. Do not evaluate symbols if final is false;
do emit fixups.
(shmedia_md_estimate_size_before_relax) <case C (MOVI_IMM_32,
UNDEF_MOVI) et al>: If symbol cannot be modified to be PC-relative
to the current frag, call shmedia_md_convert_frag to emit fixups
and make frag_wane neutralize the frag. Update comments.
* config/tc-sh.c (md_convert_frag): Change caller of
shmedia_md_convert_frag.
2001-01-06 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.h: Tweak comments and correct formatting.
* config/tc-sh64.c: Ditto.
(shmedia_md_convert_frag) <PT/PTA/PTB 32, 48 and 64 bit
expansion, MOVI pcrel expansion>: Fix thinko calculating offset
for the no-relocation case.
(shmedia_check_limits): Fix range check being off-by-one for PTA.
* config/tc-sh.c: Ditto. Add proper comments to #ifdef/#ifndef
wrappers.
(SH64PCREL16_F): Increment for proper max-PTA handling. Update
comment.
(SH64PCREL16_M, MOVI_16_M): Correct range thinko.
(SH64PCREL48_M, MOVI_48_M): Similar; don't count in length of
expansion.
(SH64PCREL32_M, MOVI_32_M): Ditto; handle overflowing expression.
Correct comment.
2001-01-05 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_md_apply_fix) <second switch, case
BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16>: Set lowest bit in field to be relocated to 1.
(shmedia_md_convert_frag) <case C (SH64PCREL16_32, SH64PCREL16) et
al>: Set lowest bit of field to relocate to 1 and rest to empty,
if reloc is emitted.
2000-12-31 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
New options plus bugfixes.
* config/tc-sh.c (md_longopts): New options "-no-expand" and
"-expand-pt32".
(md_parse_option): Handle new options.
(md_show_usage): Add blurb for new options.
* config/tc-sh64.c (SHMEDIA_BFD_RELOC_PT): New macro.
(sh64_expand, sh64_pt32): New variables.
(shmedia_init_reloc): Handle BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16.
(shmedia_md_apply_fix): Hold original fixP->fx_r_type in
orig_fx_r_type. Change SHMEDIA_BFD_RELOC_PT into
BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16. Handle BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16 as pc-relative.
<resolved previously-pc-relative relocs>: Handle
SHMEDIA_BFD_RELOC_PT and BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16.
(shmedia_md_convert_frag) <case C (SH64PCREL16PT_64, SH64PCREL16),
case C (SH64PCREL16PT_32, SH64PCREL16)>: Modify to PTB if operand
points to SHcompact code.
<case C (SH64PCREL16_32, SH64PCREL16), case C (SH64PCREL16_64,
SH64PCREL16)>: Check that ISA of what operand points at and
PTA/PTB matches, or emit error.
(shmedia_check_limits): Handle BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16 and
SHMEDIA_BFD_RELOC_PT.
(shmedia_immediate_op): If pcrel, emit fixup also for constant
operand.
(shmedia_build_Mytes) <case A_IMMS16>: Also check sh64_expand in
condition for MOVI expansion.
<case A_PCIMMS16BY4>: Handle expansion to 32 bits only, if
sh64_pt32. Emit only a BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16 fixup if not
sh64_expand.
<case A_PCIMMS16BY4_PT>: Likewise, but emit a SHMEDIA_BFD_RELOC_PT
fixup.
(sh64_target_format): Error-check setting of sh64_pt32 and
sh64_expand. Fix typo in check for sh64_shcompact_const_crange.
(shmedia_md_pcrel_from_section): Handle BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16 and
SHMEDIA_BFD_RELOC_PT as coming from SHmedia code.
2000-12-31 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c: Improve comments.
(shmedia_md_convert_frag): Remove inactive is_pt_variant code. Do
not say the linker will check correctness of PTA/PTB expansion.
(shmedia_md_end): Make non-static.
* config/tc-sh64.h (md_end): Define to shmedia_md_end. Add
prototype.
* config/tc-sh.c (sh_finalize): Remove.
* config/tc-sh.h (md_end): Do not define.
Remove prototype for sh_finalize.
2000-12-30 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_frob_section_type): Use a struct
sh64_section_data container when storing section type in tdata
field in elf_section_data.
* config/tc-sh.c (sh_elf_final_processing): Change from EF_SH64 to
EF_SH5.
* Makefile.am: Update dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
2000-12-22 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_md_assemble): Don't protect
dwarf2_emit_insn call with test on debug_type.
2000-12-19 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (sh64_set_contents_type): Make contents-type
CRT_SH5_ISA32 sticky for 64-bit.
2000-12-18 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
Generate .crange sections when switching ISA mode or emitting
constants in same section as code.
* config/tc-sh64.c: Reformat structure definitions.
(sh64_end_of_assembly, sh64_mix, sh64_shcompact_const_crange): New
variables.
(sh64_set_contents_type): Rename from sh64_init_section. Rewrite
to emit a .cranges descriptor when contents type changes. Only
emit error if changing contents type and -no-mix is in effect.
(sh64_emit_crange, sh64_flush_last_crange, sh64_flag_output,
sh64_flush_pending_output, sh64_tc_cons_fix_new): New functions.
(shmedia_md_end): Set sh64_end_of_assembly. Pass
sh64_flush_last_crange over sections.
When checking main symbol of datalabel symbol, check for
STO_SH5_ISA32, not ISA type of section in definition.
(shmedia_frob_file_before_adjust): Check main symbol for
STO_SH5_ISA32; don't check ISA type of section in definition.
(shmedia_frob_section_type): Adjust for .cranges; set section flag
to SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED or SHF_SH5_ISA32 according to whether
.cranges entries have been output.
(shmedia_elf_new_section): Just call md_flush_pending_output.
(shmedia_md_assemble): Do not emit a BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE
fix. Do not set tc_segment_info_data.in_code for section. Call
sh64_set_contents_type for SHmedia code.
(s_sh64_mode): Do not call sh64_init_section or set seen_insn to
false. Call md_flush_pending_output.
(sh64_target_format): Check that -no-mix and
-shcompact-const-crange are used in sane combination with other
options.
(shmedia_md_pcrel_from_section): Check type of fix for how to
adjust pc-relative.
(sh64_consume_datalabel): Check symbol for having STO_SH5_ISA32,
not ISA type of section in definition.
* config/tc-sh64.h (struct sh64_segment_info_type): Rewrite to
hold contents-type state.
(md_flush_pending_output): Redefine to sh64_flush_pending_output.
(sh64_flush_pending_output): Declare.
(TC_CONS_FIX_NEW): Define to sh64_tc_cons_fix_new.
(sh64_tc_cons_fix_new): Declare.
* config/tc-sh.c (sh_elf_cons) [HAVE_SH64]: Unset seen_insn and
call sh64_flag_output.
(md_assemble) [HAVE_SH64]: Do not emit BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE. Just
call sh64_set_contents_type to mark SHcompact code and set
seen_insn.
(md_longopts): New options "-no-mix" and
"-shcompact-const-crange".
(md_parse_option): Handle new options.
(md_show_usage): Add blurb for new options.
(md_number_to_chars) [HAVE_SH64]: Call sh64_flag_output.
2000-12-15 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c: Delete investigated and obsolete fixme:s.
(sh64_last_insn_frag): New.
(shmedia_md_convert_frag): Use tc_frag_data field of incoming frag
to get frag for insn opcode for generating fixups; do not assume it
is the same frag.
(shmedia_build_Mytes): Set sh64_last_insn_frag after growing frag
for new insn.
* config/tc-sh64.h (ELF_TC_SPECIAL_SECTIONS): Define for .cranges
section.
(TC_FRAG_TYPE): Define as fragS *.
(TC_FRAG_INIT): Define to set tc_frag_data to sh64_last_insn_frag.
(sh64_last_insn_frag): Declare.
(sh64_consume_datalabel): Fix typo; check for seginfo != NULL,
not == NULL before dereferencing.
2000-12-12 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
Get rid of BFD section flag and EF_SH64_ABI64.
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_frob_section_type): Use
elf_section_data (sec)->tdata, not a specific BFD section flag, to
communicate the section as containing SHmedia code. Describe why.
* config/tc-sh.c (sh_elf_final_processing): Tweak comment. Set
EF_SH64 regardless of ABI.
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_md_apply_fix): Decapitalize "invalid"
in error message. Handle resolved expressions for
BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2,
BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4 and BFD_RELOC_64.
(shmedia_check_limits): Handle BFD_RELOC_64.
(sh64_adjust_symtab): Do not decrement the GAS symbol value for
a STO_SH5_ISA32 symbol, only the BFD value.
2000-12-11 Ben Elliston <bje@redhat.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c: Call dwarf2_emit_insn, not the defunct
dwarf2_generate_asm_lineno.
2000-12-11 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
Handle PC-relative MOVI expansions with assembler relaxation.
Generate PC-relative relocs from 16-bit PC-relative expressions.
* config/tc-sh64.c (SHMEDIA_MD_PCREL_FROM_FIX): Break out from...
(shmedia_md_pcrel_from_section): ...here.
(shmedia_md_apply_fix): Handle fixups for 16-bit operands that has
turned completely resolved. Adjust relocation type for 16-bit
immediate operands that has turned PC-relative. Adjust back for
MD_PCREL_FROM_SECTION being applied twice.
(shmedia_md_convert_frag): Always emit reloc for expression with
global or weak symbol. Handle relaxation result for PC-relative
expressions.
(shmedia_md_estimate_size_before_relax): An expression with a weak
or global symbol can not be relaxed. Break out tests for
relaxable symbol into variable sym_relaxable.
<cases C (MOVI_IMM_64, UNDEF_MOVI) and C (MOVI_IMM_32,
UNDEF_MOVI)>: Break out any PC-relative expression and change
relaxation type.
(shmedia_build_Mytes): CSE &operands->operands[j] into variable
opjp.
<case A_IMMS16>: Fix typo for initial minor relaxation type of
MOVI expansion. If X_op_symbol of the immediate expression is
set, make an expression symbol for the argument to frag_var.
* config/tc-sh.c (MOVI_IMM_32_PCREL, MOVI_IMM_64_PCREL): New
relaxations.
(END): Adjust for new relaxations.
(md_relax_table): Add entries for new relaxations.
2000-12-07 Ben Elliston <bje@redhat.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_parse_reg): Initialize variable len.
2000-12-07 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_md_convert_frag): Correct all MOVI and
SHORI operand offsets in PT/PTA/PTB expansions.
2000-12-05 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
Implement DataLabel semantics.
* config/tc-sh.c (sh_frob_file) [HAVE_SH64]: Call
shmedia_frob_file_before_adjust.
* config/tc-sh64.c [! OBJ_ELF]: Emit #error.
(DATALABEL_SUFFIX): Define.
(shmedia_md_end) <before adjusting STO_SH5_ISA32 symbols>: Walk
symbol list to update "datalabel" symbols to their main symbol
counterparts.
(shmedia_frob_file_before_adjust): New.
(sh64_adjust_symtab): For remaining datalabel symbols, set to
undefined and set STT_DATALABEL.
(sh64_frob_label): Initialize TC symbol field.
(sh64_consume_datalabel): Actually implement semantics. New
parameter operandf, call it instead of expression.
(sh64_exclude_symbol): New.
* config/tc-sh64.h (md_parse_name): Pass on the function operand
to sh64_consume_datalabel.
(tc_symbol_new_hook): Define to tc_frob_symbol.
(TC_SYMFIELD_TYPE): Define to symbolS *.
(tc_frob_symbol): Define to call sh64_exclude_symbol.
2000-12-01 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_init_reloc): Tweak comment for default
case.
(shmedia_md_assemble): Call dwarf2_generate_asm_lineno if
generating dwarf2 debug information.
2000-11-30 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (sh64_target_format): Use elf64-sh64l and
elf64-sh64 for the 64-bit ABI.
* config/tc-sh.c (md_show_usage): Tweak usage output for -abi=*
option.
2000-11-29 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh.c: Remove conditionalizing on HAVE_SH64 for
case-insensitivity.
2000-11-27 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c: Tweak comments, formatting and error messages.
(enum sh64_abi_values): New type.
(enum sh64_isa_values): New type.
(sh64_isa_mode): Replace shmedia_mode. All referers changed.
(seen_shcompact_mode, seen_shmedia_mode): Delete.
(sh64_abi): Replace shmedia_64.
(shmedia_md_convert_frag) <C (MOVI_IMM_64, MOVI_64),
C (MOVI_IMM_32, MOVI_32)>: Correct register number handling.
(s_sh64_mode): Check validity for this target.
(sh64_target_format): Initialize defaults for ISA and ABI.
Fallback to old object format if no SH64 ISA or ABI has been
specified.
* config/tc-sh.c (md_parse_option): Check combinations for errors.
(sh_elf_final_processing): Change to have EF_SH64_ABI64 for 64-bit
ABI and EF_SH64 for 32-bit ABI, if SH64 options are specified.
* config/tc-sh64.h: Fix typo in comment.
2000-11-25 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_md_estimate_size_before_relax)
<PT fixups for absolute values>: Size will be longest, not
shortest.
(shmedia_md_convert_frag): Disable PTB-warning machinery. Correct
all MOVI and SHORI operand offsets in PT/PTA/PTB expansions.
* config/tc-sh.c (parse_reg) [HAVE_SH64]: Add local variables l0
and l1 to hold lowercase of two first characters. Change all
remaining TO_LOWER to tolower.
* config/tc-sh64.c (TO_LOWER): Delete.
(shmedia_find_cooked_opcode): Use tolower, not TO_LOWER.
(md_parse_name): Define.
(sh64_consume_datalabel): Declare.
(DOLLAR_DOT): Define.
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_parse_exp): New.
(sh64_consume_datalabel): New; just ignoring datalabel semantics.
(shmedia_parse_reg): Remove const from src
parameter.
(shmedia_get_operands): Ditto for args parameter and ptr variable.
(shmedia_md_assemble): Ditto for op_end variable.
(shmedia_get_operand): Ditto for ptr parameter and src variable.
Use shmedia_parse_exp, not parse_exp.
* config/tc-sh64.c (shmedia_parse_reg): Add shmedia_arg_type
parameter. All callers changed.
(shmedia_get_operand): Add shmedia_arg_type parameter. All
callers changed.
(shmedia_parse_reg): Put first two character in local variables.
Use tolower, not TO_LOWER. If no register is found and argtype
indicates a control register, scan shmedia_creg_table
case-insensitive.
2000-11-24 Hans-Peter Nilsson <hpn@cygnus.com>
* Makefile.am (CPU_TYPES): Add sh64.
(TARGET_CPU_CFILES): Add config/tc-sh64.c.
(TARGET_CPU_HFILES): Add config/tc-sh64.h.
Regenerate dependencies.
* Makefile.in: Regenerate.
* configure.in: Add support for sh64-*-elf*.
* configure: Regenerate.
* config/tc-sh64.h: New.
* config/tc-sh64.c: New.
* config/tc-sh.c (md_pseudo_table) [HAVE_SH64]: New pseudos
.mode, .isa and .uaquad.
[HAVE_SH64] (SH64PCREL16_32, SH64PCREL16_64, SH64PCREL16PT_32,
SH64PCREL16PT_64, MOVI_IMM_32, MOVI_IMM_64): Define.
[HAVE_SH64] (END): Define as 10.
[HAVE_SH64] (UNDEF_SH64PCREL, SH64PCREL16, SH64PCREL32,
SH64PCREL48, SH64PCREL64, UNDEF_MOVI, MOVI_16, MOVI_32, MOVI_48,
MOVI_64): Define.
[HAVE_SH64] (SH64PCREL16_F, SH64PCREL16_M, SH64PCREL16_LENGTH,
SH64PCREL32_F, SH64PCREL32_M, SH64PCREL32_LENGTH, SH64PCREL48_F,
SH64PCREL48_M, SH64PCREL48_LENGTH, SH64PCREL64_LENGTH,
MOVI_16_LENGTH, MOVI_32_LENGTH, MOVI_48_LENGTH, MOVI_64_LENGTH):
Define.
(md_relax_table) [HAVE_SH64]: Provide relaxations for SHmedia.
(md_begin) [HAVE_SH64]: Call shmedia_md_begin.
(parse_reg) [HAVE_SH64]: Parse register names case-insensitive.
(md_assemble) [HAVE_SH64]: Call shmedia_md_assemble if assembling
SHmedia instructions. Handle state-change after switching to
SHcompact.
(md_longopts) [HAVE_SH64]: New options --isa=* and --abi=*.
(md_parse_option) [HAVE_SH64]: Parse new options.
(md_show_usage) [HAVE_SH64]: Show usage of new options.
(md_convert_frag) [HAVE_SH64] <default>: Call
shmedia_md_convert_frag instead of abort.
(sh_force_relocation) [HAVE_SH64]: Also force relocation for
BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE.
(sh_elf_final_processing) [HAVE_SH64]: Set flags identifying
SHcompact or SHmedia code.
(md_apply_fix) [HAVE_SH64] <default>: Return result from calling
shmedia_md_apply_fix instead of abort.
(md_estimate_size_before_relax) [HAVE_SH64] <default>: Return
result from calling shmedia_md_estimate_size_before_relax instead
of calling abort.
(sh_do_align) [HAVE_SH64]: If shmedia_mode, let shmedia_do_align
do the work.
(tc_gen_reloc) [HAVE_SH64]: For unrecognized relocs, call
shmedia_init_reloc and do nothing more if it returns non-zero.
(sh_finalize) [HAVE_SH64]: Call shmedia_md_end.
* po/POTFILES.in: Regenerate.
* po/gas.pot: Regenerate.
2002-02-08 06:32:23 +00:00
|
|
|
@include c-sh64.texi
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset SPARC
|
|
|
|
@include c-sparc.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-20 13:52:32 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset TIC54X
|
|
|
|
@include c-tic54x.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset Z8000
|
|
|
|
@include c-z8k.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset VAX
|
|
|
|
@include c-vax.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@ifset V850
|
|
|
|
@include c-v850.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
2003-04-01 15:50:31 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset XTENSA
|
|
|
|
@include c-xtensa.texi
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@ifset GENERIC
|
|
|
|
@c reverse effect of @down at top of generic Machine-Dep chapter
|
|
|
|
@raisesections
|
|
|
|
@end ifset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Reporting Bugs
|
|
|
|
@chapter Reporting Bugs
|
|
|
|
@cindex bugs in assembler
|
|
|
|
@cindex reporting bugs in assembler
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Your bug reports play an essential role in making @command{@value{AS}} reliable.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or it may
|
|
|
|
not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is to help the
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
entire community by making the next version of @command{@value{AS}} work better.
|
|
|
|
Bug reports are your contribution to the maintenance of @command{@value{AS}}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
|
|
|
|
information that enables us to fix the bug.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@menu
|
|
|
|
* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
|
|
|
|
* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
|
|
|
|
@end menu
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Bug Criteria
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@section Have You Found a Bug?
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex bug criteria
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
|
|
@cindex fatal signal
|
|
|
|
@cindex assembler crash
|
|
|
|
@cindex crash of assembler
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
If the assembler gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is a
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} bug. Reliable assemblers never crash.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex error on valid input
|
|
|
|
@item
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
If @command{@value{AS}} produces an error message for valid input, that is a bug.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@cindex invalid input
|
|
|
|
@item
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
If @command{@value{AS}} does not produce an error message for invalid input, that
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
is a bug. However, you should note that your idea of ``invalid input'' might
|
|
|
|
be our idea of ``an extension'' or ``support for traditional practice''.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
If you are an experienced user of assemblers, your suggestions for improvement
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
of @command{@value{AS}} are welcome in any case.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Bug Reporting
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@section How to Report Bugs
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@cindex bug reports
|
|
|
|
@cindex assembler bugs, reporting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu} products. If
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
you obtained @command{@value{AS}} from a support organization, we recommend you
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
contact that organization first.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
You can find contact information for many support companies and
|
|
|
|
individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
|
|
|
|
distribution.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for @command{@value{AS}}
|
2001-01-07 15:11:26 +00:00
|
|
|
to @samp{bug-binutils@@gnu.org}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
|
|
|
|
@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
|
|
|
|
fact or leave it out, state it!
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the problem
|
|
|
|
and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might assume that the
|
|
|
|
name of a symbol you use in an example does not matter. Well, probably it does
|
|
|
|
not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is a stray memory reference which
|
|
|
|
happens to fetch from the location where that name is stored in memory;
|
|
|
|
perhaps, if the name were different, the contents of that location would fool
|
|
|
|
the assembler into doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and
|
|
|
|
give a specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
|
|
|
|
and the most helpful.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
|
|
|
|
it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
|
|
|
|
that the bug has not been reported previously.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
|
|
|
|
respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
|
|
|
|
You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
|
|
@item
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
The version of @command{@value{AS}}. @command{@value{AS}} announces it if you start
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
it with the @samp{--version} argument.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
the bug in the current version of @command{@value{AS}}.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Any patches you may have applied to the @command{@value{AS}} source.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
|
|
|
|
version number.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
What compiler (and its version) was used to compile @command{@value{AS}}---e.g.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
The command arguments you gave the assembler to assemble your example and
|
|
|
|
observe the bug. To guarantee you will not omit something important, list them
|
|
|
|
all. A copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
|
|
|
|
and then we might not encounter the bug.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
A complete input file that will reproduce the bug. If the bug is observed when
|
|
|
|
the assembler is invoked via a compiler, send the assembler source, not the
|
|
|
|
high level language source. Most compilers will produce the assembler source
|
|
|
|
when run with the @samp{-S} option. If you are using @code{@value{GCC}}, use
|
|
|
|
the options @samp{-v --save-temps}; this will save the assembler source in a
|
|
|
|
file with an extension of @file{.s}, and also show you exactly how
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} is being run.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
|
|
|
|
incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Of course, if the bug is that @command{@value{AS}} gets a fatal signal, then we
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might not
|
|
|
|
notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us a chance to
|
|
|
|
make a mistake.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still say so
|
|
|
|
explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as, your copy of
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
@command{@value{AS}} is out of synch, or you have encountered a bug in the C
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might crash and ours
|
|
|
|
would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we
|
|
|
|
would know that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
|
|
|
|
expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion from our
|
|
|
|
observations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
If you wish to suggest changes to the @command{@value{AS}} source, send us context
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
diffs, as generated by @code{diff} with the @samp{-u}, @samp{-c}, or @samp{-p}
|
|
|
|
option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you even
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
discuss something in the @command{@value{AS}} source, refer to it by context, not
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
by line number.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
|
|
|
|
sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Here are some things that are not necessary:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@itemize @bullet
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
A description of the envelope of the bug.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
|
|
|
|
which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
|
|
|
|
changes will not affect it.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
|
|
|
|
will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
|
|
|
|
with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
|
|
|
|
We recommend that you save your time for something else.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
|
|
|
|
of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
|
|
|
|
output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
|
|
|
|
less time, and so on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
|
|
|
|
report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
A patch for the bug.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
|
|
|
|
the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
|
|
|
|
a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
|
|
|
|
to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
|
|
|
|
|
2001-11-09 20:24:02 +00:00
|
|
|
Sometimes with a program as complicated as @command{@value{AS}} it is very hard to
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
construct an example that will make the program follow a certain path through
|
|
|
|
the code. If you do not send us the example, we will not be able to construct
|
|
|
|
one, so we will not be able to verify that the bug is fixed.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
|
|
|
|
patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
|
|
|
|
help us to understand.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@item
|
|
|
|
A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
|
|
|
|
things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
|
|
|
|
@end itemize
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@node Acknowledgements
|
|
|
|
@chapter Acknowledgements
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-11 16:39:34 +00:00
|
|
|
If you have contributed to GAS and your name isn't listed here,
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
it is not meant as a slight. We just don't know about it. Send mail to the
|
|
|
|
maintainer, and we'll correct the situation. Currently
|
|
|
|
@c (January 1994),
|
|
|
|
the maintainer is Ken Raeburn (email address @code{raeburn@@cygnus.com}).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dean Elsner wrote the original @sc{gnu} assembler for the VAX.@footnote{Any
|
|
|
|
more details?}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jay Fenlason maintained GAS for a while, adding support for GDB-specific debug
|
|
|
|
information and the 68k series machines, most of the preprocessing pass, and
|
|
|
|
extensive changes in @file{messages.c}, @file{input-file.c}, @file{write.c}.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
K. Richard Pixley maintained GAS for a while, adding various enhancements and
|
|
|
|
many bug fixes, including merging support for several processors, breaking GAS
|
|
|
|
up to handle multiple object file format back ends (including heavy rewrite,
|
|
|
|
testing, an integration of the coff and b.out back ends), adding configuration
|
|
|
|
including heavy testing and verification of cross assemblers and file splits
|
|
|
|
and renaming, converted GAS to strictly ANSI C including full prototypes, added
|
|
|
|
support for m680[34]0 and cpu32, did considerable work on i960 including a COFF
|
|
|
|
port (including considerable amounts of reverse engineering), a SPARC opcode
|
|
|
|
file rewrite, DECstation, rs6000, and hp300hpux host ports, updated ``know''
|
|
|
|
assertions and made them work, much other reorganization, cleanup, and lint.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ken Raeburn wrote the high-level BFD interface code to replace most of the code
|
|
|
|
in format-specific I/O modules.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The original VMS support was contributed by David L. Kashtan. Eric Youngdale
|
|
|
|
has done much work with it since.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Intel 80386 machine description was written by Eliot Dresselhaus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minh Tran-Le at IntelliCorp contributed some AIX 386 support.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Motorola 88k machine description was contributed by Devon Bowen of Buffalo
|
|
|
|
University and Torbjorn Granlund of the Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Keith Knowles at the Open Software Foundation wrote the original MIPS back end
|
|
|
|
(@file{tc-mips.c}, @file{tc-mips.h}), and contributed Rose format support
|
|
|
|
(which hasn't been merged in yet). Ralph Campbell worked with the MIPS code to
|
|
|
|
support a.out format.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-04-15 08:51:55 +00:00
|
|
|
Support for the Zilog Z8k and Renesas H8/300 and H8/500 processors (tc-z8k,
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
tc-h8300, tc-h8500), and IEEE 695 object file format (obj-ieee), was written by
|
|
|
|
Steve Chamberlain of Cygnus Support. Steve also modified the COFF back end to
|
|
|
|
use BFD for some low-level operations, for use with the H8/300 and AMD 29k
|
|
|
|
targets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Gilmore built the AMD 29000 support, added @code{.include} support, and
|
|
|
|
simplified the configuration of which versions accept which directives. He
|
|
|
|
updated the 68k machine description so that Motorola's opcodes always produced
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
fixed-size instructions (e.g., @code{jsr}), while synthetic instructions
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
remained shrinkable (@code{jbsr}). John fixed many bugs, including true tested
|
|
|
|
cross-compilation support, and one bug in relaxation that took a week and
|
|
|
|
required the proverbial one-bit fix.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ian Lance Taylor of Cygnus Support merged the Motorola and MIT syntax for the
|
|
|
|
68k, completed support for some COFF targets (68k, i386 SVR3, and SCO Unix),
|
|
|
|
added support for MIPS ECOFF and ELF targets, wrote the initial RS/6000 and
|
|
|
|
PowerPC assembler, and made a few other minor patches.
|
|
|
|
|
2004-10-11 16:39:34 +00:00
|
|
|
Steve Chamberlain made GAS able to generate listings.
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hewlett-Packard contributed support for the HP9000/300.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jeff Law wrote GAS and BFD support for the native HPPA object format (SOM)
|
|
|
|
along with a fairly extensive HPPA testsuite (for both SOM and ELF object
|
|
|
|
formats). This work was supported by both the Center for Software Science at
|
|
|
|
the University of Utah and Cygnus Support.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support for ELF format files has been worked on by Mark Eichin of Cygnus
|
|
|
|
Support (original, incomplete implementation for SPARC), Pete Hoogenboom and
|
|
|
|
Jeff Law at the University of Utah (HPPA mainly), Michael Meissner of the Open
|
|
|
|
Software Foundation (i386 mainly), and Ken Raeburn of Cygnus Support (sparc,
|
|
|
|
and some initial 64-bit support).
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
Linas Vepstas added GAS support for the ESA/390 ``IBM 370'' architecture.
|
2000-02-23 13:52:23 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Richard Henderson rewrote the Alpha assembler. Klaus Kaempf wrote GAS and BFD
|
|
|
|
support for openVMS/Alpha.
|
|
|
|
|
2000-06-20 13:52:32 +00:00
|
|
|
Timothy Wall, Michael Hayes, and Greg Smart contributed to the various tic*
|
|
|
|
flavors.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-04-01 15:50:31 +00:00
|
|
|
David Heine, Sterling Augustine, Bob Wilson and John Ruttenberg from Tensilica,
|
|
|
|
Inc. added support for Xtensa processors.
|
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
Several engineers at Cygnus Support have also provided many small bug fixes and
|
|
|
|
configuration enhancements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Many others have contributed large or small bugfixes and enhancements. If
|
|
|
|
you have contributed significant work and are not mentioned on this list, and
|
|
|
|
want to be, let us know. Some of the history has been lost; we are not
|
|
|
|
intentionally leaving anyone out.
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-21 10:35:07 +00:00
|
|
|
@include fdl.texi
|
2000-11-06 20:27:26 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1999-05-03 07:29:11 +00:00
|
|
|
@node Index
|
|
|
|
@unnumbered Index
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@printindex cp
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
@contents
|
|
|
|
@bye
|
|
|
|
@c Local Variables:
|
|
|
|
@c fill-column: 79
|
|
|
|
@c End:
|